LT)

ru

a
a

a
m
a

THS f

OF

1918

Commonwealth of Australia

Department of Trade and
Customs

FISHERIES

Biological Results of the Fishing Experiments
carried on by the F.I.S. "Endeavour," 1909-14.

H. C. Dannevig,
Commonwealth Director of Fisheries

VOL, V., PART 1

Published by Direction of the Minister for Trade
and Customs, Hon. J. A. Jensen, M.H.R.

Sydney, 6th November, 1918

W. 1. SMITH LH4ITHD, BBIDCJK STREET, SYDHET.

Report on the Spider Crabs obtained by the F.I.S. " Endea-
vour " on the Coasts of Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania.

BY

MARY J. RATHBUN,

Associate in Zoology,
United StatesJNational Museum, Washington.

l.-XV. ; Figures 1-3.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN.

REPORT ON THE SPIDER CRABS.

THE Spider Crabs form a small but interesting part of the
Decapod Crustaceans collected by the "Endeavour." They
number twenty -seven species, nine of them new, and one
representing a new genus. The most notable are the new
species of tin- deep-water genus Cyrtomaia, with its formidable
armature of sharp spines ; the long-necked Ephippias, having
an exaggerated first ambulatory leg, and combining the
characters ol two subdivisions of the family Inachidae ; and
five species of Leptomithrax, including one distinguished by a
smooth round boss on the merus of the outer maxilliped.

Mr. Allan R. McCulloch had begun a report on the crusta-
ceans, and later kindly sent me the drawings which he had
prepared. The originals of PI. xv. and Fig. 2 were drawn by
Mr. J. Si. K bighorn, of the Australian Museum, and of
PI. xiv. by Mr. McCulloch. The remaining drawings were
made by Mrs. R. E. Gamble, and the photographs by
Mr. J. H. Paine.

Order DECAPODA.

Suborder REPTANTIA.
Tribe BRACHYURA.

Subtribe OXYRHYNCHA.

Fam ily H YM ENOSOMID^E.

Genus HALIOARCINUS, White.

HALICARCINUS OVATUS, Stimpson.

HaUcarcinus ovatux, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, x., 1858, p. 109 [55] ; Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,
xlix.. 1907, p. 146. Stebbbig, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1900. p. 52.1 pi. xxx vi. A.

One male was taken at Oyster Bay, Tasmania, and four;
were without a definite locality label.

These specimens agree with Stebbing's description and
figures of the species as compared with H. planatus (Fabricius).

2 30

4 ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESISTS.

Family INAC'HID/E.

Subfamily INACHIN^.

Genus ACHAEUS, Leach.

ACHAEUS TENUICOLUS, Miers.

Achaeus tenuicollis, Miers, (Challenger Kept., Zool., xvii.,
1886. p. 9. pi. i., figs. 3-3c. Whitelegge, Mem.' Austral.
Mus., iv.. 1900, p. 140.

An ovigerous female was taken on the eastern slope of Bass
Strait in 70-80 fathoms.

This specimen has been compared with a male from Port
Jackson, in the United States National Museum, and received
from the Australian Museum. The female has a shorter neck
than the male but agrees in other respects. The eggs are
numerous and of large size, about 7 mm. in diameter, the
carapace of the mother measuring 8.7 mm. long and 6.7 mm.
wide.

Genus ACHAEOFSIS, Stimpson.
ACHAEOPSIS THOMSONI, NornuDi.

Dorynchus thornsoni, Norman, in Wyville-Tho?n.son's Depths
'of the Sea, 1873, p. 175, text-fig. 34.

Lispognathus (Dorynchus) Thomsoni, A. Milne Edwards,
Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, xciii., 1881, p. 878
(translation in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5). ix., 1882, p. 38).

Three males were taken in the Great Australian Bight, sixty
to eighty miles west of Eucla, in 80-120 fathoms.

This widely distributed species was also obtained by the
11 Challenger '' in Australian waters, near Sydney, in 4 JO
fathoms. 1

Genus CYRTOMAIA, Miers.

(JYRTOMAIA MACCULLOCHI, 2 Sp. HOV.

(Plates i. and ii. and Figs. 1 and '!.}

Type-locality. Great Australian Bight, south of Eucla,
Long. 129 28' E., 250-450 fathoms ; male (E6263). This
specimen is taken as type, because, although not the largest
in the collection, it has the pair of gastric spines and the
rostral spines perfect, and the chelipeds well developed.

1. Miers Challenger Rept., Zool.. xvii., 1886, p. 29.

2. Named for Mr. Allan R. McCullooh, Zoologist of the Australian Museum .

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 5

Measurements. Male ho lo type, length of carapace to tip of
horns 48, length to base of rostral sinus 40.5, width of carapace
exclusive of spines. 44. length of lateral gastric spines 18.3 mm.

Diagnosis. No spine on upper margin of orbit. No spine
between largest gastric spine and largest branchial spine.
Palm of male three times as wide at distal as at proximal end,

Description. Carapace very finely roughened with sharp
granules. Three gastric spines, the lateral spines being very
long, slender, sub-parallel, and in a plane almost at right
angles to that of the cardiac spines ; median gastric spine
further back than the lateral pair and very much smaller.
Two cardiac spines side by side, shorter than the median
gastric spine. Two dorsal branchial spines (paired) the
posterior and smaller almost in line with the cardiac spines,
the anterior spine lower down and almost in line with the
median gastric spine. Besides there is a marginal line of small
spines which is continued on the pterygostomian region, and a
short, parallel, submarginal row of similar spines at the widest
part of the carapace. Two marginal hepatic spines (paired),
the anterior of good length, the posterior small. Rostral
horns slender, moderately divergent, about twice as long as
the interantennular spine.

A large tubercle on the upper surface of the eyestalk at its
extremity.

Basal antennal segment armed with four spines ; the
stoutest is at the antero-external angle, points forward and
has a spinule near its posterior base ; the others point down-
ward and outward, the second spine on the ventral surface
near the inner margin, the other two on the outer margin.

Fig. 1. ( '//rlomaia rnaccutluchi, liath-
lum, basal segment of left antenna of
male (E 36^;>). outer view, five and one-
third times natural size.

6

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

r'-TV"-" -V ' *"^i

S^Jr^fia-' -W ^^

r<^*-;.v%;/.^, VX>.-'Xji
v--^^-a:^. xf^^,

Fig. 2. Cyrtomaia maccullochi. llathbun, right cheliped of male ( K (>2<i3),
natural size.

The chelipeds, besides rows of spines customary in the
genus, are sparingly covered with granules and spinules.
The palm of the adult male is not only very thick but is three
times as wide at its distal as at its proximal end.

A fine series of nine specimens was taken in the Great Aus-
tralian Bight, as follows :

South-east of Eucla, Long. 130 50' E., 250-300 fathoms ;
one immature female.

South of Eucla, Long. 129 6.5' E., 200-300 fathoms ; one
small male.

South of Eucla, Long. 129 28' E., 250-450 fathoms ; three
males (one holotype) with Lepas attached, three ovigerons
females, two of which bear specimens of Le]#i*.

South by west of Eucla, Long. 126 45.25' E., 190-320
fathoms ; one male, with Lepas attached.

Relationships. This species resembles (J. .v///mm, 8 C.
pliilycero** and C. goodridgei 5 in lacking a supraorbital spine,
and in having the two movable segments of the antennal
peduncle cylindrical, not lamellate. It differs from the first
two mentioned in not having a branchial spine half way

3. Miers Challenger Rept., Zool.. xvii., 1886, p. lt>, pi. iii., tig. 2.

4. C. suJimi plutycfros, Doflein Brachyura Valdivia, vi., 1904, p. .~)5,
pi. xix., fig. 3 ; pi. xl., figs \-l ; pi. xliii., fig. 4 ; pi. -dy., figs. 1-5.

5. McArdle- Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist, (1), vi., 1900, p. 472 ; Alcook and
McArdle Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. x., 1902, pi. HIT., figs. 1, la,
16, Ic; pt, xii., 1907, pi. Ixxviii., figs. 2, 2n.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN.

between, and in line with, the lateral gastric spine and the
anterior of the dorsal, branchial spines. It differs from C.
goodridgei in the longer spines of rostrum and gastric region
(anterior pair), and in the direction of the latter, which point
forward instead of outward.

Genus PLATVMAIA, Mir ft.
PLATYMAIA WYVILLETHOMSONI,
(Plates iii., iv. and xiv.)

Platyrnaia wyville-thomsoni, Miers, Challenger Kept., Zool.,
xvii., 1886, p. 13, pi. ii.

(Not P. wyville-thomsoni, Dofieiii, Brachyura Valdivia,
1904, p. 59, text-figs. 2-5, pis. ii., xx., xxi., xxii., xxiii.,
xxxix., xliii.. tigs. 5 and 6, pi. 1., figs. 2, 5 and 6 or
synonyniical references to Wood-Mason, Aleoek, Chun
or Stebbing.)

The " Endeavour " specimens were all taken in the Great
Australian Bight, off Eucla, as follows :

South by east of Kuela, Long. 131 E. 5 200-250 fathoms ;
one male, two females.

k

About one hundred miles south of Eucla, 120-1(30 fathoms ;
two ovigerous females.

South by west of Eucla, Long. 126* E., 130-190 fathoms ;
one male.

Sixty to eighty miles west of Eucla, 80-120 fathoms ; one
ovigerous female.

Remarks on the type-specimen. In order to comprehend
this species I examined the unique type female at the British
Museum in August, 1914. Several discrepancies between the
specimen and the figure in the " Challenger " volume above cited
were noted. The length of the carapace on the median line
is 37.3 mm., the width 35.2 mm., that is the carapace of the
figure is somewhat too long. The narrowest part of the
rostrum at the constriction, just behind the lateral spine, is
4.3 mm., while below r that point the width between the down-
ward-pointing teeth is 5.8 mm. The figure docs not repre-
sent the inferior width. The propodus of the second ambu-
latory leg shows in reality an inner margin slightly concave
and more spinous than in the figure, while the outer margin
measures 41 mm. and is densely and finely spinulous. The
merus joints of all the legs are slightly concave on the inner
margin. The merus of the third leg is rough to. the touch.

8

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

A special feature of this species LS the presence of an
out ward -pointing, transversely-placed spine on the inner
margin of the upper sinus of the orbit, or at the posterior
end of the preorbital lobe. This spine is not present in the
species figured as P. wyville-thomsoni by Alcock 6 or by
Doflein.7

In the type-specimen, the carapace is covered by numerous
granules, a few of which are enlarged into tubercles ; the
only spines are around the anterior border or on the anterior
part of the branchial regions. The two branchial regions
are well separated from each other.

Xotes on the Australian specimens. The chief difference
between the specimens taken by the w ' Endeavour " and the
type-specimen is the enlargement of the more elevated
tubercles into small spines, as follows : 4 on the gastric
region, of which 2 are median and 2 in a transverse line a
little in advance of the anterior of the median spines ; 2
cardiac, arranged transversely ; 1 branchial (paired) in line
with the gastro-cardiac suture ; besides there are a few
smaller spines or spinules, e.g., 1 branchial (paired) in front
of the above-mentioned, 1 or 2 gastric (paired) not far
behind the orbit.

The ambulatory legs of the male are considerably longer
than those of the female.

$

$

MEASUREMENTS.

E3675

E6260

Length of carapace on median line

30.2

31.5

Width of carapace, excluding spines

31

32

Length of merus of first ambulatory leg

59

37.7

,, ,, ,, second ,. ,,

61.3

46

55

44

50.8

41.2

. propodus of fourth ,,

39

31

Allied species. P. wyvillethomsoni of Wood-Mason and
Alcock. Chun. 8 and Doflein may be known as P. alcocki,
nom. nov. A small specimen received from the Indian
Museum is in the United States National Museum and
another in the British Museum. In all its stages this species

6. Alcock Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., part iv., pi. xvi.

7. Doflein- Brachyura Valdivia, vi., 11104, pis. ii., xx.-xxiii.

8. Chun Aus den Tiet'en des Weltmeeres, ii., Jena. 1903. text-tig, on
p. 400.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 9

differ & from the true P. wyvillethomsoni in having the two
branchial regions approximating the median line, and in
being devoid of a spine at the hinder end of the inner orbital
lobe.

The name P. turbynei Stebbing 9 cannot be applied to the
above form because it is differentiated by the characters
set forth by Stebbing ; e.g., the propodus of the penultimate
leg of turbynei is about twice as long as the same article in
the young male of similar (larger) size of P. alcocki. Compare
Stebbing's pi. v. with Doflein/s pi. xxii., fig. 1.

Genus EPHIPPIA.S, 10 gen. nov.

Carapace elongate-pyriform, with a long neck ; inflated
behind ; a large, posterior, median, saddle-like prolongation.
Rostnim of two long horns. Eyes not retractile in the orbits.
No preocular or supraocular spines. A postorbital spine
remote from orbit. Basal antennal joint rather narrow ;
free joints visible in dorsal view. Epistome elongate. The
external maxillipeds close the buccal cavity, the merus is
as wide as the ischium. Chelipeds not much enlarged. First
ambulatory leg extremely long and stout. Abdomen seven
segmented in both sexes.

Related by its maxillipeds to the Alliance Inachoida of
Alcock, but in the elongate form of the anterior part of (he
carapace, it suggests many of the members of the Alliance
Macropodioida or Leptopodioida of Alcock, such ;'-< Marr<>-
podia 11 and fttenorynchus 12 -.

Type and only species, E/>Jii t>/>ia* <"nde<u>onrf.

EPHIPPIAS KNDKAVOURI, #p. nov.
(Plate xv.)

Type-locality. South of Kangaroo Island, Investigator
Strait, 8. Australia ; male holotype (E3129). At the same
place was taken an ovigerous female (E3128). much smaller
than the male.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace on
median line, including posterior hump 82.7, length to end of
rostrum and posterior hum]) 111.7, width of carapace,
exclusive of spines, 55mm.

9. Stebbing South Afric. Crust., pt. ii., 1902, p. 3, pi. v.

10. F0t7T7r<or, a saddle, in allusion to the saddle-like posterior projection
of the carapace.

11. Leach Edin. Encyc., vii., 1814, pp. 385, 395.

12. Lrmarck Hist. Anini. sans Vert,, v., 1818. p. 23H.

10 ' KNDKAVOl'K " S( IKXTIF1C KKSIM/FS.

Female, length of carapace on median line, including
posterior hump 47.3. width of carapace, exclusive of spines,
:t2.1 mm.

Male /if>/(>t//j>f j . - Carapace with the regions well delimited,
the branchial regions approaching each other, the cardiac
region small, the hepatic regions prominent, the intestinal
region prolonged backward in a stout, blunt process. The
more elevated portions are tuberculate : The principal
tubercles are, a pair in a transverse line on the anterior
gastric region : two, median, mesogastric : a number on the
cardiac region chiefly grouped on two conical elevations side
by side : a band of tubercles on the branchial region extending
from the inner angle obliquely backward to the lateral
margin : those on the surface of the intestinal region which
include five or six of the largest tubercles of all. These are
deeply pitted, as is also the broad, blunt end of the intestinal
prominence. Hepatic region trispinose ; the upper, marginal
spine projects directly outward, the submarginal, anterior
spine projects forward, while a subhepatic spine points
obliquely forward and is visible in dorsal view between the
other two spines. The anterolateral margin of the branchial
region is armed with short blunt spines and tubercles arranged
mostly in a double row. The postorbital spine is triangular,
acute, and is a little nearer the eye than it is to the hepatic
region.

Rostrum cut nearly to its base into two long liat, gradually
tapering, acute, and slightly divergent spines ; the upper
sin-face is longitudinally concave in the middle, the outer
edges of the two horns are subparallel or slightly convergent,
inner edges fringed with long straight hair, lines of curled
hair above which are continued backward on the carapace.

Kyes rather long, stout, enlarged at both ends, curved,
much as in Gamposcia retusa Latreille. 18 Kye sockets circular.
margin smooth except for a small tubercle below, on the
basal antennal joint. This joint is longer than wide, longi-
tudinally furrowed in the middle except at the distal end.
where it is armed with a strong spine pointing downward,
forward and slightly outward, and partially visible from
above.

The anterior angles of the buccal cavity are produced in a
blunt tooth ; above and in front of these angles there is a
short spine. .Merus of outer maxilliped at its widest point
as \\ide as the ischium ; palpus coarse, articulated at the
inner angle of the merus.

Kl St-r- Milne Edwards Hist. Nat. Crust., Atlas, pi. 15, figs. 15 and It.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 11

Chelipeds as long as carapace ; ischium subspherieal, viewed
from below : inerus armed with three spines above, the terminal
spine not in line with the other two ; carpus elongate ; -smooth;
manus longer than inerus, compressed, distally tapering,
fingers slender, gaping, distal half of prehensile edges crenulate,
a lowtooth on proximal half of dactylus.

First ambulatory leg of enormous size, over twice as long
as carapace and correspondingly stout ; a short, blunt spine
at lower, distal end of ischium ; next three articles rough with
low tubercles or nodules ; dactylus longer than propodus,
compressed.

The legs diminish in length and stoutness from the first to
the fourth : the last three pairs are nearly smooth ; the
dactylus is distinctly shorter than the propodus ; the second
leg is much stouter than the third and fourth.

Female. The carapace is wider anteriorly in proportion
to the length than in the male, the ''neck being shorter
and less conspicuous ; the aiitennal spine is slenderer and
more outstanding, the post-orbital spine is slenderer and is
directed obliquely forward a little, the anterior of the hepatic
spines is longer, slenderer and hooked inward a little at tip.
The rostral horns are broken off near the base and are missing,
but the stumps appear narrower and less flat than in the male.
The posterior hump is slightly developed and overhangs the
posterior margin of the carapace but little. Chelipeds slender,
especially the chelae ; arm with various tubercles above in
addition to the three spines of the male : chelae almost
filiform, the horizontal fingers less than half as long as palm,
and narrowly gaping in basal third only. The first ambu-
latory leg is estimated at no more than twice as long as the
carapace ; dactylus a trifle longer than propodus, both
measured along the dorsal line. The second ambulatory leg
is not so much stouter than the third as in the niaie ; in the
.second, third and fourth legs there is more difference in the
length of dactylus and propodus than in 1 he corresponding
.articles of the male.

Genus NAXIA, Leach.
NAXIA ARIES, Ouerin.

Halimus aries, Latreille. in Guerin, Icon. Regne Auim., ii..
Crust, pi. ix., figs. 2, 2a-c. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat.
Crust., i., 1834, p. 341 ; Cuvier's Regne Anim., Crust..
Atlas, 1849 (fide McCulloch), pi. xxviil, figs, ;>, "2a-c.

Halimus gracilis, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, xxix.,
1905, p. 124, pi. xxiii.. figs., 4, 4o.

12 'ENDEAVOUR ' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Xaxia uries, McCulloch, Kec. Austral. Mus., ix., 1913, p. 327.

A single male was taken on the east coast of Flinder's
Island, Bass Strait. It is a larger specimen than that
measured by Baker.

Measurements. Length of carapace measured on median
line to posterior margin 37, greatest width of carapace, with-
out spines 26, length of rostral horn 9.2 mm.

Subgenus MICROHALIMUS, Haswell.
NAXIA (MICROHALIMUS) DEFLEXIFRONS, Haswell.

Microhalimus deflexifrons, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, iv.. 1880, p. 435, pi. xxv., fig. 2.

.\ii.rift (Microhalimus) deflexifrons, McCulloch, Kec. Austral.
Mus., ix., No. 3, 1913, p. 330, pi. x., figs. 1-4, and
synonymy.

One ovigerous female from south by east of Flinders Island,
Bass Strait, 37 fathoms.

Subfamily ACANTHONYCHIN^.
Genus ANTILIBINIA. MacLeay.
ANTILIBINIA LAPPACEA, 14 sp. nov.
(Plate vii., fig. 3 and Fig. 3.)

Type-locality. Great Australian Bight, south of Eucla,
Long. 129 <H' K., 200-300 fathoms. One ovigerous female,
holotype.

Measurements. Length of carapace on median line 12.8,
length to tip of horns 16.5, width of carapace, 9mm.

Description. Carapace pyriform, high in the middle, curving
rapidly down to the front and sides. Surface smooth and
sparingly clothed with long, fine, soft hairs. Cardiac region
faintly limited ; otherwise the dorsal aspect is without
inequalities. Rostrum about half as long as postrostral
portion of carapace, bifurcate about three-fourths of its
length, the horns slender, divergent, and probably acute,
although the tips are broken off. The preorbital spines are
about half as long as, but more divergent than, the rostral
spines. Postorbital lobes externally flattened in an oval face,
curved a little inward, tip blunt. Hepatic spines (one on
each side) directed forward, upward and a little outward,
laterally compressed, curved, acute, and reaching forward
to the level of the corneae. No branchial spine, but on the
sub-brr.nehial reeion two single tubercles followed a.nteriorly

14. Lnppn. a burr, in allusion to the appearance of the i-arapar-e.

SPIDER CRABS.- -RATHBUN. 13

by a cluster of three tubercles, forming a line which is con-
tinued on the pterygostomian region by three or four tubercles.
The antero-lateral angle of the buccal cavity is produced'
downward in a rounded lobe.

The narrow basal joint of the antenna has a shallow furrow
through the middle, and a small forward-pointing tooth at
the outer angle ; the first movable joint is very short, the
next two are long, the remainder of the rlagellum does not
reach the tip of the rostral horn.

Fig. 3. Antilibinia lappacea, Ratitlmn,
right chela of female holotvpe. six and two-
thirds times natural size.

The cheliped of the female is shorter and stouter than the
first ambulatory leg ; the arm has a stout terminal spine
above and a few tubercles near the proximal end. The
wrist has an upper crest which is produced in a squarish
lobe near the proximal end. Legs rather slender, diminishing
in size from the first to the fourth pair, the HHTUS joints
each terminating in a superior tooth.

Fifth and sixth segments of female abdomen fused, although
a suture line is faintly visible.

Relationships. The genus Antilibiiia already contains tun
species, viz., the type, A. xmitln'i MacLeay 15 from Natal, and
A. gilloloensis Rathbun 16 from the Molucca islands. A.
smithii has an uneven, somewhat lumpy surface, t.wo lateral
teeth or spines, one hepatic, one branchial, a rostrum cut
only half way to its base, a moderate preocular and post/ocular
spine and rounded joints of chelipeds and legs. A . gilloloensis
has also an uneven surface, but less lumpy than smithii, no
tooth or spine on the margin of the branchial region, hut a
small one on the hepatic region, a rostrum and preocular
and postocular spines similar to those of ^4. smithii, but a
carinated wrist and arm. A. lappacea, while having the
antennal and orbital characters possessed by the other
species, has a more smoothly rounded carapace, the cardiac
region alone appearing as a separate area ; the branchial
spine or tooth is missing, as in .4. gilloloensis, but the hepatic
spine is elongated and conspicuous ; the rostral horns are

- . / r

15. In Smith Illus. Zool. 8. Africa, Aimulosa, 1838, p. f>7. pi. ii

16. Rathbun Proe. U.S. Nat, Mus., 1.. 116, p. .537.

14 ' ENDEAVOUR " SC1EMTIKIC RESULTS.

also long, much exceeding the base of the rostrum ; the
preocular spine is longer than in the other two species ; the
wrist and arm are more strikingly carinate than in the inter-
mediate species, and the merits of the legs ends in a flat
spine.

Subfamily PJSIN^J.
Genus SCYRAMATHIA. A. Milne Eduwrd*.

SCYRAMATHIA FULTONI, Kraut.

(Plate v.)

Hyiisteimis fultotii, Grant, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxx.. 1905, p. 313, pi. xi.. fig. 1.

The shape of the orbit indicates the genus Scyramathia
rather than Hyastenus.

Numerous specimens were taken at various stations iu
Bass Strait and vicinity.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, 80-100 fathoms ; one female.
East of Flinders Island, 200-300 fathoms : one male.

From Babel Islands to Flinders Island, 60 fathoms ; two
ovigerous females.

Off Babel Islands, eastern slopes of Bass Strait. 50-80
fathoms : three males.

East of Babel Islands, eastern slopes, 65-70 fathoms ; nine
males, ten females (six ovigerous). One male of this lot is
the original of the photographs on Plate v.

East of Babel Islands, eastern slopes, about 70 fathoms
thirty -one males, sixty-six females. Twenty-two of the
females are ovigerous and one female bears a rhizocephali,d
parasite under the abdomen.

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, eastern slopes. 65-70
fathoms : seven males, four females, one of which is ovigerous,
and one very young specimen.

Fifteen miles east-north-east of Cape Barren, Cape Barren
Island, 53 fathoms ; one male.

Eastern slope of Bass Strait, 70-80 fathoms ; three young
females.

Off Tasman Head, Bruni Island. 80-100 fathoms ; one
ovigerous female.

SPIDER CRABS.-- RATHBUN. I >

Genus H VAST EN us, White.
HYASTENUS ni ACANTHUS, dc. H<nin.
Pi><a (Xa.riu) diacattthn, de Haan, Fauna Japon., Crust.,

1838, pi. xxiv., fig. 1 ; 1839, pi. xevi.. and pi. (i.
H i/asteuuti diacanthus, Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn.
Sot-. X. S. Wales, xxxi , 11)06, p. 32.

Twenty-five miles south by east of Double Island Point r
Queensland. 33 fathoms ; one male, small and immature.

HYASTENUS CONVEXUS, M'ur*.

Hyn*t<nits (Chorilia) cotfve.rn.-s, Miers, Crust. Alert. I884 r

p. 196, pi. xviii., figs. B. & b.
Hyastenus convea-us, Grant and McCulloch, Proe. Linn. Sor.

N. 8. Wales, xxxi., 1906, p. 32.

Twenty miles north-north-east of Double Island Point,
Queensland. 30 fathoms ; one o vigorous female.

Genus PHALANGIPUS, Lalreille.
PHALANGIPUS AUSTRALIENSIS, sp. nov.

(Plate vi.)

Type-locality. Pl&tyTpns Bay, Queensland, 7-9 fathoms.
One male holotype.

Additional material. A female also was taken in Platypus
Bay. 7-9 fathoms, on July 28, 1910 (No. 1, haul 2).

Measurements. Male ho lo type, length of carapace on
median line 16. 7, length of horns 1.5, width of carapace 13.6,
length of cheliped 29, length of first ambulatory leg about
87 mm.

Diagnosis. Rostral horns without accessory spinule.
Sinus of infraorbital margin U-shaped. A broad, arcuate lobe
on first abdominal segment in both sexes.

Description. The spines and tubercles of the carapace are
arranged as in P. herbstii (Milne Edwards) 17 and P. arachnoides
(Latreille) : 18 the carapace is about the same shape as in
herbstii and the rostrum and its horns of similar length.
The principal differences are set forth in the table below.
For a. statement in regard to the older species of this genus,
see my forthcoming report on Philippine Oxyrhyncha in the
Bulletin of the U.S. National Museum.

17. Ege.ria herbstii, Milne Edwards Hist . Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p. L>!)2.
Leptopus lotigipes, Uuerin, Icon. Regne Aniin., pi. x., tig. 3.

18. Egeria arnclmoid^. Latreille- Tabl. Enoyc. Metli.. pt. xxiv..
pi. cclxxxi., fig. 1.

Iti

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

P. australiensis.

P. herbstii.

Tips of rostral horns . .
Preorbital lobe

Median supraorbital
tooth .

Median
tooth

suborbital

Palm of adult male. .

Merus of last leg.

Lobe on first abdomi-
nal segment

Appendages of first
segment of male
abdomen. .

Obtuse.

Without a lobe at pos-
terior end of outer
margin.

Hounded on eaeh side
by a broad U-ainus.

Much defiexed and
bounded by a broad
U-sinus on each side.

Slender, a little en-
larged at distal end.

Without a small termi-
nal spine on the
anterior side.

Arcuate and occupying
nearly whole width

of si'L

Tubercle on sternum at
base of cheliped ....

Pointing forward.

Verv wide, occupying
almost whole width
of segment on each
side of abdomen.

Acute.

With a little lobe at
posterior end of
outer margin.

Hounded by a V-siuus
outside and by a
narrow slit inside.

Bounded by a V-ainus
on each side.

Stout. inttated.

With a small terminal
spine on the anterior
side.

Smaller, more pointed,
not occupying nearly
whole width of seg-
ment.

( 'urving outward to-
ward tips.

Narrow, occupying less
than half of segment
on each side of ab-
ilomen.

(remis UOCLEA, Leach.

I >OCLEA PROFUNDA, Sp. HOV.

(Plate vii., figs. 1 and 2.)

Type-locality. Great Australian Bight, south of Euela,
Long. 129 C 28' E., 250-450 fathoms. An egg-bearing female,
holotype.

Measurements. Length of carapace on median line ex-
clusive of spines 9.3, length from tip of rostrum to tip of
posterior spine 11.2. width without spines 11.7. width with
spines 8.3 mm.

Diagnosis. Two lateral spines. Spines of rostrum longer
than basal portion of same. Six spines on postfrontal portion
of carapace.

SPIDER CRABS. BATHBUN. 17

it...' Surface covered with a close pubescence. Of
the opines on the carapace the longest is one pointing obliquely
upward at the widest part of the carapace, on each side.
Nearly as long is the suberect cardiac spine in the same line ;
while the median spine directed slightly backward just above
the posterior margin is shorter and slenderer ; the marginal
hepatic spine is similar and points outward. Tubercles are
few : Three in a triangle on the after half of the gastric region,
the median one slightly behind the lateral pair ; three in a
group at the inner angle of each branchial region ; one
further back, on each side, in a line just behind the line
of long spines. Besides there are a few small granules,
especially toward the lateral margins.

Rostrum longer than wide, divided more than half its
length ; horns flat, directed forward, spine-tipped. Pre-
orbital spines slender, directed upward, outward, and forward ;
postorbital lobes, viewed laterally, oval, flattened.

Basal antennal joint longitudinally grooved through the
middle, a small tooth at distal outer angle. Angle of buccal
cavity produced in a thin lamina.

Cheliped of female weak ; merus with a sharp upper
margin ; wrist with an outer ridge ; fingers about as long as
palm. Leg of moderate length, both pubescent and long-
hairy.

The mature abdomen is longer than wide and covers the
sternum. Kggs few (twenty are visible when the abdomen
is laid back) and large (about .7 in diameter).

Relationship. The species is related to D. expansa (A.
Milne Edwards). =D. orientalis, Miers. 19 Both are little orna-
mented Miid have only two lateral spines on each side, one
hepatic, one branchial ; but D. expansa has no median spines,
but numerous scattered tubercles, and its rostral horns are
short.

Re/mark. This is the first Doclea noted in Australian waters
or at any great depth, the latter fact one to which the specific
narm- calif* attention.

Subfamily MAJIN^J.
Uemfe PARAMITHRAX, Milne Edwards.

Hist. Nat, Crust., i., 1834, p. 324. Type, P. peronii, Mime
Edwards, 1834, specified by Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc.
London, xiv., 1879, p. 656.

19. See Mien* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1879, p. 28, pi. II, figs. 1, la.

18 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Orbit incomplete below, the postorbital spine conical, not
cupped, and usually remote from orbit.

Milne Edwards in making this genus divided -it into two
sections according to the character of the orbit. Later
(1876) Miers divided Paramithrax into two subgenera accord-
ing to the shape and ornamentation of the chelipeds. calling
one division Leplomithrax, type P. (L.) longimamt.s Miers,
1876. Milne Edwards's basis of division seems move reason-
able than that of Miers. The only species, P. ijaimardii,
which Milne Edwards put in his second section, is < -01120 neric
with longimanus, therefore the name Leptomithrar is a va liable
for that section.

PARAMITHRAX MINOR, Filhol.
(Plate viii.)

Paramithrax minor, Filhol, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), ix., 1885,
p. 27 (Cook Straits, especially Massacre Bay, 15-20
meters) ; Mission de 1'Ile Campbell (Passage de Venus,
1874), iii., part 2, p. 356, atlas, pi. xl., figs. 4, 5 and 7
(hardly fig. 6, which is apparently Acanthophry.s fiJholi).

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms. Three males, two of them large, and one
female.

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 26 fathoms. One ovigerous female.

Oyster Bay (depth not given). Fifteen males, ten females
(nine ovigerous). Dorsal aspect concealed by a dense coating
of algae, hydroids, etc., attached by the hairs of the carapace ;
chelae, wrists and under part of arms bare.

Entrance to Storm Bay, Tasmania. Two males, three
females.

There is a short spine on the preorbital lobe ; the postorbital
spine may reach farther forward than the tip of the preorbital
spine, or not so far forward. Of the two hepatic spines, the
anterior is much the larger. There is a curve of seven spines
on the branchial region, the last two of Avhich are above the
margin. The rostral spines are broad and flat, their outer
margins are nearly parallel to each other. The tubercles of
the dorsal surface are not crowded, a few of them are spini-
form ; all have a tuft of curled hairs. There are longer
hooked hairs on the inner margin of the rostral horns, also
on the dorsal surface whence they are continued backward
on the gastric region.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 19

The basal segment of the antenna has a short, forward-
pointing spine at each of the anterior angles, the outer spine
more advanced than the inner. Flagellura fringed with long
straight hairs.

The upper margin of the arm is unarmed, the only elevation
being a tubercle at the articulation with the wrist. The
latter has a strong outer crest, which is entire, and a superior
crest which is broken into tubercles ; the two crests converge
but do not meet proximally. The movable finger bears a
very shallow tooth at its basal third in the gape. The
ambulatory legs are covered with hooked hairs and besides
there is on each side a fringe of longer, plumose hairs.

Measurements. Male (P 2134), length of carapace 40.8,
width 34 mm.

Genus LEPTOMITHRAX, Miers.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii., 1876, p. 20 (type, P. (/,.)
longimanus, Miers, 1876, specified by Miers, 1879).

Orbit fairly complete, the postorbital spine hollowed out to
receive the extremity of the eye.

Key to species in the collection.

.a. Postorbital lobe or cup truncate and bifid at tip, the two
terminal teeth or spines being equally prominent

b. Two spine sat tip of postorbital lobe. Carapace with
many long spines. Four long marginal or sub-
marginal spines in a semicircle on the branchial
region. Outer maxillipeds swollen at union of
merus and ischium. Outer spine of basal segment
of antenna less than twice as long as inner spine.
Sternal segments not deeply excavate : waitei.

bb. Two teeth at tip of postorbital lobe. Carapace
covered mostly with tubercles. Three long mar-
ginal or submarginal spines in a semicircle on the
branchial region. Outer maxillipeds not swollen
at union of merus and ischium. Outer spine of
basal segment of antenna more than twice as long
as inner spine. Sternal segments deeply ex-
cavate : stern ocostulatus.

<aa. Postorbital lobe or cup acute, not truncate. There may
be a spinule on the outer margin not far behind
the tip.

20 ' ENDKAVOCR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

f>. A spinule on outer margin of poster bital lobe not
far behind the tip. Sternum not deeply ex-
cavate. A spine at posterior end of preorbital
lobe.

c. Carapace suboblong. A smooth, hemispherical
swelling on merus of outer maxilliped. Rostral
horns slender. Legs long and slender, the first
leg about twice as long as carapace : globifer.
or. Carapace subovate. Outer maxillipeds sMolleiiat
union of merus and ischium, but not conspicu-
ously so. Rostral horns short and stout. Leas
of moderate size, first leg about one and a half
times as long as carapace : s^inulosiis.

M,. No s piiiule on outer margin of postorbital lobe.
Sternum deeply excavate. Chelipeds stout, legs
slender. A triangular tooth at posterior end of
preorbital lobe: tuberculatiis.

LEI'TOMITHRAX SPINUJ.OSUS. / /<itr, // .

(Plate ix.)

Leptom&thrax HJII milieu*. Has\\ell. Pror. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, iv.. 1ST!) (1SSO). p. 441, pi. xxv., fig. 3 ; Cat.
\ istral. Crust.. 1X82. p. 16.

Taken at numerous stations from New South Wales to
Eucla, including Tasmania.

Shoalhaven Bight. Ne\\ South Wales. 15-45 fathoms : one
ovigerous female.

Off Tathra Head, near Moruya, New South Wales, 100-250
fathoms ; one ovigerous female, concealed under a coating of
compound ascidian, while a slender finger sponge as long as
the carapace projects from between the rostral horns.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria. 80 fathoms ; one ovigerous
female encrusted with sponge.

Bass Strait ; two ovigerous females, one of which bears
encrusting serpulid tubes and bryozoans.

Fifteen miles east-north-east of Cape Barren. Cape Barren
Island, 53 fathoms ; one young female.

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 26 fathoms ; two young.

Forty miles east of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms ;
one male, with encrusting serpulid tubes and bryozoans.

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms ;
three males, soft shell, and covered with hydroids, branching
bryozoans. etc.

SFIDEK CKABS. RATHBUN. 21

Cape Marsden, Kangaroo Island, South Australia. 17
fathoms ; one immature female.

Off Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, 17 fathoms ; one
male and one ovigerous female, the latter very old and en-
crusted with mollusks (Anomia ?) serpulid tubes, and one
stalked barnacle.

Great Australian Bight, south of Eucla, Long. 12U 28' K.,
250-450 fathoms ; one young, very small.

The specimens agree very well with Haswell's description
and figure. The spinules of the dorsal surface are numerous,
unequal, but none of them much enlarged. As to the border
spines, the spine projecting from the preorbital lobe is trans-
verse and its tip turns slightly upward ; middle spine of orbit
spinulous ; outer spine directed forward, acute, and armed on
the outer edge with two smaller spines ; two hepatic spines,
nearly transverse and subequal, the anterior usually a little
the larger : a semicircle of four spines on the branchial region,
the last one standing well in on the carapace : in the intervals
between these spines there is a smaller spine or spiiiule, any
of which may be suppressed ; two small submedian spines on
the intestinal region. The marginal spines are proportionally
larger in the young than in the adult.

The ventral surface is especially setose in the females and
young, but a transverse band at the articulation of ischium
and merus of outer maxilliped is always naked and smoothly
rounded. The externo -distal angle of the ischium projects
laterally in a small spine. While the different segments of the
male sternum bear concavities, they are not deeply guttered.

A small orange -red spot on the outside of the chela at
articulation of propodus and dactylus persists in the pre-
served specimens.

Measurements. The largest specimen, an egg-bearing ?
(E 809) is almost entirely concealed by a mass of shells and
worm tubes. It measures, roughly, 136 mm. long and 118
wide.

This species may be the L. gaimardii of Milne Edwards 20 of
which a full description and figure are lacking. Filhol 81 says
that the posterior of the marginal hepatic spines of L. gaimardii
is bifurcate, and the series of large branchial spines numbers
five.

20. Milne Edwards Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p. 32.3, New Zealand.

21. Filhol Mission de File ( 'ampbell (Passage de Venus, 1 S74 , HI., part 2.
1885. p. 356.

2'2 ' ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

LEPTOMITHRAX STERNOCOSTULATUS, Milne Edwards.

Paramithrax gaimardii, Miers, Cat. Crust. New Zealand, 1876,
p. 6 (not P. fjai'inardii, Milne Edwards, 1834).

Paramithrax sternocottulatux, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat.
(3), xvi., 1851, p. 291 [71], pi. x., figs. 3, 3a, 3m, 4.
Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iv., 1879, p. 9. Grant
and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8. Wales, xxxi. r
1906, p. 28, pi. iii., figs 2 and 2a.

Four miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms ;.
one ovigerous female.

Cape Marsdert, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, II
fathoms ; one female.

North of Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, 40 fathoms ; one
male, three females, all small.

South Australia ; one female. A large specimen 41.3 by
30.8 mm., including spines, decorated with numbers of a flabel-
late bryozoan and one elongated sponge. The preorbital and
postorbital lobes overlap in this specimen.

The male of this species is easily recognised by the peculiar
cavities in the sternum, which are more numerous on the
anterior part than in L. tuberculatus, but both sexes are dis-
tinguished by the postorbital lobe in the form of a flat, trun-
cate spine with bidentate extremity, two spines arranged
transversely on the posterior margin, two shorter ones on the
cardiac region, and three long, submarginal spines on the
branchial region.

LEPTOMITHRAX TUBERCULATUS (Whitelegge).

Paramithrax tubercular HJ, Whitelegge. Mem. Austral. Mus.,
iv., 1900, p. 146, pi. xxxiv., figs. 1 and 2.

Only two specimens were taken by the "Endeavour."

Twenty-five miles south by east of Double Island Point.
Queensland, 33 fathoms ; one male. Carapace overgrown
with sponge.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms ; one
male, partly overgrown with compound ascidian.

The only previous record is New South Wales, from Broken
Head to Wata Mooli. 20-78 fathoms (Whitelegge).

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 23

LEPTOMITHRAX WAITEI (Whitelegge).

Chlorinoides waitei, Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus., iv.,
1000, p. 143, pi. xxxiii.

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms ; one female.

Off Babel Islands, eastern slopes, 70 fathoms ; one female.
Total length of carapace 130, total width 109.2 mm. ; length
of first ambulatory leg 162, of last leg 126 mm.

The carapace of these large females is longer in proportion
to its width than in the large male measured by Whitelegge.
The .submedian series of spines includes two pairs on the
protogastric regions, those of the hinder pair being the
smaller and further apart.

LEPTOMITHRAX GLOBIFER, sp. nov.

(Plates x. and xi.)
Type-locality. Southern Australia 23 ; one male, ho lo type.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace, includ-
ing spines, 86.6, lengthen the median line 71, width without
spines 56 mm.

Diagnosis. A round excrescence on merus of outer maxilli-
ped. Four marginal spines on branchial region.

Description. Carapace ovate-oblong ; covered, but not
crowded, with acute tubercles and a few spines ; four large
spines forming a semicircle on the margin of the branchial
region, the posterior of these spines being subdorsal ; hepatic
region outwardly produced, margin armed with two spines, of
which the anterior is the larger ; four small median spines, two
mesogastrie, one urogastric and one intestinal ; ten pairs of
submedian spines and tubercles (three frontal, or between the
orbits, two protogastric, two mesogastrie, one cardiac and two
intestinal), the last pair being stout spines which project
horizontally backward.

Rostral spines gradually tapering, slightly divergent and
one-fifth as long as the remainder of the carapace. Surface of
preorbital lobe covered with sharp granules, spine long and
projecting transversely, separated by a narrow gap from the
middle supraorbital spine. This last is narrow-triangular,
bears one or two erect spines or spinules at its base, and is in
contact at its middle with the postorbital cup ; between the

22. In allusion to the rounded excrescence on the mouth.

23. The details of the locality and, date associated with this specimen are
incongruous. It was almost certainly secured in southern Australian waters.

24 ' ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

bases oi the two there is a narrow buttonhole slit. The
postorbital cup has an acuminate tip, and not far behind the
tip a spinule on the outer margin.

Interantennular spine of good size. Basal segment of
antenna bearing two spinulous ridges, the inner terminating
in a downward and forward-pointing spine at the inner angle,
and the outer ridge terminating in a upward and forward-
pointing spine at the outer angle. Ventral surface of cara-
pace furnished sparingly with acute tubercles and granules,
while a single pterygostomian spine points obliquely out-
ward. The maxlllipeds are distinguished by a smooth,
round, whitish excrescence 011 the merits, at its posterior end,
but nearer the outer than the inner angle.

Sternum moderately excavate, and showing a few granules
near the abdomen. Abdomen pubescent.

The chelipeds are a little longer than the carapace, and when
extended reach to the middle of the propodus of the first
ambulatory leg ; the arm and wrist are dorsally tuberculate,
and the former has a short, subterminal spine above. The
legs are slender and dimmish rapidly in length, but the last
one is still longer than the cheliped. The distal half or two-
thirds of each dactylus above the horny tip is covered with
a short pile.

The species inhabits the Great Australian Bight, and was
taken at the following localities :

Southern Australia. Two males, one being the ho lo type.

Great Australian Bight, south-west of Eucla, about Long.
127 E., 80-120 fathoms ; two males, one of them young.

Great Australian Bight, sixty to eighty miles west of
Eucla, 80-120 fathoms ; four males, two females, all young.

Genus CHLORINOIDES, Haswell.
CHLORINOIDES SPATULIFER, Haswell.

Paramithrax spatulifer, Haswell, Proc. Limi. iSoc. JN'. S.
Wales, vi., 1882, p. 540 ; Cat. Austral. Crust., 1882,
p. 14.

Chlorinoides coppingeri, Miers, Challenger Kept., Zool.,
xvii., 1886, p. 53, pi. vii., (iL r s. 3, 'io. 1)6 (not C. ^')f,pi')igfr\,
Haswell, 1881).

JShoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms ; two
ovigerous females.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 25

Forty miles south of Cape Wilson, South Australia, 100
fathoms ; one female.

East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait ; one male.

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, eastern slopes, 65-70
fathoms ; one male.

Great Australian Bight, south of Eucla, Long. 129 28' E.,
250-450 fathoms ; one young female.

Great Australian Bight, sixty to eighty miles west of Eucla,
80-120 fathoms ; two males, one ovigerous female.

The spatula on the intestinal region, though usually entire
except for some fine spinules, is in one specimen a male from
east of Babel Islands, bifid at the top, forming two flat, truncate
spines or teeth.

Genus SCHIZOPHRYS, White.
SCHIZOPHRYS ASPERA, Milne Edwards.

Mithrax asper. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834,
p. 320.

Schizophrys aspera, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiv.,
1895, p. 243.

Southern Queensland ; one male.

Spencer's Gulf, South Australia, 26 fathoms ; one male,
one female.

Spencer's Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms ; one male.

The specimens are all large, and represent a form with
short rostrum, short marginal spines, and a rather even
carapace, few of the granules being enlarged and elevated.
The bend on the lower margin of the propodus of the cheliped
is almost rectangular.

Family PARTHENOPID^.
Subfamily PARTHENOPHSLE.

Genus PARTHENOPE, Weber.
Subgenus RHINOLAMBRUS, A . Milne Edvxirds.

Cancer contrarius, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse,
iii., part 4, p. 8, pi. lx., fig. 3.

Lambrus (Hhinolambrus) contrarius, Alcock, Journ. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal. Ixiv., 1895, p. 266, and synonymy.

26 ' ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Thirteen miles north by west of Double Island Point r
Queensland, 25-26 fathoms ; one ovigerons female. Reg,
No. E2030.

Length 63.8, width 62 mm. Chelipeds partly, and carapace
almost entirely (up to the postorbital constriction), covered
with Balanus. Not only are the rnerus joints of the ambu-
latory legs tuberculate, but the carpus and propodus of
the last pair.

Genus CRYPTOPODIA, Milne Edwards.

CRYPTOPODIA QUEENSLANDI, sp. nov.

(Plate xii.)

Type-locality. 20 miles north-east of Cape Gloucester,
Queensland, 35 fathoms ; adult male, holotype.

Measurements. Length of carapace 27.4, width of carapace
49.3, width between orbits 5.6, length of front measured from
the line of the anterior orbital angles 3 mm.

Description. Carapace extremely broad ; lateral angle
strongly marked ; antero-lateral margin cut into shallow
irregular lobes, the re-entering angle at the beginning of the
lateral wings well defined ; posterior margin slightly concave
in its middle two-fifths. Triangular depression deep, a large
granulated tubercle at its lateral angles. Surface smooth
except on the boundary of the triangular depression, from
which a line of low granulated tubercles stretches part way
across the branchial regions. Rostrum short, broad, sides
arcuate, tip blunt ; edge finely crenulate, granulate and
pitted.

Chelipeds twice as long as carapace, massive, with smooth
surfaces ; and thin, cristiform edges. The upper edge. of the
manus has five more prominent, flat, triangular teeth, the
outer edge has three enlarged teeth.

Edges of merus, carpus and propodus of ambulatory legs
laminate, those of the merus finely serrulate.

Relationships. The shape of the carapace approaches that
of C. dorsalis, Adams and White 24 and C. spatulifrons, MISTS, ~?>
both of which have the posterior margin concave in the middle,
but our species is intermediate, the slope from the lateral
angle backward being less longitudinal than in C. spatulifrons,
and yet more gradual than in C. dorsalis. The character of the

24. Adams and White Zool. Samarang, Crust., 1848, p. 30, pi. vi., figs,
5, 5a.

25. Miers Ann. Mag. Nat. Mist. (:>), iv., 1879, p. 2, pi. v., fig. 10.

SPIDER CRABS. RATHBUN. 27

edges is more as in C. spatulifrons, but without the tendency to
form spinous processes. Our species is much wider than
any other.

Subfamily EUMEDONIN.E.
Genus EUMEDONUS, Milne Edivards.

EUMEDONUS VILLOSUS, sp. noV.

(Plate xiii., fig. 1.)

Type-locality. Twenty-five miles south by east of Double
Island Point, Queensland, 33 fathoms ; one male, ho lo type.

Additional locality. Twenty miles north-north-east of
Double Island Point, Queensland, 30 fathoms ; one male.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace to end
of rostrum 10.7, length on median line 10, width 10.8 mm.

Description. Carapace covered for the most part with
crowded, forward-pointing granules ; they are absent in the
anterior middle portion, which is clothed with long hair. Hind
part of carapace depressed, especially in the line of the gastro-
cardiac suture. Longitudinal impressions limiting the meso-
gastric and anterior cardiac region deep. Rostrum short and
broad, ending in two broad, arcuate lobes separated by a
narrow emargination.

Chelipeds rough like the carapace, the right one the larger :
they are lobed and spined as follows : a broad lobe on the
inner margin of the ischium and another on the inner margin
of the merus in its proximal half ; merus proximally carinate
above, carina high and faintly bilobed ; a short, stumpy, erect
spine at distal end of merus ; a large, curved spine at inner
angle of wrist ; two large serrations occupy the upper margin
of the nianus. A reddish-brown colour covers the immovable
finger and the distal half of the dactylus, except the tips.

Legs cristate along upper margin of merus, and feebly so on
upper margin of carpus and propodus of last two pairs. The
crests have an uneven edge, ending in the merus of the first
three pairs, in a short distal tooth above, and ha vino; a
tendency to form a shallow tooth at the middle of the same
crest. Legs sparingly long-hairy.

Ventral surface of body granulate : abdomen nearly smooth

Relationships. Resembles E. granulosus McGilchrist. 26 but
differs as follows : the carapace is shorter ; granules present in

26. McGilchrist Ann. Ma^. Xat. Hist. (7), xv.. 1905, p. 253 : lllus.
Investigator, Crust., part \ii., 1907, pi. 57, figs. 2, '2n.

28 ' ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC KESULTS.

the depressions as well as on the elevations, except that the
anterior median region is smooth and long-hairy ; lateral
spines directed outward and not at all forward ; rostrum more
deeply cut ; hands provided with strong teeth above ; merus
joints of legs carinate.

It is singular that the same locality should produce two
closely-allied species. The one described below presents the
same configuration of carapace as E. villoxiis but many differ-
ences in other details.

EUMEDONUS VICINUS, Sp. HOV.

(Plate xiii., fig. 2.)

Type-locality. Twenty-five miles south by east of Double
Island Point, Queensland, 33 fathoms ; one male holotype.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace to end of
rostrum 13.5, length on median line 12.4. width 14.5 mm.

Description. -- Carapace shaped as in E. villosus, except that
the rostrum is longer and is divided at tip into two narrow
horns directed forward ; the granules are flatter and squami-
form and have a tendency to disappear from the more elevated
parts of the posterior half. ( 1 arina on upper margin of merus
of cheliped bilobed : lobe on inner margin longer, narrower,
and more triangular than in E. villosus ; spine at inner angle
of carpus longer, stronger and flatter ; the two spines on the
upper margin of the palm are larger and more upstanding.
No colour on fingers. There is a thin crest on the upper
margin of the carpus and propoclus, as well as on the merus, of
the ambulatory legs. Surface of abdomen and most of the
sternum coarsely punctate ; anterior sternum granulate and
eroded. Abdomen wider than in E. villosus and fringed with
hair, having somewhat the appearance of the abdomen of an
immature female ; the male appendages are well developed.

Relationship. The rostrum of this species suggests that of
E. zebra, 27 but the branches are not at all divergent, as they are
in that species ; the carapace is longer and rougher : the
chelipeds are covered with granules and the spines or teeth
surmounting the palm are more important ; the legs are
similarly (-urinated , but the terminal and the middle tooth
above the merus joints are weaker in our species.

27. Alcock Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Lriv., 1895, p. 288 Illus. Investi-
gator, ('rnxt.. part iv. pi. xxiii.. fig. .">.

SPLDEK CRABS.-- -RATHBrV 29'

Genus ('ERATOCARcrNUS, Adams and Whit*:.
CERA TOO ARCINTJS DILATATUS, A. Milne Edward*.

Ceratocarcinus dilatat-us, A. Milne Edwards. Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Paris, viii., 1872, p. 25(3. pi. xiv., tigs. 2-2c.
McCulloch, Rec. Austral. Mus.. ix., 1918. p. 338.

Twenty miles north-north-east of Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 29-30 fathoms ; one female.

The specimen is about half as big as the male figured by
A. Milne Edwards and differs from his illustrations in some
minor particulars. The carapace is narrower (length 6.6,
width 7.6 mm., horns included) arid is densely pilose, save
on the rostral and lateral spines, the protogastric and
branchial bosses and the antero-lateral margin : the rostral
horns are more oblique, the outer margins of the two horns
being obviously divergent ; they and the lateral horns are
truncate at tip : the pair of mesogastric and of cardiac
tubercles are inconspicuous, hidden as they are under the
heavy pile. Milne Edwards describes and figures the basal
joint of the antenna as wide (see his h'g. 2a), but it is no more
than half as wide as represented in the figure cited, the outer
half there shown being the thickened portion of the lower wall
of the orbit.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1.

Cyrfomaiu maccullochi, sp. nov. Male hole type, dorsal view
Nine -tenths natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAYOU;. VOL. V

fLATE 1

I. H. I'AINK, |>liotn.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Cyrtomaia mawullochi, sp. nov. Female (E6262), dorsal view.
Two -thirds natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V

PLATE II.

F. H. PATKE. photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 111

Ptatymaiu wyvillethomsoni, Miors. Male (K3675), dorsal view.
Nine-tenths natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLVTE III.

V

J. H. PAIKE, }>hoto.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Pltttyrmiia wyvillethomsoni, Miers. Female (E(i:2<iO). ventral
view. Nine-tenths natural size.

B10L. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V

PLATE IV.

J H. PAINE, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Scyramathia fultoni, Grant. Male (E5157). Once and one-
half natural size.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
2 -Ventral view.

I'.IoL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR. 1 VOL. V

PLATE V

I. II. F'AIM:, iil

KXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Phalangipus austraMensis, sp. nov. Male holotype. Once

and one-half natural si/.c.

I. Dorsal view.
Fi^r. 2. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. \ .

PLATE VI.

.(. H. J'ATXK, |>hoto.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

i'fi. I. -Doclea profunda. sp. nov. Female holotype. dorsal
view. Three times natural size.

Fig. 2. Same. Ventral view.

Fig. 3. Antilibitiia la pyx-fa, sp. nov. Female holotype,
dorsal view. Three times natural sixe.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V

PLATE VII

,

J. H. PAINE, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Paramithra.i minor, Filhol. Male (E1351). About once and
one-third natural size.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half of carapace denuded.
Fie -. Vontral view.

BIUL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR/' VOL. V.

PLATE VIII.

I. H. PAINE, pliotn.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Leptomithrax spinulosus, Haswell. Male (E81 1 ), ventral view.
About natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE

T H PAINE, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Leptomithrax globifer, sp. nov. Male holotype, ventral view
About two-thirds natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XI.

J. H. PAINE photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Cryptopodia queenslandi, sp. nov. Male holotype. Once and
one-half natural size.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Ventral view.

B10JL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUK," \'OL. V.

PLATE XII.

il

i

J. H. PAINE, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. EumedoiLiis villosus, sp. nov. Male holotype, dorsal
view. Three times natural size. Hair removed to
show rostral emargiuation.

Pig. 2. -Eumedonus vicinus, sp. nov. Male holotype, dorsal
view. Three times natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS :; ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XIII.

*&

.1. H. PAINE, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Platymaia wyvillethomsoni, Afters. Male (E3094). dorsal view.
Once and one-third natural size.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR/ 3 VOL. V.

PLATE XIV

A. R. McCtnLLOt'H, Austr. Alus., del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Ephippias endeavouri, Rathbun. Male holotype. One-half
natural size.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Ventral vie\v of body.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR/' VOL. V

PLATE XV

H. J. KINUHURN. Austr. Mus.. del.

Report on the Amphipoda obtained by the F.I.S.
"Endeavour" in Australian Seas.

BY

CHARLES CHILTON, M.A , D.Sc., M.B., C.M., LL.D., F.L.S.,

C.M.Z.S., F.N.Z.lNST., Hon. Mem. Hoy. Soc. N.S.W.,

Professor of Biology, Canterbury College,

New Zealand.

Figures 1-16.

AMPH1PODA. CHILTON.

REPORT ON THE AMPTIIPODA.

INTRODUCTION.

The collection of Amphipoda made by the F.I.S. "Endea-
vour" contains thirty-four species, and although there are
only two of these that I have described as new, the collec-
tion is of very considerable value, affording- additional
information on species already known and particularly on
their distribution. The most interesting is Endevoura
mirabilis, nov. gen. et sp., which, in the greatly enlarged
propod of the first peraeopod, appears to differ from other
members of the Lysianassida 1 . The re-discovery of
Ephippiphora kroyeri, White, from the type locality enables
this fine species to be fully described and restored to its
proper place in the group. It will be seen that an increas-
ing number of the forms have been identified with species
previously known only from European seas and the North
Atlantic.

I am greatly indebted to Miss E. M. Herriott, M.A.,
assistant at the Biological Laboratory, Canterbury College,
for preparing the drawings to illustrate this paper and for
much other valuable assistance.

LIST OP SPECIES AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION.

1. Ephippiphora kroyeri, White. Bass Strait and Coast

of Tasmania.

2. Waldeckia cherreu.ri, Stebbinu 1 . Australian seas.

3. Nannonyx kidderi, (S. I. Smith). Australia; New

Zealand and Subantarctic seas.

4. Tryphosa sarsi, (Bonnier). Arctic Ocean; North

Atlantic and Southern Australia.

5. Endevoura mirabilis, nov. gen. et sp. Bass Strait.

6. Euonyx normani, Stebbing. Bass Strait ; Kermadec

Islands.

7. Amaryllis macro phthalma, Haswell. Australia ; New

Zealand; South Africa.

34 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS,

8. Andaniotes corpulent us, (G. M. Thomson). Australia:

New Zealand ; Antarctic seas.

9. Se-ba typica, (Chiltoii). Bass Strait; New Zealand.

10. Lencothoe spiuicarpa, (Abildg.). In all seas.

11. Colomastir- brazieri, Haswell. Australia; New Zealand;

South Orkneys.

12. Liljeborgia brecicornix, (Bruz. ). Arctic Ocean; North

Atlantic; Southern Australia.

13. Liljeborgia dubia, (Haswell). Australia: New Zealand.

14. Oediceroides oruatus, ( Stchhinu 1 ). Bass Strait.

15. Borallia Monoculoides, (Haswell). Subantarctic seas;

South Africa; Indian Ocean.

16. Paramoera austrina, (Bate) var. megalophthalma, lias-

well. Australian seas.

17. Melita fresnelii, (And.). Atlantic and Indian Oceans;

Australian seas; South Africa.

18. C era-doc ntt rubromaciilatus, (Stimpson). Australia:

New Zealand; Gambler Archipelago.

19. Maera inaequipes, A. Costa. Northern and Southern

seas.

20. Maera marstersii, (Haswell). Australia ; New Zealand -.

Kermadecs; Gambler Archipelago.

21. Maera hatniyera, (Haswell). Australia; Indian

Ocean; South Africa.

22. Maera uiriilix, Haswell. Australia; New Zealand;

Gambler Archipelago.

23. Elasmopus dienienensia, (Haswell). Bass Strait.

24. Elasmopus subcarinatns, (Haswell). Australia; New

Zealand; Indian Ocean; Fiji.

25. Polycheria antarctica, (Stebbing). Australia; New

Zealand; Subantarctic and Antarctic seas.

26. Lembos philacawthus, (Stebbing). Australia; New

Zealand ; Chatham Islands.

27. Photis dolichommata, Stebbing-. Southern Australia.

AMPHIPODA. ('HILTON. 35

i!S. Eurystheiix wac.ulaius, Johnston. Arctic Ocean;
North Atlantic; Southern Australia.

29. Euryntheus <ttl<niticnx, Stebbing. Australia; S'outh

Africa.

30. Eitrystheus tkoinsoni, (Stebbing). Australia.

31. Eurysthens persetosiis, sp. nov. South Australia.

32. Anipithoc /iindersi, Stebbing. Australia; Torres Strait.

33. Icilius australis, Haswell. Australian seas.

34. Pseudoprotella phaxma, (Mont.). European seas;

Mediterranean; North Atlantic; Southern Australia.

EPHIPPIPHORA KROYERI, White.

'(Figs. 1 a i.)

Ephippiphora kroyeri, White, 1847*, p. 221.
? Ephippiphora kroyeri, Miers, 1884, p. 312.

Ephippiphora kroyeri, Stebbing, 1888, p. 224. and
1910, p. 571.

Socarnes kroyeri, Stebbing, 1906, p. 57.
Lysianassa kroyeri, Spence Bate, 1862, p. 65.

Localities. East Coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.
One specimen, 25 mm. long. (Reg. No. E. 4851.) Sixty
to eighty miles west of Eucla, 80-120 fathoms. One speci-
men, 17 mm. long.

These specimens agree in size and in the general
characters with the description given of this species by
White in 1847. The species has, however, remained so long
uncertain that Stebbing (1910, p. 571) speaks of it as "the
enigmatical Ephippiphora kroyeri, AVhite. " The specimens
come from the same locality as the original type, and I feel
confident must bo the same. White established the genus
Ephippiphora in 1847, and as the description is quite suffi-

* The references are made by the year of publication to the list on
p. 9U.

36

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

b.

Fig. 1 a b. Ephippiphora kroycfi White.

a. Side view of whole animal, b. Head and anterior

segments of peraeon showing side view of projecting

mouth parts.

cieiit for identification I think it right that his name should
be re-established. TTis description is as follows:

"Head rather large: antennae distant from each
other, the upper pair with the basal joints very thick

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 'M

and corneous, inserted in a deep notch in front of
head ; two setae at the end of each, the outer the thicker.
Lower pair of the antennae with the basal joint some-
what elongated and furnished with hairs.

'Body much compressed, the lateral appendages on
the first eight joints very large, and nearly concealing
the legs; the appendage of the fourth joint much
dilated behind at the end; eighth to eleventh joints
slightly keeled on the back; appendages of the three
last joints of abdomen longish, with short spines on the
edge behind. ' '

P'or the description of the species, Ephippiphora krdyeri,
he merely says :

'The body is very highly polished, the edges of the
segments behind somewhat tinged with yellow ; the
legs and caudal appendages slightly brownish.

"Hob. Van Diemen's Land."

In 1862 the species was re-described and figured by
Spence Bate from White's typical specimen in the British
Museum, which is, he says, an inch in length. His descrip-
tion corresponds well with the two ''Endeavour" specimens.
Some further- information as to White 's type was given by
Miers (1884, p. 312), who referred to this species small
specimens obtained by the "Alert" at Dundas Straits,
Prince of Wales Channel and Port Deiiison. These may,
however, really belong to Waldeckia chevreuxi, Stebbing.
The species Ephippiphora kroyeri and allied species were
discussed by Stebbing in 1010 (p. 571).

From the figures which I give it will be seen that E.
kroyeri is closely similar to the animals for which the genus
Waldeckia has since been established, and it will be
unnecessary to give a detailed description of all its
appendages.

The mouth parts form a compact mass protruding below
the anterior portion of the body and are shown in side view
in Fig. 1 b, and as seen from below in Fig. 1 c. The separate
mouth parts are very similar to those of Waldeckia
chevreuxi if we make allowance for the greater size of the
animal. The mandible (Fig. 1 d} has the same general
shape with fairly narrowed cutting edge without separate
teeth, and the process on the inner side (molar tubercle) is
narrow and beset with many short setae; the palp is very

38

"ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

slender, and in the natural position lies closely against the
outer surface of the mandible between it and the side
plates; its first joint is short, the second the longest with

c.

e.

Fig. 1 c e. Ephippiphora kroyeri White.

c. Mouth parts seen from below, c?. Mandible, seen from

outer side. e. Maxilliped, anterior aspect.

seven or eight long setae near the distal end, the third joint
has a fringe of setae along one side with longer ones at the
apex. The lower lip has the apex somewhat irregular,
thickly fringed with spinules, the mandibular process well
developed. The first maxilla has the inner lobe narrow,
with two setae at its apex, outer lobe with a number of
very stout dentate setnles, some of them very broad, as in
Waldeckia chevrcuxi, and all of them yellowish brown in
colour; the palp is two-jointed, first joint very short, the

AMPH1PODA. CHILTON.

second broad with rounded apex, concave on the inner side
so as to fit against th<> other mouth appendages. The
maxillipeds have the inner plate short with three or four
stout teeth at the end and many spinules, the outer plate

g-

1 / g. Ephippiphora kroyeri White.
First gnathopod. f/. Second gnatliopod

large and broad, its margin entire, without spinules ; palp
well developed, reaching beyond the end of the outer plate :
inner surface with joints well fringed with setae as shown
in the figure. In Fig. 1 e the inner lobe of the maxilliped
is seen in profile as it lies in the natural position projecting
inwards almost at right angles to the rest of the appendage
which closes in the other mouth parts posteriorly.

The gnathopoda (Figs. I/ and g) are very like those of
Waldeckia obesa, Chevreux.

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The peraeopoda are normal, the basal joints widely
expanded, the posterior margin in the fifth distinctly
serrate. The uropoda and telson show a close general
resemblance to those of Waldeckia obesa, Chevreux. (See
Pigs. 1 h and i.)

Fig. 1 h i.

h. Third uropod.

kriiyeri White.
Telson.

The branchiae are large and bear a number of transverse
folds on the upper portion like those in Anonyx nugax,
Phipps. I did not find any "accessory branchiae," but was
unable to make a full examination in the single specimen
I dissected.

It is evident that the genus Ephippiphora is very nearly
related to Socarnes, as Boeck stated when he established
that genus in 1870. The resemblance of E. kroyeri to
Waldeckia obesa, Chevreux, a species which I consider the
same as W. zschaui (Pfeffer), is so close that the two should,
I think, be placed in the same genus, but at present I leave
them as they are and the discussion of these genera must
be held over for some future occasion.

WALDECKIA CHEVREUXI, St ebbing.

(Fig. 2J
Waldeckia chevreuxi, Stebbing, 1910, p. 572, pi. 47 b.

Localities. Schouten Island, Tasmania, 5 fathoms. Many
specimens, the largest about 8 mm. in length. (Reg. Xo.
E5351.)

Entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania. Two specimens.
(Reg. No. E 4764.)

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

41

Sanders Bank, Kangaroo Island, South Australia. 2
fathoms. One male. (Reg. No. E 4855.)

Bay of Fires, Tasmania, 10 fathoms. Two specimens,
one male, one female. (Reg. No. E 5350.)

Eastern Slope, Bass Strait, Two specimens. (Reg. No.
E5356.)

These specimens agree well
with Stebbing's description
and figures which apply how-
ever only to the female. In
the male the second antenna
(Fig. 2) has the flagellum
greatly elongated and is fully
half as long as the animal, the
penultimate joint of the
peduncle is longer and
broader than the ultimate and
widens a little distally, the
ultimate joint narrowing dis-
tally; there are only a few
fine setae on the peduncle and
the liagellum appears to be
without ealceoli. In both
sexes the proximal joints of
the fiagellum of the upper
antennae bear transverse rows
of sensory setae which appear to be as numerous in the
female as in the male.

In 1912 (p. 473) I stated that this species occurs in New
Zealand. Comparison of specimens shows that the New
Zealand form differs a little in the characters of the third
uropoda and should, perhaps, be kept separate. Epliippi-
phora kroyeri. White, and Waldeckia obesa, Chevreux, have
the third uropoda nearly alike, but differing from both
the Australian and the New Zealand forms mentioned.

NANNONYX KIDDERI, (S. I. Smith).

(Figs. 3 a and b.)

Xannony.r kidderi, Chilton, 1909, p. 615.
Parawfildcckia thoixoni, Stebbing, 1910, p. 571.
Locality. Tasmanian Coast. One male. (Reg. No.
E 5352.) "

A full discussion of the forms which I grouped under
this name in 1909 will be found in the reference quoted.

iy. '2. Waldeckia
Second autenuu of male.

42

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Stebbing has since suggested the establishment of a new
genus, Parawaldeckia, for its inclusion.

The present specimen, which is a male with greatly elon-
gated tiagellum to the second antenna, appears to be quite
the same as the type specimen of Lysiannax stcbbingi,
G. M. Thomson, which was obtained at Pirates Bay, Tas-
mania, and with which I have compared it. In the
"Endeavour" specimen the telson (Fig. 8 //) has the pos-
terior margin transverse \vith two setules at each posterior
angle. Mr. Thomson's type is mounted permanently so
that the telson is seen in side view and the posterior border
cannot be made out, but it shows the two setules at the

Fig. 3 a b. Nannonyx kiddei'i (S. I. Smith), male.
a. Third uropocl. >. Telson.

angles as in the "Endeavour" specimens. In Socarnoides
hergueleni, Stebbing, which I have considered to be the
same as the present species, the angles of the telson bear
setules but the margin between is rather deeply indented
or cleft. I give also a drawing of the third uropod (Fig.
3 a).

If all the forms I have grouped under the name .V. kidderi
are rightly included, the species is widely distributed in
Australian and New Zealand seas and in Subantarctic
regions.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 43

TRYPHOSA SARSI, (Bonnier).
Tryphosa sarsi, Stebbing, 1906, p. 70.
Tryphosa camelus, Stebbing, 1910, p. 574, pi. xlvii. a.
Tryphosa nana, Sars, 1891, p. 76, pi. 27, Fig-. 1.

Locality. Bay of Fires, Tasmania, 10 fathoms. Many
specimens. 3 mm. long ; deep salmon coloured ; eyes reddish.

I think these specimens must be referred to Stebbing's
species, the type of which was obtained by H.M.O.S.

'Thetis" off the coast of New South Wales,' 54 to 59
fathoms. In some respects, however, they differ from
Stebbing's description and approach still more nearly to
T. sarsi. Bonnier, as described and figured by Sars under
the name T. nana (1891, p. 76, pi. 27, fig. 1), and in my
opinion Stebbing's name must be considered a synonym.
The depression on the fourth segment of the pleon is not
quite so narrow and deep as that shown in Stebbing's
figure, but in some specimens at least it is well marked,
while the posterior part of the segment is distinctly keeled.
The variation in this character is sufficient to make one
doubt its importance as a specific distinction. Stebbing
states that in the second antenna the antepenultimate joint
of the peduncle is, "contrary to custom, longer than the
penultimate.'' This, however, is not the case in the

'Endeavour" specimens, in which it is either shorter than,
or equal to, the penultimate joint. The second gnathopod
has the hinder angle of the hand not so acutely produced
as shown in Stebbing's fig-ure, but more like that figured
by Sars for T. tarsi; the finger again is hardly "small and
weak" as described by Stebbing-, but agrees with the figure
and description given by Sars, who speaks of it as being
''rather strong." The peraeopods agree with Stebbing's
description in having the basal joint large in comparison
with the rest of the limb and the merus ("fourth joint")
more expanded than is shown in Sars' figures. Stebbing
describes the lobes of the telson as bearing three lateral
spines instead of two as in T. sarsi. In some of my speci-
mens, however, there are certainly only two lateral spines
and, as stated below, there may be three lateral spines in
T. sarsi.

I have compai'ed the "Endeavour" specimens with speci-
mens sent to me years ago by M. Chevreux from Le Croisic,

44 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

France, named "Tryphosa nana," and I cannot find any
reliable character by which the two sets of specimens can
be distinguished. These specimens from Le Croisic agree
on the whole with the description and figures given by Sars,
but have the fourth segment of the pleon in some cases
at any rate distinctly keeled, while S'ars describes his species
as being easily known "by the absolute want of any dorsal
projection" on the fourth segment of the pleon. The Le
('roisic specimens, however, seem to show, just as do the
'Endeavour" ones, that this character is by no means
constant, but is subject to considerable variation in speci-
mens collected at the same place and time. Tu the peraeopods
again the Le Croisic specimens agree in the expanded meral
joints with the "Endeavour" specimens, though the basal
joint is perhaps a little shorter in proportion to the rest of
the limb. In one of the Le Croisic specimens again the
telson has three lateral spinules as in T. cam el us instead
of the two mentioned by Stebbing for T. sarsi.

The two species described by Sars under the names of
T. nana- and T. Tforinfjii are united by Bella Valle. and
in this I am very much inclined to agree with him. He,
however, considers them to be the same as Anonyx nana,
Kroyer, which is considered by Stebbing to be a different
species and is included in "Das Tierreich" Amphipoda
under the name Orchomenella itauus (Kroyer).

It should be added that Walker in 1904 (p. 244)
described, on a single male specimen from Ceylon, a new
species, Tryphosa cucttHata. which, he says, "is distin-
guished by the peculiar hooded character of the peduncular
joints of the upper antennae." At the same time he
recorded the occurrence in the seas of Ceylon of Orchomr-
nella nanits (Kroyer) which had been collected in a dif
ferent locality at a different time.

ENDEVOURA* MIRABILIS, nov. gen. et sp.
(Fig. 4 a-q.)

Locality. East Coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait,
Numerous specimens. (Reg. No. E.4845.)

The generic name has been formed by a slight alteration from the
word "Endeavour." the name of the vessel by which the specimens
were collected.

AMPHIPODA. CIHLTON.

45

e.

Fig. 4 a e. Endevoura mirabilis, nov. gen. et sp. a. Side view of

whole animal. b. Anterior portion of head with antennae.

c. Mandible. <l. First maxilla, e. Second maxilla.

46 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Diagnosis. Antennae subequal, short, with reduced
flagella ; upper antennae with accessory flagellum. First
gnathopod large, simple; second gnathopod of usual type
in the Lysianassidae. First peraeopod developed into a sub-
ch elate grasping organ with greatly broadened propod.
Telson entire with extremity rounded. In general shape,
side plates, remaining peraeopoda and uropoda resembling
the usual type of the family.

Length, about 6 mm.
Colour (in spirit), whitish.

The development of the first peraeopod in this species is
most extraordinary, and I know nothing at all like it in
the other Lysianassidae. At first I suspected that it might
be a male character, but it is present in all the numerous
specimens that I have been able to examine, although there
is none among them that I am perfectly certain is a female.

The first gnathopod is also somewhat peculiar, being
large in proportion to the second and somewhat ungainly
in form, the distal portion lying in a different plane from
the basal joints and being so curved that it is difficult to
get a satisfactory view of the appendage. The very reduced
flagclla of both antennae are noteworthy, but in the remain-
ing characters the animal presents the usual type found in
the family Lysianassidae. The following is a detailed
description :

Both antennae (Fig. 4 ft) are short and stout, the flagella
being greatly reduced. In the upper antenna the first joint
is much larger than the second, and the third joint is indis-
tinguishable, being apparently sunk in the hollow end of
the second. The primary fiagellum is about one-half the
length of the second joint of peduncle, composed of about
five very short joints. The accessory flagellum is about half
the size of the primary. The second antenna is of about
the same length as the first, the antepenultimate joint
slightly longer and considerably broader than the penulti-
mate. The flagellum is very short, apparently composed of
two or three small joints.

The eyes are large, oval.

In the mandibles (Fig. 4 c) the palp is well developed
and arises at some distance from the base, it is considerably
longer than the mandible itself, its second joint the longest*

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 47

with several setae at the distal end, the third joint shorter
and slightly narrower, with setae at the apex and some along 1
one margin. The molar tubercle is fairly well developed
and is situated distally to the base of the palp, and there
are two small curved setules between it and the smooth cut-
ting edge. On the outer side of the mandible, nearly
opposite the molar tubercle, is a small rounded prominence
similar to that figured by Sars in Orchomenella ciliata, Sars,
and in other species.

The lower lip has the rnandibular process well developed,
each lobe rounded distally and fringed with setae, appar-
ently small inner lobes more delicate than the outer lobes
are present,

The first maxilla (Fig. 4 d) has the palp of two joints,
the first very short, the second appears narrow as shown in
Fig. 4 d, being seen in profile; when seen full-face it is
broad, with rounded end bearing numerous short setules.
The inner lobe is small and bears a single long seta at its
rounded apex, the outer lobe is straight and bears seven or
eight stout dentate setae.

The second maxilla (Fig. 4 e) has the two lobes subequal.
the inner one bearing three long spinules at the apex and
fine setae along the inner margin, the outer has five or six
long dentate selules at the apex and finer ones near their
base.

The maxillipeds (Fig. 4 /') have both lobes well developed,
the inner one with the inner margin straight and bearing
fine setules, and one stouter spinule at some distance from
the apex. The extremity is obliquely truncate and serrate,
the appearance being similar to that caused by a number
of short setae placed closely side by side. The outer lobe is
much larger, reaching fully as far as the end of the carpus,
its inner margin is finely crenulate or uneven, with curved
lines reaching up to each crenulation; the surface bears
three small spinules at some distance from the margin. In
the palp the proportions of the joints are shown in Fig. 4 /'.
The terminal joint is not finger-like, but forms a broad oval.

The first gnathopod (Fig. 4 g and h) is very large and
is peculiarly bent and curved so that it is difficult to get a
view of the whole of it at the one time, the side plate is large,
rounded anteriorly, the basal joint is very long and bears

48

"ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

on its anterior margin three or four short dentations. The
ischium is very long and slightly narrowed proxirually as
usual ; the remaining joints of the appendage are twisted so
as to lie in a line almost at right angles to that of the basal
joints. In Fig. 4 </ they are shown in this position more or

f.

i.

Fig. 4 /- 4. Endevoura mirabilis, nov. gen. et. sp. /'. Maxilliped.
g. First gnathopod. h. Extremity of same seen full face.

i. Second gnathopod.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

49

iy;. J- j in. Endei'oui'a tin ruhil ix,
nov. gen. et sp.

j. First peraeopod. k. Secorul

peraeopocl. /. Third peraeopod.

in. Fourth peraeopod.

50 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

less in profile, the apex of the finger being directed away
from the observer; the carpus and propod are somewhat
flattened, but are curved so it is difficult to get them in a
position to show their full width, but a fuli-face view as
given in Fig. 4 h shows that the propod, which is about as
long as the carpus, narrows distally, and that there is no
trace of a palm, the limb ending simply in the short, stout
curved finger.

The second gnathopod (Fig. 4 i) is long and delicate and
has the characters usually found in the Lysianassidae. The
carpus is broadly oval, with its whole surface densely
covered with fine short setules, the propod is much smaller
than the carpus, oval in shape, with transverse rows of
setules on its anterior margin. It projects slightly so as to
form a minute chelate joint with the short finger.

The first peraeopod (Fig. 4 j) is large and of extremely
peculiar appearance, forming a powerful subchelate organ.
The propod is immensely enlarged and is irregularly quad-
rate in shape, the postero-distal portion being produced
backwards into a lobe reaching nearly to the proximal end
of the merus, it narrows somewhat distally, the palm being
only half the distal width of the joint, defined by a stout
tooth, regularly convex and fringed with a row of very
short, stout teeth; the finger is short and stout, fitting
closely on to the palm.*

The second peraeopod (Fig. 4 />) is normal, and has the
side plate produced backwards, along the lower margin of
the fifth side plate, into a moderately large lobe about as
broad as deep.

The third peraeopod (Fig. 4 ?.) has the side plate very
large, deeper than broad, lobed below, the posterior portion
widely expanded, oval, anterior margin fringed with setules
arising from slight serrations, posterior margin with minute
crenulations. The merus is produced postero-distally into
a rounded lobe.

The fourth (Fig. 4 m) and fifth (Fig. 4 n) peraeopods
are of similar shape, the fifth slightly larger than the
fourth, the basal joint narrower than in the third, and with
the posterior margin somewhat irregular in outline, slightly
concave towards the distal end and with minute crenula-
tions. The third pleon segment has the infero-posterior
angle quadrate, the angle itself being produced into a short
point.

* In another specimen, subsequently examined, the palm projects
much more and the limb might he described as chelate.

AMPHIPODA. GUI [.TON.

51

Fig. 4 it q. Endevoura mirabilis. nov. gen. et sp. n. Fifth peraeopod.

o. Terminal portion of pleon with side view of uropods and telsou.

p. Third nropod. q. Telson.

5-J

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The first uropod with the branches subequal, shorter
than the peduncle ; the second uropod similar but shorter
and the branches rather broader in proportion, the third
uropod (Fi<;'. 4 p) very short, two-branched, outer branch
of two joints, inner branch one-jointed, as loner as the first
joint of the outer.

The telson (Fig. 4 q) short, entire, forming a half oval,
and bears two minute spinules on each side near the margin.

EIJONYX NORMANI, Stebbing.
(Figs. 5 a-d.)

Eiiony.r normani. Stebbing, 190(3. p. 19.

Locality. East Coast of Hinders Island, Bass Strait.
One male, length about 18 mm. (Reg. No. E. 4851.)

I think this specimen must be ref el-red to Stebbing 's
species although tliere are one or two points of difference.
In the general shape, * ue small first side plate, large second

iy. o " ('. Euany.i: iionuuui, 8161111111!;;, male.
c. First antenna. ('. Sivoud antenna.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 5o

plate produced into a rounded anterior lobe and in the
peraeopoda, etc., it agrees well with his figures, but the first
antennae seem shorter in proportion to the second. In the
"Endeavour" specimen these (Fig. 5 6) have the general
characters found in males of similar genera and have the
flagellum elongated to about one-half the length of the
body. The eye is large and oval. The first gnathopod is
similar to the figure given by Stebbing, but is considerably
longer and more slender ; the second gnathopod is also long
and slender, agreeing well with Stebbing 's figure and
description. Stebbing 's specimen, which was a female, was
obtained in the South Pacific near the Kermadec Islands
at a depth of 1,140 metres.

In the first antenna (Fig. 5 a) the first joint of the
flagellum is very long and bears on the under side numerous
short transverse rows of fine setae, the joints of the flagellum
bear calceoli and are twenty-three in number, while the
accessory flagellum contains nine, of which the first is the
longest. The last joint of the second antenna is longer than

Euonyae nfirinani,
First gnathopoil.

male.

54 ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the preceding, both bear transverse tufts of setae on the
upper surface, the fiagellum contains seventy-nine joints.
man} r of the proximal ones bearing calceoli.

The gnathopoda are shown in Fig. 5 c arid d and do not
call for detailed description: the first bears very few setules
and the second has the structure commonly found in the
Lysianassidae : in both the ischial joint is considerably
elongated.

The type specimen, which was a female, was taken off the
Kermadec Islands, and the species is now for the first time
recorded from the Australian coast.

Fig. 5 d. Euonyx normani, Stebbiug, male. Second gnathopod.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 55

AMARYLLIS MACROPHTHALMA, Haswell.

Amaryllis macrophthalma, Haswell, 188()r/, p. L!53,
pi. viii., fig. 3.

Amaryllis macrophthalma, Stebbing, 1910, p. 569.
Amaryllis macrophthalma, Barnard, 1916, p. 114.

Localities. 10 miles north of Circular Head, Tasmania.
Several specimens.

Eastern Slope, Bass Strait : several specimens.
Tasmanian Coast ; several.

HO-80 miles west from Eucla, 80-120 fathoms: one
specimen.

Off Cape Jervis, South Australia ; one.

East Coast of Flinders Islands, Bass Strait: one.

These specimens vary very much in size, the largest being
20 mm. in length. They seem all referable to this species.

Barnard has recently given a fuller account of the species,
based on the examination of specimens from South Africa,
and his description appears to agree well with the
"Endeavour" specimens. He points out that some forms
have pale eyes, while others from the same locality have
dark eyes. All the "Endeavour" specimens have dark
eyes.

Distribution. Australia, New Zealand, South Africa,
and the Straits of Magellan.

ANDANIOTES CORPULENTUS, ((}. M. Thomson).
Andaniotes corpulentus, Stebbing, 1910, p. 575.
Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait.

One small specimen, about 3 mm. lonir. (Reg. No.
E. 5356.)

This agrees well with the description given by Stebbing.
The species was originally recorded from New Zealand
waters, but was taken in Australian seas by the "Thetis"
and Chevreux has recorded it from Port Charcot in Antarctic
regions. Stebbing (1910, p. 575) also recorded that it was
taken by the "Scotia" Expedition in Lat, 66 40' S.,
Long. 40 35' W.

'><> "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

SEHA TYPICA, (C hilt on).

(Fi-. (i a-d.)

Terntirmn typicum, Chilian, 1884, p. 257, pi. 18,

figs, la /.

Selxi typica, (Jhilton, 1906, p. 572, (with synonymy).

Locality. East Coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait,
about 10 specimens, all small, the largest with body 4.5 mm.
long 1 .

These specimens were found along with numerous other
Amphipoda collected at the same time. After examining
them and comparing them with New Zealand specimens, T
have no hesitation in referring them to this species,
'S'. typicri, which has hitherto been known only from a very
few small-sized specimens from New Zealand.

There are altogether five species described of the genus
8ebu, all of them somewhat imperfectly known. In two of
ilie species the male differs from the female in the shape
of the first gnathopod. In the male the propod of the first
gnathopod is expanded and the palm shows various projec-
tions or teeth with concave depressions between them. In
the female the propod is much smaller and has the palm
produced so that the limb is distinctly chelate, the inner
margin of the fixed finger i.e., the palm being straight or
almost so.

In his account of S. antarctica "Walker (1907, p. 37)
pointed out that the male of that species differs
from the female in the posterior peraeopoda, which
had the meral joint very much broadened and ex-
panded posteriorly. Walker speaks of his species as
having dimorphic males, some being similar to the
female and distinguished from it only by the absence
of incubatory lamellae, the others larger and differing in the
expansion of the meral joint of the last three pairs of
peraeopoda: though, according to "Walker's account and
figures, these large males have the first gnathopod similar
to that of the female. In N. x<nni<lcrxii Stebbing the female
only is known, but in the two species, $. armata (Chevreux)
and S. typica ( Chilton) there is a form which has been
described as the male differing, as already mentioned, from
the female in the configuration of the palm of the first
gnathopod ; in these two species the difference in the meral
joint of the last peraeopods has not previously been noticed.

The largest of the "Endeavour" specimens, which
measure 4.5 mm. in length of body, differ from the figure

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

57

of the male that I had previously given of New Zealand
specimens in having flic meral joints of the posterior
peraeopoda as greatly expanded as in 8. antarctica and in
having the palm of the first gnathopod very distinctly

Fig. 6 ah. StiUa t\ji>ica, Ohiltou, male.

a. First gnathopod. b. End of palm
with tip of finger (more highly magnified) .

oblique instead of being transverse, though the armature
of the palm itself is closely similar ( Fig. 6 a and b) . I find,
however, that the small specimens collected by the
'Endeavour," measuring only about 2 mm. in length of
body, have the palm transverse as in the New Zealand speci-
mens, which are of about the same size, and, as in them, the
meral joint of the posterior peraeopoda is only slightly
broadened. Transitional forms are also found, and it
appears evident that the expansion of the meral joints of
the peraeopods is greatest in fully developed males and is
gradually attained, and that in young males the palm of
the first gnathopod is transverse or even projecting, while
in the larger or older males it becomes gradually more and
more oblique. The expansion of the merus of the fifth
peraeopoda increases in proportion to the greater oblique-
ness of the palm of the first gnathopod. Probably in quite
young males the first gnathopod is similar to that of the

58

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

female ; I haA^e one small specimen that I presume is a young
male which has the first gnathopod almost the same as in the
female, but with the palm more nearly transverse and
slightly irregular. Among the "Endeavour" specimens
there is no female bearing eggs, but there is one specimen
which has the first gnathopod similar to that described by
Stebbing for 8. saundersii or to the female of 8. armata as
described and figured by Chevreux. It has the first gnath-
opod distinctly chelate and the distal portion bent inwards
in a different plane from that of the basal half, so that it
is difficult to get the whole gnathopod in view at one time.

Individuals with the first gnathopoda having this same
chelate form were found by Walker in S. antarctica bearing
eggs, and we may therefore presume that this "Endeavour"

c d

Fig. 6 c d. Subn tijpica, (Jhilton, male.
c. Fifth peraeopod. d. Fourth peraeopocl.

specimen is also a female. In 8. antarctica Walker speaks
of dimorphic males, but as the two forms he describes differ
only in the amount of expansion of the meral joints of the
posterior peraeopoda they are probably rather to be con-
sidered as different stages of development. In 8. antarctica,
therefore, the males appear to differ from the females only
in the great expansion of the meral joints of the posterior

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 59

peraeopoda. In his figure of the whole animal Walker
(1907, pi. 13, fig. 22) shows the meral joints of the third,
fourth and fifth peraeopoda all equally expanded. In the
"Endeavour" specimens of S. typica it is only the fifth
peraeopod that has the very marked expansion and in
some specimens the joint is produced posteriorly more than
is shown in Walker's figures (see Fig'. 6 c) ; in the fourth
peraeopod (Fig-. 6 d) there is considerably less expansion,
and in the third still less, the meral joint showing- the same
amount of dilatation as in the female.

In 8. artnata, as in S. typica, the male differs from the
female in the armature of the palm, the projections and
teeth being similar to those of the latter species, but the
propod is markedly produced so that the giiathopod is
distinctly chelate. Chevreux gives the size of the males
examined by him as scarcely 3 mm., and it is possible that
they were not fully mature, and that older specimens would
have the palm more transverse or even obliquely subchelate.
The male figured by Chevreux shows no expansion of the
meral joint of the last peraeopod: either it is not yet
developed or the species differs in this point from S. typica.

As Walker lias already pointed out, the females of all the
species described are practically indistinguishable.

Seba f ij pica" is known from Xew Zealand and from Bass
Strait between Australia and New Zealand. $. saundersii
Stebbing, with which 8. typica was at one time united, and
with Avhich it may ultimately prove to be identical, is known
from Cape Virgins, Patagonia, and, with some doubt,
from Algoa Bay, S. Africa. S. antarctica Walker is known
from South Victoria Land in the Antarctic : 8. armata
Chevreux from the Gulf of Gascony and the Azores. The
remaining species, S. innominata Bate was recorded from
the Gulf of Naples, but is still imperfectly known.

LEUCOTHOE SPINICARPA, (Abildg.).
Leucothoe spinicarpa, Stebbing, 1906, p. 165.
Leucothoe spinicarpa, Chilton, 1912, p. 478.
Leucothoe spinicarpa, Barnard, 1916, p. 148
Leucothoe miersi, Stebbing, 1906, p. 165.
Leucothoe commensalis, Stebbing, 1910, p. 580.

* Stebbing (1906, p. 163) gives S. typica and 8. armata as 'synonyms
of S. saundersii. In view of the facts mentioned by Walkeri'in his
description of S. antarctica, I have spoken of all these forms as separate
species pending further investigation.

60 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Localities. Tasmanian Coast and Eastern Slope, Bass
Strait. Three specimens. (Reg. Nos. E. 5352 and E. 5356.)

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30
fathoms. Several specimens. (Reg. No. E. 4862.)

I am referring these specimens to the species mentioned
above, which is of world-wide distribution. To the
synonyms previously given Barnard has definitely added
L. commensalis Haswell and L. niiersi Stebbing, which I had
also done in my MS. notes before I received Mr. Barnard's
paper.

COLOMASTIX BRAZIEIRI, HaSWfll.

(Pig. 7 a-h.)

Colomastix brazieri, Haswell, 1880ft, p. 341, pi. 22,
fig. 4.

Colomastix brazieri, Stebbing, 1906, p. 206.
brazieri, Chilton, 1912, p. 484.

One specimen, male, about 6 mm. long, exact locality not
recorded.

Distribution. Australia, New Zealand, South Orkneys.

As this species is as yet only imperfectly known and
belongs to a peculiar genus, the following description of the
single specimen obtained by the "Endeavour" may be
acceptable.

The general shape of the body agrees with Haswell 's
description, and is shown in Fig. 7 a; the back is smooth;
the side plates are all shallow and present no peculiarity.

The antennae (Fig. 7 b) are stout, pediform, the fiagel-
lum being vestigial in both. The first antenna has the first
joint about the same length as the second, both end in sub-
acute teeth and sharp spines above and below, and bear a
row of spinnles on the under surface, in the first segment
the under surface being concave with spines along both
margins; the third joint is considerably shorter than the
second, but ends similarly with spines. The flagellum is
represented only by one or two minute joints, the first one
being produced to an acute point reaching to the end of the

A M Pill POD A. OITILTON

Fig. 7 " ft. Colnmaxhx brazii'i'!, Haswell, male.
.1. Side view of animal. 6. Head and antennae.

(12

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

vestigial flagellum. The second antenna has the third joint
of the peduncle stouter than the fourth or fifth and bear-
ing stout spinules on its lower margin ; the fourth joint is
longer and stouter than the fifth, both bear slender setules
on the lower margin, and the fifth is produced at the
extremity" into subacute teeth above and below : the tiagel-
lum is vestigial, being composed of four or five segments
fused into a single piece and bearing numerous slender
setules towards the apex. Tbe maxillipeds are shown in

Fig. 7 c e. Colomastix brazieri, Haswell, male.
r. Maxillipeds. d. First gnathopod. e. Second gnathopod.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

The first gnathopod (Fig. 7 d) is very small, long, slender
ami delicate, and ends without dactyl in a small tuft of
setae as in C. pusilla (Grube).

The second gnathopoda (Fig. 7 e) are large and power-
ful, the right and left equal in sixe. The basal and ischial
joints are produced into a flange on the inner side against
which the large propod rests when renexed. The carpus is
short and subtri angular and bears on the posterior margin
several transverse rows of long setules, a similar row extend-
ing along the distal margin on the inner side. The propod
is greatly dilated, being fully two-thirds as broad as long;
it bears numerous transverse rows of setae near the anterior
margin, others along the posterior margin and numerous
single setae scattered at various places on the inner sur-
face; the palm is denned by a stout subacute tooth, is broad,
and shows two or more rounded prominences; the finger is
short, stout, strongly curved, and fits into a depression near
the defining tooth.

The peraeopoda call for no special remark, the third,
fourth and fifth have the basal joint only slightly dilated.
(S<-e Figs. 7 /' and Q.)

.

Fig, 7 / /(. Colomastix In'azieri, Haswell, male.

/. First peraeopod. g. Fifth peraeopod.

h. Pleon. with uropoda and telson.

64 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The first and second uropoda are small and have the rami
small, styliform and subequal, both finely serrate on the
upper margin. In the third uropod the outer ramus is
small, slender and shorter than the peduncle: the inner
ramus is much longer, three times as long- as the peduncle,
flattened vertically, the upper margin serrate or irregu-
larly dentate. (Fig. 7 fe).

The telson reaches beyond the end of the peduncle of the
third uropod.

Colour. In spirit, dull white, eye red, green according
to Stebbing.

The single New Zealand specimen that I have is much
smaller, and is probably immature. It was obtained by
surface net in Port Chalmers in 1904; it is still greenish
in colour (mounted in glycerine jelly) and when alive
the eye was a bright red. The second gnathopod is
small and appears like that of. C. pusilla as figured
by Bonnier (1893, pi. 8), who says his figure is that
of an adult male, though judging from the "Endea-
vour" specimen it seems possible that his were not
fully developed. In the third uropod the outer ramus is
much shorter than the inner. In the "Scotia" specimens
from South Orkneys the outer ramus was two-thirds the
length of the inner. Probably as the animal develops the
inner ramus becomes longer in proportion.

LlLJEBORGIA BREVICORNIS, (BrilZ.) .

Liljeborgia brevicornis, Stebbing, 1906, p. 231.
Liljeborgia aequabilis, Stebbing, 1910. p. 588.
Liljeborgia paUida, Sars, 1894, p. 530. pi. 187.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Si rait. (Reg. No.
E. 5356.)

Three specimens, the largest 12 mm. long.

These specimens are certainly similar to those described
by Stebbing under the name L. aequabilis, agreeing in the
absence of dorsal dentation, but the species is, I think, too
close to L. brevicornis Bruz. to be retained as a separate
species. Stebbing mentions several small points of differ-
ence, and of these the first one, namely, the absence of a
projecting tooth at the lower bind corner of the first and

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. <>?>

second side plates holds good in the specimen I have
specially examined, but these teeth are so small in L. brevi-
cornis that their absence is not a very important character.
The third pleon segment has the lateral margin straight
and shows no emargination above the postero-lateral tooth;
the slender finger of the fifth pair of peraeopods is not
more than one-third the length of the propod. and is thus
similar to the figure given by Sars : the length of this finger
appears to vary, being longer in smaller specimens ; the
telson has only a single seta in the notch at the end of each
lobe, thus agreeing with Sars' figure and differing from
Stebbing 's description. The slight differences mentioned
by Stebbing in the gnathopods appear of little importance,
those of my specimen agreeing quite closely with the figures
given by Sars, the palm of the second having a small con-
cave depression near the base of the finger.

L. brevicornis Bruz. is known from the Arctic Ocean and
the North Atlantic. If L. aeqitabilis is really the same its
range is extended to Australian seas.

The species L. proximo, Chevreux from the Gambier
Archipelago should, in Mr. Barnard's opinion, become a
synonym of L. aeqnabilis. He records it from False Bay,
South Africa.

LlLJEBORGIA DUBIA, (HttSWell) .

Lilieborgia dubia, Stebbins', 1906, p. 233, and 1910,
p. 638.

Liljeborgia dubia, Chilton, 1912, p. 485.

Locality. Tasmanian Coast. Two specimens, the largest
15 mm. long. (Reg. No. E. 5352.)

These specimens agree on the whole with the description
of this species given by Stebbing in 1906. The sixth and
seventh segments of the peraeon are produced into a sharp
dorsal tooth and there is a minute tooth on the fifth seg-
ment also ; the teeth and carinations on the pleon are as
described by Stebbing.

L. dubia is known from Australia, New Zealand, South
Africa, the South Orkneys, and South Victoria Land. The
closely allied species L. consanguinea has been recorded by
Stebbing from Kerguelen and Heard Islands and by Chev-
reux from Marguerite Bay in the Antarctic. The two
species present many points in common which are also
found in the European species L. /is.vicoriiix (Sars.)

fiH "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS,

OEDICEROIDES ORNATUS, (Stebbiwj).

Oediceroides ornatus, Stebbing, 1906, p. 270, and 1910,
p. 589.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. One specimen,
about 12 mm. long. (Reg. No. E. 5356.)

This specimen agrees with 0. ornatus in the shape of the
eyes, which extend to the acute tip of the frontal process,
and in the little process to which the ventral carina of the
rostrum is produced. It was obtained in Bass Strait near
where the typical species was collected. The segments of
the body bear rounded corrugations, but there is an absence
of the small tubercles which appear to be so marked in
Stebbing 7 s figure, the species in this respect being more
similar to 0. Cinderella from the Falkland Islands. How-
ever, the resemblance in the eyes and in the appendages is,
I think, sufficient to warrant its being assigned to 0.
ornatus.

The species was taken by the "Thetis" off Port Hacking
and also from Botany Bay, New South Wales.

BOVAT.LIA MONOCULOIDES, (Hdswell) .

Eovallia Moiioculo-idrs. Chillon, 1909, p. 622, and 1912.
p. 494.

Eiisiroides monoculoides, Stebbing, 1910, p. 595.
Eusiroides monoculoides, Barnard, 1916, p. 174.
Eiisiroides crassi, Stebbing, 1910, p. 594.

Localities. Tasmanian Coast. Four specimens, the
longest about 20 mm. in length. (Reg. No. E. 5352.)

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30
fathoms. Two specimens, each about 15 mm. long. (Reg.
No. E. 4862.)

Under the name Bovallia monoculoides or Eiisiroides
monoculoides a number of forms have been grouped, the
relations of which are rather puzzling. In the "Challen-
ger" Report, Stebbing described three species under the
new genus Eusiroides, namely, E. caesaris, E. pompeii, and
E. crassi. In "Das Tierreich" Amphipoda he united the
first two as synonyms of the previously described species

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. <>7

Atylu* monoculoides Haswell, but left K. crassi as a dis-
tinct species. In 1909 I identified specimens from the
Auckland Islands with E. crassi and gave various reasons
for the opinion that it could hardly be kept as a species
distinct from E. monoculoides (i.e., E. caesaris and E.
/tonrpeii). I also pointed out that my specimens appeared
to be nearly identical with Bovallia, yiyantea as described
by Pfeffer and Chevreux. In 1912, after comparing speci-
mens gathered by the "Scotia" with co-types of BovdUni
yiyantea, I remained still of -the same opinion. In 1913,
p. 168, Chevreux advanced several reasons for considering
ft ova-Ilia yiyantea distinct from B. monoculoides. In draw-
ing up these differences he has, I think, based some of them
on the published descriptions of K. caesaris. It has been
pointed out by Walker. Stebbing and myself that in B.
monoculoides there are very considerable variations in the
presence and acuteness of the dorsal teeth and in the
amount of serration of the posterior margin of the third
pleon segment. Certainly extreme forms of E. monoculoides
(i.e., E. caesaris} and B. yigantea look considerably
different, but if we are to unite under one species E.
caesaris, E. pompeii and E. monoculoides, then the differ-
ences between these forms and Bovallia yiyantea do not
seem to me to be sufficient to warrant us in keeping them
distinct from that species. Whether the different forms
are to be distinguished by different names or not is a point
of comparatively little importance, the main point is to
ascertain the characters of the forms under consideration
and the amount of variation they show. This will be illus-
trated by the following brief description of the specimens
gathered by the ' ' Endeavour. ' '

Off the Tasmaiiian Coast, four specimens (Reg. No.
E. 5352) were collected. One of these is a female fully
20 mm. long with recently hatched young in the brood
pouch. Both upper and lower antennae agree well with
the figures given by Stebbing for E. caesaris and also with
those given by Chevreux for Bovallia yiyantea, except that
the calceoli are not so numerous on the peduncular joints.
The third pleon segment has the posterior margin convex
and without serrations, the angle being very slightly pro-
duced, in this respect agreeing with both E. crassi and
B. yiyantea. None of the segments are produced dorsally
into teeth ; the fourth pleon segment shows a depression,
more distinctly marked than in Stebbing 's figure; the fifth
segment is produced posteriorly into a short median tri-
angular tooth, which in side view appears as a narrow

68 {C ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

curved tooth. In the absence of dorsal teeth and of serra-
tions on the third pleon segment this specimen agrees with
/". r>v/.v.v/. A second specimen, about 15 mm. long, a female
bearing eggs, is similar in general appearance and in the
appendages, bul lias the posterior margin of the third pleon
"-"ument with numerous dentations as drawn by Stebbing
for E. ponipfii, there is a very slight indication of pleon
segments one and two being produced into dorsal teeth, but
no sign of a tooth on pleon segment four, the presence of
which in the previous specimen seems to be exceptional.
The third specimen, also a female with eggs, about 13 mm.
lonu 1 , has the first and second pleon segments very slightly
produced, and is similar to the second in practically all
other characters, but the third pleon segment has more
numerous serrations, these being nearly as numerous as
shown by Stebbinir for E. caesaris. The fourth speeimeri.
about 12 mm. long, also a female, is similar to the second
and third but has only about six or seven serrations on the
third pleon segment, the rest of the margin being slightly
uneven.

Oft Kingston, South Australia, two specimens (Reg. No.
E. 4862") were collected, each about 15 mm. long, and havina 1
the serrations on the third pleon segment intermediate in
character between those shown for E. caesaris and
E. ponipeii by Stebbing. One of them also showed very
slight dorsal production of pleon segments one and two.

Certainly all the "species" mentioned above must, in my
opinion, be placed in one genus, and the name Bovallia
appears to have priority over Eusiroides.

PARAMOERA AUSTRINA, (Bate) var. MEGALOPHTHALMA,

(Haswell) .

(Fig. 8 a-c.)

Paramoeni auxtrina, (part), Stebbing, 1906, p. 363.

I'animoerti austrina, (part), Chilton, 1909, p. 625,
and 1912, p. 498.

Pa.ramoera <iitxtritia, (part). Stebbing, 1910, p 456.

Localities. Entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania. Many
specimens. (Reg. No. E. 4764.)

Port Arthur, Tasmania. Many specimens. (Reg. No.
E. 4765.)

Tasmanian Coast. Seven specimens. (Reg. No. E. 5352.)

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

69

Under the name, Paramoera austrina, Stebbiug has
grouped a large number of forms to which I have added
others. He included the species originally described by
Haswell as Atylus megalophthalmus. I have since pointed

Fig. 8 a -c. Paramoera austrina Bate, var. meg alophth alma Stebbiug.

1.1. Head and bases of antennae ; showing rostrum. 6. Second

gnathopod of female, c. Third uropod and telson ,

70 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

out that this form differs from the others in sufficient points
to warrant its being considered a separate variety, if not a
species. Similarly the form from South Africa, with several
teeth on each lobe of the telson, which I described in 1912,
has been considered by Barnard to be sufficiently distinct
r<> !>< recognised as a separate species under the name
P. caucus is (Dana). Further discussion of the various
forms is given by Barnard (1916, p. 183), who includes
Atyloides tuayellanica Stebbing (1888, p. 925, pi. 79) as a
synonym of P. ca pens is (Dana).

The "Endeavour" specimens all appear to belong to the
variety megalophthalma, which may be distinguished by the
very large eyes, the presence of a distinct rostrum (Fig.
8 a), the shorter and more triangular carpal joints of the
gnathopoda (Fig. 8 6), the broader rami of the third
nropods and the absence of setae from the telson (Fig. 8 c) .

The accessory nagellum seems to vary, as might be ex-
pected. In the specimens from Port Jackson that I have
examined it is almost indistinguishable and apparently
fused to the last joint of the peduncle; in the "Endeavour"
specimens it is fairly distinct as in typical specimens of the
species.

Stebbing considers Atylus microdeuteropus Haswell from
Port Jackson to be a synonym of Amphitoe (Iphimedia]
simplex Dana from Hermit Island, and says that the species
is probably identical with P. austrina Bate. There is very
considerable resemblance between the descriptions and
figures given by Dana and Haswell, and it is probable they
were describing the same species, but the enlargement of
the joints of the nagellum of the first antenna mentioned
and figured by each seems to me to be too marked and too
widely separated "every third or fourth" (Haswell) to
apply to P. austrina, in which every second joint is dilated
but only to a slight extent, and' the species more probably
belongs to the genus Pontogeneia.

MELITA FRESNELII (And).
Melita fresnelii, Stebbing, 1906, p. 423, and 1910, p. 596.

Locality. Sanders Bank, Kangaroo Island, 28 fathoms.
Several specimens (male and female). (Reg. No. E. 4855.)

This widespread species appears to be fairly common in
Australian seas. The specimens examined agree well with
the description given by Stebbing in 1906, though the num-
bers of teeth on the posterior margins of the pleon segments
do not appear to be constant.

A M P HI PODA . CHILTON .

71

fERADOCTS RUBROMACULATUS

(Fig. 9 a-c}.

Ceradocus rubromaculatus, Stebbing, 1910. p. 598
(with synonymy).

Ceradocus rubromaculatits, Chilton, 1916, p. 369.

Fig. 9 a c. Ceradocus rubromaculatus (Stimpson).

a. First gnathopod of male. 6. Second gnathopod of male.

c. Second gnathopod of female.

"fl "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Local-it if*. Tasmanian Coast. (Reg. No. E. 5352. i
Ten miles North of Circular Head, Tasmania.
Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. (Reg. No. E. 5356. i

Of this species there are several specimens, males and
females, from the localities mentioned. I give figures of the
iirst and second gnathopods of the male and of the second
gnathopod of the female, which will readily indicate their
structure and the arrangement, of the setae without further
description. In the male the palm is very oblique, while in
a form from the Gambler Archipelago referred to this
species by M. Chevreux, the palm is transverse.

The species is widely distributed in New Zealand and
Australian seas. I have discussed its occurrence in New
Zealand in the paper quoted above.

MAERA INAEQUIPES, (A. Costa).

Maera inaequipes, Stebbing, 1910, p. 599.

Maera inaequipes, Chilton. 1916, p. 365, figs. 5 and 6,
and 1917, p. 19.

Locality. Fifteen miles N.W. of Cape Jervis, South
Australia, 17 fathoms. One ovigerous female, 6 mm. long.
(Reg. No. E. 4842.)

In this specimen the right and left second gnathopods
are equal, the palm regularly convex. The third uropod is
missing. I have recorded the occurrence of this species in
New Zealand seas and have made some remarks on its dis-
tribution and variations in the two papers quoted above.

MAERA MASTERSII, (UaswelL).

Mctjuinucra niuslrrsii, Ilaswell, 1880o, p. 265, pi. 11,
%. 1.

Maera inastcrsii, Stebbing, 1906, p. 439, and 1910,
p. 642.

Maera inastersii, Chevreux, 1908, p. 481.
Maera niasicrsii, Chilton, 1916, p. 367.
Matra tnastersii, Barnard, 1916, p. 195.

Locality. Forty miles West of Kingston, South Aus-
tralia, 30 iathoms. One specimen, 6 mm. long.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON. 7M

I have described this species in detail in the paper men-
tioned above. It is known from Australian and Xew
Zealand seas, from the Kermadec Islands, South Africa,
and the Gambier Archipelago.

MAP;RA HAMIGERA, (Haswell).
Maera kaniiy era, Stubbing, 1910, p. 600.
Maera hamiyera, Barnard, 1916, p. 196.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. Four specimens,
length about IL' mm. (Reg. Xo. E. 5356.)

These specimens undoubtedly belong to this species,
agreeing well with specimens received from Port Jackson,
New S'outh Wales. They also correspond on the whole with
the description of the species given by Barnard of South
African specimens, except that the large right second
gnathopod of the male differs in having the palm distinctly
transverse and in a slightly different armature; the finger
is stout but not scimitar-shaped as in his specimen.
Apparently there is considerable difference in the second
gnathopod of this species as I have another specimen from
.Port Jackson which I think must be referred to the species,
though it differs both from the typical form and from that
described by Mr. Barnard.

The species is known from Australia, South Africa and
from the Indian Ocean.

MAERA VIRIDIS, Harwell.
Maera viridis. Haswell, 18806, p. 333, pi. 21, fig. 1.

Elasmopus viridis, Stebbing, 1906, p. 445, and 1910,
p. 643.

Maera I'iridis, Chilton, 1916, p. 362.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. One specimen,
about 6 mm. long.

In this specimen gnathopod two has the palm slightly
projecting and even i.e., without notches except for the
deep narrow notch next to the sharp denning tooth.

1 have discussed this species in the paper quoted above.
It is widely distributed in Australian and New Zealand
seas.

74

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

ELASMOPUS DIEMENENSIS, (Haswell).
(Fig. 10 a-c.)

Mcyatnoera diemenensis, Haswell, 1880, p. 266, pi. xi.,
Fig. 3.

Elasmopus diemenensis, Stebbine, 1906, p. 442, and
1910, p. 643.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. One male, 11 mm.
long.

This species is very similar in general appearance to
E. snbcarinatus, but can be readily distinguished from it by
the pair of strong dorsal teeth on the posterior margin of
the first four segments of the pleon.

In the first gnathopod (Fig. 10 a) the side-plate is pro-
duced a little anterioiiv and bears on the lower margin a

j

Fig. 10 a b. Elasmojjus diemenensis (Haswell), male.
a. First gnathopod. 6. Second gnathopod.

AMPHIPODA. CHIL.TON.

75

few spinules; the rest of the appendage is closely similar
to that of E. su'bcarintus and shows the same characteristic-
arrangement of setae on the inner surface. The second
gnathopod (Fig. 10 &) is much larger than the first, but
the propod is only moderately expanded, being narrow
pyriform, the greatest width l)eing at about one-third of the
length from the base ; the palm is long and ill-defined, and
bears a few irregular teeth towards the base of the dactyl;
the whole length of the palm and the posterior half of the
inner surface is thickly covered with fine long hairs mostly
arranged in short transverse rows; there are live or six
small tut'ts of spinules along the anterior margin; the
dactyl is more than one-third the length of the propod and
has the inner concave margin with a few irregularities near
the middle.

The fifth peraeo-
pod (Fig. 10 c d)
is broad, especially
in the meral joint -.
the posterior
margin of the basal
joint is moderately
convex and simply
serrate on the
proximal portion,
while on the distal
portion the serra-
tions are much
closer and deeper,
forming a regular
pectinate margin,
similar to that in
E. neglectus, Ohil-
ton, and E. serrula.
Walker.

d c

Fig. 10 c d. Elasmopus diemenensis (Haswell),
male.

In the telson
each half has the
lateral margins
produced into long
acute teeth so that

the posterior margin is deeply concave; from it arises two

stout spinules. (See Fig. 10 e.)

Fifth paraeopod. d. Basal joint of same,
more highly magnified.

In the structure of the second gnathopods and of the
peraeopoda, this species appears to approach E. serriila,

76

' ' ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Walker, a species \vliieh Barnard has recently combined
with E. p< ctciiHTUs, Bate, but in that species there are no
dorsal teeth on the segments of the pleon.

Elasmopus diemenenxix is at present known only from
Bass Strait and Tasmania.

Fig. 10 f. Elasmopus clieiufnem-1^ (Haswell). male.
Terminal portion of pl< j on with m - <>p'.il;i und telson.

ELASMOPUS SUBCARINATUS (Haswell).

.\l((jnwera sHbcdriiuthtx, Haswell, 18806, p. 335,
pi. xxi., fig. 4.

subcarinatus, Stebbing, 1910 p. 602.
rs sttbcaritiaius, Chilton, 1915, p. 321.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. Four males, one
female. (Reg. No. E. 5356.) Tasmanian Coast. One
female. (Reg. No. E. 5352.)

The second gnathopods of the males vary a little in shape
and have probably not all attained their fully developed
form. They belong to what I have called the "form 1'
(1915, p. 325).

In all the specimens the body bears a few long hairs
scattered on the dorsal surface.

The species is common on the Australian and New
Zealand coasts and is also known from several localities in
ll'.e Indian Ocean.

AMPHIPODA. CIIILTON. 77

POLYCHERIA ANTARCTICA (tit-ebbing).

Polycheria aiit<n-fti<-, Chilton, 1912, p. 502 (with
synonymy).

Locality. Sanders Bank, Kangaroo Island, 28 fathoms,
one specimen (Reg. No. E. 4855).

This specimen is about 4 mm. long; it has the antennae
subequal and not longer than the head and first three
segments of the peraeon; in the third nropod the rami are
only slightly unequal. In these points it resembles the
description of P. brevicornis, Haswell, but on the other
hand the eye is large and red, fully as large as in P.
tenuipes, and I have no doubt the "Endeavour" specimen
is immature and that Haswell 's two species are only stages
in the life-history of one, as already suggested by Stebbinir.

I have fully discussed the described species of Polycheria
elsewhere and come to the conclusion that they are only
forms of the one species, P. antarctica (Stebbing), which
is very widely distributed in southern seas and extends
north of the equator in one or two localities.

LEMBOS PHILACANTHUS (Stebbing).

(Fig. 11 c.)

Lernbos pJulucantliHx, Stebbing, 1888, p. 1082 ? pi. 110.
Lembos pliil<i<'<intlnis, Stebbing, 1910, p. 605.

Localities. Tasmanian Coast, two specimens (Reg. No.
E. 5352) ; Eastern Slope, Bass Strait, several specimens
(Reg. No. E. 5356).

These specimens vary considerably in size and in the
structure of the gnathopoda, but they present such a general
resemblance that I think they all belong to one species
and that they must be referred to L. philacanthus, Stebbing.
the type specimen of which was obtained from the same
locality. Some of the differences observed are doubtless
due to stages of development and to sexual characters.

My specimens differ from Stebbing 's description in
having the eye round and the lateral lobe of the head
narrowly rounded, while he described the eye as reniform
and the lateral lobe acute. The appendages are long and
slender as in the specimens examined by him ; they evidently
increase in length with the development of the animal.
The antennae and peraeopoda agree with his description,
the peraeopoda having the basal joints rather narrow and
not dilated.

78

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

In one specimen which I imagine to be a mature male,
the first gnathopod (Fig-. 11 a) is long- and slender and
bears dense tnfts of long slender setae on the ischium,
mems and carpus; the second gnathopod (Fig. 11 ft) is
practically as drawn by Stebbing, propod only very slightly
expanded distally. basis not expanded.

Fi;j. 11 ,,,. Lembo.< i>lnliti-anthus (Stebbing).
First gnathopod of male.

In the female (Fig. 11 r) and in the immature males
appendages are not so elongated and correspond more
nearly to the figures given by Stebbing of the "Challenger"
specimens (1888, pi. 110). '

It will be seen from the figure of the adult male (Fig.
11 a) that in this character L. philacanthus presents very
considerable resemblance to L. longipes (Liljeborg) and
L. web'ster i (Spence Bate) from the Northern Hemisphere.
In these species, however, the arrangement of the long
slender setae on the first gnathopod is slightly different.

In 1914 Stebbing redescribed L. fueyiensis (Dana) from
specimens obtained from the Falkland Islands and
identified with that species the form from the Indian Ocean
described under the name of L. kergueleni by Walker in
1909. From the description and figures given by Stebbing
it is evident that L. fuegiensis approaches very closely to
L. phil(ic<ntthtis, but as yet the fully developed male does
not appear to have been described.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

79

L. philacanthus, Stebbiug, occurs in New Zealand and
Chatham Islands, as I have specimens from these localities
which I feel certain must be referred to that species. The
relation of the species mentioned to L. kergueleni, Stebbing,
and to the form from the Subantarctic Islands of New
Zealand which I described under that name in 1909 will
require further investigation when additional material is
available.

Fig. 11 b f. Lembos philacanthus (Stebbiug).
b. Second gnathopod of male. c. First gnathopod of female.

PHOTIS DOLICHOMMATA, Stebbing.

Pit otix dolichoni'mata, Stebbing, 1910, p. 609, pi. 55*.

Locality Eastern Slope, Bass Strait (Reg. No. E. 5356).
Two specimens. Length of body about 6 mm.

In the prolonged and apieally rounded eye-lobes and in
other characters generally these specimens closely resemble
Stebbing 's description and figures. The species seems to
be very close to P. longicaudata (Bate), a form of which
has been recorded from Ceylon by Walker (1904, p. 286,
pi. 6, fie. 43), and from South Africa by Barnard (1916,
p. 243).

80

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The specimen I have dissected agrees with Stebbing's in
lacking the decurrent lobe of the basis in the second
gnathopod and in having the palm less oblique; the
decurrent lobe is, however, not figured by Walker in the
Ceylon specimens he refers to P. longicaudata.

ETTRYSTHEUS MACULATUS (Johnston)

(Fig. 12.)
Enrystheus maculatus, Stebbing, 1906, p. 617.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. One male (Reg.
No. E. 5356).

This single specimen lacks the antennae and is imperfect
in one or two other respects, but it agrees with Stebbing's
description in : -the two minute medio-dorsal teeth on the

fourth pleon segment, the second
side-plate being the largest, the
bulging of the third pleon seg-
ment above the small tooth at
the postero-lateral angle, the
shape of the second gnathopod
which has the basal and carpal
joints robust, the palm oblique,
slightly concave and provided
with two teeth or tubercles, and
in the spine at each side of the
apex of the telson. I have no
hesitation therefore in identify-
ing it with the above-named
species. It agrees closely with
the figures given by Sars of E.
erythrophthalma except that the
posterior margin of the third
pleon segment is more bulging
and resembles that of G.
melanops, both of these species
being considered synonyms of
E. maculatus, Johnston, by
Stebbing. I have been able to
compare it with a female speci-
men of E. maculatus from Eng-
land with which it closely
corresponds.

Fig. 12. Euri/stlteus maculatus
(Johnston), male. Proximal
joints of fifth paraeopod
showing the widened merus.

AMPRIPODA. CHILTON.

81

The merus of one of the peraepoda, I think the fifth, is
considerably broadened, as in the male specimen from
Gough Island, collected by the "Scotia," which I referred
with much doubt to E. afer (Stebbing) in 1912 : I have since
pointed out (1920, p. 7) that this should rather be
E. dentatus (Chevreux).

Stebbing' gives the distribution of E. maculatns as
"Arctic Ocean and North Atlantic." Its occurrence in
Bass Strait at the south of Australia greatly extends its
range.

EURYSTHEUS ATLANTicus (Stebbing).
Eurystheus atlanticus, Stebbing, 1906, p. 611.

Locality. Sanders Bank, Kangaroo Island. S. Australia,
28 fathoms, one specimen, female, about 8 mm. long (Reg.
No. E. 4855) ; Shoalhaven Bight, N.S.W., one, probably
male (mounted) (Reg. No. E. 4852).

These specimens agree closely with Stebbing 's description
and figures in the shape of the lateral lobe of the head and
of the eye, except that the eye is almost confined to tbe
lateral lobe, its narrow neck being nearly obsolete The
eye is still red in the spirit specimen.

The second antenna has the upper margin of the first
joint of the peduncle concave to accommodate the lateral
lobe as described by Stebbing. The gnathopods agree
closely and so do the peraeopoda, except that the basal joint
of the fifth has the posterior margin more distinctly serrate
than is shown in the figure of the "Challenger" specimen.

E. atlanticus was originally described from the Atlantic
Ocean. It has been taken with E. afer in South Africa,
and Stebbing thinks it is perhaps a variety of that species.
The Australian specimens agree so well with the figures
given in the "Challenger" Report of E. atlanticus that I
prefer to leave them in the meantime under that name.

EURYSTHEUS THOMSONI (Stebbing).

(Fig. 13 a c.)
Eurystheus thomsoni, Stebbing, 1910, p. 614.

Locality. 40 miles W. of Kingston. South Australia, 30
fathoms. Two specimens, male and female (Reg. No. E.
4862).

82

''ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Fig. 13 ci b. Eunjstheus thomsoni, (Stebbing), male,
a. First gnathopod. t>. Second gnathopod of one side.

The male differs from the female in the second gnathopod
which agrees with the description given by Stebbing. In
this specimen, as in the "Thetis" specimen examined by
Stebbing, the second gnathopods were unequal, one of them
resembling the female form. In a recent paper (1920, p. 8)
I suggested that Eurystheus thomsoni (Stebbing) was
somewhat similar to E. dentatus, Chevreux, which I had
recorded from New Zealand waters, and the females are
certainly somewhat difficult to distinguish ; but the male
of E. thomsoni, which I have now for the first time been

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

83

able to examine, differs considerably and is not very dis
similar in the second gnathopod from E. crassipes
(Haswell), though the fourth peraeopod does not appear
to be greatly broadened as in that species.

Fig. 13 c. Eurystheus thomsoni (Stebbing), male.
Second gnathopod of opposite side.

I give figures of the first gnathopod (Fig. 13 a) and of
the right (Fig. 13 &) and left (Fig. 13 r) second gnathopoda
of the male specimen.

The "Thetis" specimens were taken off Botany Bay and
VVata Mooli, the type specimens having been collected by
the "Challenger" off NYw Zealand.

EURYSTHEUS PERSETOSUS, sp. nov.
(Fig. 14 a 6.)

Locality. 40 miles west of Kingston, South Australia,
30 fathoms. Four specimens, about 12 mm. (Reg No.
E. 4862).

84

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Eyes large, reddish, oval, in horizontal direction, situated
on the narrow rounded lateral lobe of the head below the
insertion of the upper .antenna. All the appendages very
hirsute, a pair of tufts of setae on the dorsal surface of
the fourth and fifth segments of pleon. Side plates small,
shallow.

Upper antennae (Fig. 13 a) with first joint shorter and
stouter than second and third, which are subequal,
flagellum of about 20 joints, rather long-er than the last
^egment of peduncle- accessory fiagellum 5-6 jointed.
Lower antenna (Fig. 1.3 a} with last two segments of
peduncle subequal in length and about as long as the second
of the upper; fiagellum of 1(1 joints nearly as long as last
joint of peduncle. Both antennae are densely fringed with
long setules.

Fig. 14 a b. Eiirystheus persetosus,
sp. nov.

a. Head and antennae, b. Terminal

portion of pleon with uropods and

telson.

AMPHIPODA. C HILTON. 85

The first gnathopod with merus ending acutely at the
distal angle; carpus slightly shorter than the propod,
posterior margin somewhat lobed and bearing 6 or 7 tufts
of long setules; anterior margin with a row of six short,
stout setules; propod oval, narrowing distal! y, palm very
oblique, slightly concave, defined by a blunt tooth and
having an acute tooth about the centre; finger with inner
margin serrate. The second gnathopod similar to the first
but with carpus shorter, propod rather longer and palm
more distinctly concave, with the central tooth small.

Basal joints of the third to fifth peraeopoda rather
narrow, posterior margin in the fifth straight. Third
uropoda with rami subequal. Telson with dorsal surface
depressed in the median line, raised on each side into
narrow rounded lobe, tipped posteriorly with a stout
setule (Fig. 13 &).

Length. About 12 mm.
Colo ur. Brownish.

The mouth parts are normal and agree well with those
of the genus, the inner lobe of the first maxilla well
developed and bearing numerous long setules.

I am very uncertain about the position of this species,
of which I have seen females only. In the hirsute
character of the appendages, the gnathopods and some
other points, it agrees with the description given by Stebbing
(1906, p. 615) of Eurystheus hirsutus (Giles), but that
species is considered by Walker to be the female of
Cheiriphotis megacheles (Giles) which differs in the very
small size of the inner ramus of the third uropod and in
other respects.

AMPITHOE FLJNDERSI, Stebbing.
(Fig. 15 a-d.)

Ampithoe flindersi, Stebbing, 1906, p. 635, and 1910,
p. 616.

Locality. 40 miles west of Kingston, S'outh Australia,
30 fathoms. One female (Reg. No. E. 4862).

I think this must be referred to Stebbing 's species,
although in the absence of male specimens the determina-
tion of the species of this genus is very uncertain.
Stebbing 's description was based on a single specimen

'ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

d

Fig. 15 a, b and d. Ampithoe Ji.indersi, Stebbing, female.
. First antenna, b. Second antenna, d. Second gnathopod.

about 4 min. long, in which the antennae were wanting and
which, as he suggests, was probably an immature specimen.
The further specimens from the "Thetis" Expedition
examined by him also lacked the antennae Of these speci-
mens he described the second gnathopods as having "an

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

87

excavation of the palm at right angles to the hind margin
of the sixth joint," and as this seems to agree with the
"Endeavour" specimens I venture to make the identifica-
tion. In order to complete the description I give figures
of the peduncles of the antennae (Fig. 15 a and &) and of
the gnathopods (Fig. 15 c and d) from which the .structure
can be learnt without further detailed description.

I have some specimens of an Ampithoe from Norfolk
Island which I had previously thought probably belonged
to A. flindersi, but in them the carpus of the first gnathopod
is very much longer than in the present specimen, being
longer than the propod, and possibly the Norfolk Island
specimens should be placed in a separate species. The
"Challenger" specimens were from Flinders Passage in
Torres Strait, and those of the "Thetis" from off Wata
Mooli. N.S.W.

Fig. 15 c. Ampithoe jiindersi, Stebbing, female.
First gnathopod.

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

ICILJUS AUSTRALIS, HttSWfll.

(Fig. 16 a-c.)

Icilius ovalis (part), S'tebbing, 1906, p. 706.
Icilius australis, Stebbing, 1910, p. 628.

Localities. 40 miles west of Kingston, South Australia,
30 fathoms, several specimens; Sanders Bank. Kangaroo
Island, South Australia, 28 fathoms, two specimens; Shoal-
haven Bight, New South Wales, several specimens, 15 miles
N.W. Cape Jervis, South Australia, 17 fathoms, one
specimen.

I think all these specimens must be referred to Icilius
australis, Haswell, as defined by Stebbing in 1910. He had
previously considered all the species of Icilius to be
synonyms of Icilius ovalis, Dana, but in 1910 prefers to
recognise the four species as distinct. He divides them
into two groups, the first containing 7. ovalis, Dana, and
7. danae, Stebbing, having the pleon segments produced
dorsally into a median tooth; the second containing
7. australis, Haswell, and 7. punctatus, Haswell, with the
pleon segments not produced. The "Endeavour" speci-
mens come under the second group and, on the whole, agree
fairly well with Stebbing 's description and with specimens
named 7. australis, Haswell, sent tame from the Australian
Museum. In one or two points, however, they seem to
come a little nearer to 7. punctatus, Haswell, and I should
not be surprised if these two species have to be again
recombined. In the fifth peraeopod the shape of the basal
joint (Fig. 16 a) is pretty much the same as that shown
in Stebbing 's figure, having a narrow bulge at the top,
though the difference between this and the corresponding
part of 7. punctatus seems to be slight. I am giving a
drawing of the third uropod (Fig. 16 c) showing the inner
branch which was wanting in Stebbing 's specimen. This
shows that the inner branch is almost identical with that
drawn for 7. punctatus by Stebbing, but that the outer
branch is longer and has more setae on the lateral margin,
thus agreeing with the description of this joint for
/. australis. The drawing is made from a specimen taken
off Kingston, South Australia, but in specimens sent from
the Australian Museum the outer branch of the third
uropod is shorter and has only one or two setules on the
outer margin, being thus intermediate in character and
approaching that of 7. punctatus as drawn by Stebbing.

AMPHIPODA. CHILTON.

89

The t el son is narrowed posteriorly as in 7. aitstralis, hut
in place of having two spinules only, there are five or six
small spinnles on each side of the apex. Further hack
nearer the base, there are three large spinules on the

Fig. 16 a c. Icilius australis, Haswell.

a. Basal joints of fifth peraeopod. b. Basal joint of

third pleopod. c. Third uropod and telson.

surface of the telson on each side near each lateral margin.
The pleopods (Fig. 16 &) do not quite agree with the figure
given for either species. They are not quite so broad as
drawn by Stebbing for /. australis and have the inner
margin straight with only a slight indication of the lobe
near the base and the spinules on the outer margin are
fewer than shown in Stebbing 's figure.

90 ' ' ENDEAVi iTR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PSEUDOPROTELLA PHASMA (Mont) .

Protella pkasma, Mayer, 1882, p. 29.
Pseudoprotella phaswa, flayer, 1903, p. 37.

Locality. Eastern Slope, Bass Strait. One male, about
17 mm. long (Reg. No. E. 5356).

This species agrees closely with the description and
figures given by Mayer in 1882 and I have been able to
compare it with specimens from Banyuls-snr-mer, SoutJi
France, with which it appears to agree.

The species is known to be widely distributed in
European seas, the Mediterranean and North Atlantic, and
four varieties have been recognised by Mayer.

REFERENCES.

BARNARD, K. H.

1916. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South
Africa. 5. Auiphipoda. Ann. South African Mus., vol. 15,
pp. 105-302, pis. 26-28.

BATE, C. SPENCE.

1862. Catalogue of the specimens of Amphipodous
Crustacea in the collections of the British Museum
London, 1862.

BONNIER, J.

1893. Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais. Bull. Sci. de la
France et de la Belgique. vol. 24, p. 203, pi. 8.

CHEVREUX, E.

1908. Amphipodes recueillis dans les Possessions fran-
caises de 1'Oceanie par M. le Dr. Seurat. Mem. Soc. Zool.
de France, vol. xx., pp. 470-527.

C HILTON, C.

1884. Additions to the sessile-eyed Crustacea of New
Zealand. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 16,' pp. 249-265, pis. 17-21.

AMPHIPODA. CHII.TON. 91

CHILTON, C.

1906. Note on a New Zealand Amphipod belonging to the
Genus Seba (with introductory note by A. 0. Walker).
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 17, pp. 569-573, with text
figure.

1909. The Crustacea of the Subantarctic Islands of New
Zealand. Philosophical Institute of Canterbury. The
Subant. Islands of New Zealand, pp. 601-671 (with 19
figures in text). Wellington, 1909.

1912. The Amphipoda of the S'cottish National Antarctic
Expedition. Scottish National Antarctic Expedition.
Report on the Scientific Results of the voyage of S.Y.
"Scotia" . . . vol. 6, pp. 173-238, plates 1-2. Edinburgh,
1912. Also in Trans. Eoy. Soc. Edin., vol. 48, pp. 455-519,
pis. I. and II.

1915. The New Zealand Species of the Amphipodan
Genus Elasmopus. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 47, pp. 320-330
(with 12 text figures).

1916. Some Australian and New Zealand Gammaridae.
Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 48, pp. 359-370, with 6 text figures.

1917. Notes on the Distribution of the Amphipods,
Elasmopus rapox, A. Costa, and Maera inaeqnipes (A.
Costa). Jour. Zool. Research, vol. 2, p. 17.

HASWELL, W. A.

1880a. On Australian Amphipoda. Proc. Linn, Soc., New
South Wales, vol. 4, pp. 245-279, pis. 7-12.

18806. On some additional New Genera and Species of
Amphipodous Crustacea. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.8.W., vol. 4,
pp. 319-350.

MAYER, P.

1882. Die Caprellidae des Golfes von Neapel. ' Fauna
und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Monographic 6.

1903. Die Caprellidae der Siboga-Expedition.

MIERS, E. J.

1884. Crustacea in Report of the Voyage H.M.S.
"Alert," 1881-2.

92 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

SARS, G. 0.

1891-95. An Account of the Crustacea of Norway, I.
Amphipoda.

STEBBING, T. R. R.

1888. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of
H.M.S. "Challenger" during- the years 1873-1876. Zoology,
vol. 29, Report on the Amphipoda.

1906. Amphipoda 1. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21
Lieferung. Berlin, 1906.

1910. Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of
H.M.C.S. "Thetis" off the coast of New South Wales.
Crustacea, pt. v., Amphipoda. Australian Ht-ua.
Mem. 4, pp. 567-658, pis. 47*-60 :) -.

WALKER, A. 0.

1904. On the Amphipoda. Report to the Government
of Ceylon. Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar.
Part II. Supplementary Report, 17.

1907. National Antarctic Expedition ; Amphipoda, vol.
in., pp. 1 to 38, pis. 1 to 13.

1909. Amphipoda Gammaridea from the Indian Ocean.
British East Africa and the Red Sea. Trans. Linn. Soc.,
2nd ser., Zoology, vol. xii., pp. 323-344, pis. 42 and 43.

WHITE, A.

1847. Descriptions of new or little-known Crustacea in
the Collection at the British Museum. Proc. Zool. Soc..,
London, vol. 15, pp. 118-127.

Report on the Crabs obtained by the F.I.S. "Endeavour"
on the Coasts of Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania.

BY
MARY J. RATHBUN,

Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum,

Washington.

Plates xvi.-xlii., and Figures 1-3.

BRACHYURA. RATHBUN. 95

REPORT ON THE BRACHYRHYNCHA,
OXYSTOMATA AND DROMIACEA.

THIS report includes all the bracliyuran crabs of the
"Endeavour" collection other than the Oxyrhyncha or
spider crabs, which were enumerated in Vol. V., part 1,
1918, with one exception here noted. There are sixty-one
species listed below, and fourteen of these are new. There
are also, among the species previously known, several which
are additional to the Australian fauna: Pinnotheres
novcezelandice, Pilumnoplax heterochir, Liagore rubromacu-
lata, Chlorodopsis pilumnoides, Pilumnus spongiosus,
Acanthodes arm at us, Charybdis natator, C. truncata,
Myra fngax, Calappa Jophos and Dromidiopsis edwardsi.
The most noteworthy is Acanthodes armatus, which,
although described by de Haan in 1835, has been found
rarely, and then only in Japanese waters.

I am indebted to Mr. Allan R. McCulloch for allowing me
to introduce some of his notes, made several years ago, and
for making it possible to examine several Australian
Pilumnus not in the "Endeavour" collection.

Order DECAPODA.

Suborder REPTANTIA.
Tribe BRACHYURA.

. Subtribe BRACHYGNATHA.

Superfamily OXYRHYNCHA.
Family

Subfamily

PARATYMOLUS LATIPES QUADRIDENTATA, Baker.

Paratymolus latipes var. quadridentata, Baker, Trans.
Roy. Soc. S'. Australia, xxx. : 1906, p. 107, pi. L,
%. 2.

Spencer's Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms; E.4442;
one female with carapace 6.5 mm. long to tips of frontal
teeth, and 6.3 mm. wide including spines.

96 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Chelipeds of female shorter than of male, as figured by
Baker, the merus scarcely reaching beyond the lateral angle
of the carapace. The merus has a spine instead of a
tubercle on its upper margin. The major chela, in this case
on the right side, has an enlarged tooth at the base of the
dactylus, which is absent from the slightly smaller, minor
chela. The first three pairs of ambulatory legs are longer
than the chelipeds.

This species was accidentally omitted from the report on
spider crabs, vol. v., part 1, of this series, on account of
its strong resemblance to Telmessus, save for the arrange-
ment of the basal antennal segment.

Superfamily BRACHYRHYNCHA.

Family GRAPSID^E.
PLAGUSIA CAPENSIS, de Haan.

Grapsus (Plagusia) capensis, de Haan, Fauna Japon.,
Crust, 1835, pp. 31 and 58.

Plagusia capensis, Stebbing, S'outh African Crust., Part
iii., 1905, p. 47 and synonymy.

Plagusia chabrus, Rathbun (perhaps not Linnaeus), Bull.
U.S. Nat. Mus., xcvii., 1918, p. 336, pi. civ.

Bass Strait 1 ; E.444 ; one female of medium size. The
front is bordered by conical spines and tubercles, two or
three being pointed, and the rest rounded at tip.

Family PINNOTHERIDJE.

PINNOTHERES SUBGLOBOSA, Baker.

(Plate xvi., fig. 1, and Fig. 1.)

Pinnoteres subglobosa, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.
Australia, xxxi., 1907, p. 179; 17 fathoms, South
Australian coast.

Off Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia;
17 fathoms ; E.4519 ; one female.

Length of carapace 7.6, width at middle 7.8, postero-
lateral width above the first ambulatory leg 9.6, length of
carapace and the part of the abdomen visible in dorsal
view 9.2, fronto-orbital distance 2.4, front 1.3 mm.

BRACHYURA. RATHBUN.

97

Carapace thin and yielding, high, the upper surface
transversely oblong-globose, the sides spreading outward
posteriorly. Posterior margin, between legs of last pair,
transverse. Two broad shallow furrows lead backward
from the orbits but do not meet. Eyes colourless, fitting
in the orbits.

Palp of maxilliped two-segmented, lacking a dactylus.

Fig. 1. Left outer maxilliped, Pinnotheres subglobosa.

The slender palm is more than twice as long on its upper
margin as its greatest width. The whole propodus has a
slightly sinuous lower margin, and a fringe of hair on the
inner surface just above the margin ; the finger embraces
less than one-third of that margin.

Legs similar, dactyli curved; second pair longest, its
dactylus also longest ; the first and third legs are subequal,
the fourth shortest. The left leg of the second pair is
longer than the right ; whether this is individual or a
specific character as in certain American species, only an
examination of further material can determine.

The abdomen is very capacious, wider than the widest
part of the carapace and envelops the sternum and bases
of the legs. The sternal cavity has a dense fringe of hair.

98

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PINNOTHERES NOV^ZELANDI*, FilJiol.
(Plate xvi., %. 2, and Fig. 2.)

Pinnotheres novce zelandice, Filhol, Miss. 1'Ile Campbell,
Crust., 1885, p. 395, pi. xlvi. in atlas, figs. 1-6.

Pinnotheres novce -zelandice, Lenz, Zool. Jalirb., Syst.. xiv.,
1901, p. 467, pi. xxxii., figs. 11-14.

East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait; E.5676 ; one
female. Approximate length of carapace 8.4, width 8.5,
fronto-orbital width 3.8, width of front 1.6 mm.

Fig. 2. Left outer maxilliped, Pinnotheres novcezelandice.

Carapace soft and much wrinkled, "nearly circular; front
invisible in dorsal view, and covered by the abdomen, which
reaches in all directions beyond the carapace. In front
view the margin of the front is straight; the eyes are
faintly pigmented, the orbits extend laterally beyond the
eyes to a distance as long as the eyes, gradually tapering
but not to a point; the margin of the orbit is bluntly
rounded, not an acute rim.

Chelipeds rather small, chelae shaped as represented by
Lenz in his fig. 11, op. cit. Ambulatory legs slender, similar,
dactyli curved; second pair a little the longest; second,
third and fourth pairs regularly diminishing, first pair
subequal to third. In dorsal view, the upper margin of the
merus and the lower margin of the dactylus are con-
spicuously haired; there are also some hairs on the distal
end of the propodus and on the inner surface above the
lower margin.

BRACHYORA. -RATHBUN. 99

Family GONEPLACID^E.

PlLUMNOPLAX HETEROCHIR (Studer) .

(Plate xvii., figs. 1-2.)

Pilumntis heterochir, Studer, Abhandl. k. Akad. Wiss.
Berlin, ii., 1882 (1883), p. 11, pi. i., fig. 3 a-d.

Pseudorhombila (Pilumnoplax) normani, Miers, in
Narr. Challenger Exp., i., part ii., 1885, p. 587.

Pilumnoplax heterochir, Miers, Challenger Kept., Zool.,
xvii., 1886, p. 227, pi. xix., figs. l-ld.

South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 200 fathoms; E.6211 ;
one male, two ovigerous females.

South of Cape Everard, Victoria, 200 fathoms; E.6152;
one young male.

Forty miles South of Cape Everard, Victoria, 200-270
fathoms; E.6155; two males, three ovigerous females.

East-north-east of Maria Island, Tasmania, 127-180
fathoms; E.5168; one male, one female.

Measurements. Largest male (E.6211), length of cara-
pace 8.2, width 11 mm. Largest female (E.6211), length
of carapace 9.3, width 12.8 mm.

In all the specimens the right cheliped is the larger
except in the largest male. In comparing this male with
one 8.6 mm. wide or about the size of Miers 's figured speci-
men, the dark colour runs a little further back on the palm
in the larger one ; in all the males the colour margin is
oblique to the lower margin, not at right angles to it as in
Miers 's figure 16, and as in the female specimens. In the
young male (E.6152), 4.8 mm. wide, the granulation of
the major palm is much coarser than in larger specimens.

CARCINOPLAX MERIDIONALIS, sp. no-v.
(Plate xviii.)

Type-locality. Seventeen and a half miles south-east of
Rame Head, Victoria, 76 fathoms ; May 10, 1911 ; K2233 ;
one male, holotype.

Additional localities. South-east of Cape Everard to
South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 70-80 fathoms; E.6487;
three females.

100 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 55-70 fathoms; E.6079; one
male.

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms; E.6116; two males, two females. E.6117 ; one
female, with encrusting Serpulid.

South-south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, forty miles, 70
fathoms; E.6276; two females, one immature, one ovigerous,
both very small.

East of Bass Strait, 70-80 fathoms; E.4820; two males,
two females.

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70
fathoms; E.5159; one young male.

Off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-300 fathoms; E.4785;
one male.

South-west of Eucla, about long. 127 E., Great Austra-
lian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E. 3661 and 3662; two males,
two females.

Sixty to eighty miles west from Eucla, Great Australian
Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3167 ; one male, one female.
P.3552; one female.

South Australia; E.4438; one male.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace 21.7,
width (approximate) between tips of lateral spines 30.2,
width just in front of lateral spines 27, fronto-orbital width
17.8, front 8.3 mm. Largest female (E.6117), length of
carapace 22.3, width between tips of lateral spines 30.4,
width just in front of lateral spines 28.2, fronto-orbital
width 18.4, front 8.6 mm. One of the two smallest females
(E.6276) is ovigerous, carapace 5.8mm. long.

Description. Carapace very convex fore and aft. A
short, obliquely transverse branchial ridge near lateral
tooth; postero-lateral angle of dorsum also marked by a
smooth ridge. Two transverse depressions, one in front of,
the other behind, the cardiac region. Three antero-lateral
projections; the first or orbital tooth is blunt, produced
little in advance of orbital angle, its inner slope short and
continuing the supraorbital margin, outer slope convex;
second tooth longer and with a sharp tip, directed forward ;
third projection a stout, acuminate spine, directed obliquely
outward. Front transverse, or nearly so, double-edged,
upper edge less advanced than lower. Antennal sinus well
defined. Supraorbital fissure obscure. Suborbital margin
crenulate; inner angle nearly as advanced as the front.

BRACHTURA. RATHBUN. 101

The major cheliped is considerably heavier than the
minor one; of the 25 specimens possessing chelipeds, all
but four have the major cheliped on the right side. On the
upper border of the arm distad of the middle there is a
rounded lobe ; dorsal aspect of wrist an elongated rhomb,
with a spine at the inner angle, and a smaller one at the
outer angle. In the male the dark brown colour of the
immovable finger embraces a small part of the palm except
in its upper part where it does not quite cover the pre-
hensile edge; on the dactylus the colour does not quite
cover the proximal end but seems to cover the prehensile
edges when the fingers are closed. In the female the brown
is much more restricted, extending on the outside edges
less than half the length from the tip in the full-grown, or
quite half the length of the dactylus in the half -grown ; on
the prehensile edges the colour runs much further, half or
more than halfway on the immovable finger, and nearly the
whole length on the minor dactylus and quite the whole
length on the major dactylus.

Ambulatory legs long and slender; last three articles
sparsely fringed with long, fine hair ; the dactyli have also
two marginal stripes of dense pubescence.

The male abdomen is nearly triangular from the third
segment to the tip, posterior margin of terminal segment
arcuate. The sternal furrow just in front of the bases of
the chelipeds forms a slightly obtuse angle at the median
line.

CARCINOPLAX VICTORIENSIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xix.)

Type-locality. South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 120-275
fathoms; E.4395; one male, holotype.

Additional localities. South of Gabo Island, Victoria,
180-150 fathoms; E.4394; one female.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, 80-100 fathoms; E.4779; one
male with Serpulid shell on the merus of the left
maxilliped.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, about 200 fathoms; E.5196;
four very young.

South-east of Cape Everard to south of Gabo Island,
Victoria, 70-80 fathoms; E.6091; one young female.

102 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC KESDLTS.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace 24.4,
width (approximate) between tips of lateral spines 34,
width just in front of lateral spines 31.3, fronto-orbital
width 20, front 9.3 mm. Largest specimen, male (E.4779),
length of carapace 27.3, width between tips of lateral
spines 37.4 mm. Length of carapace of a very young crab
(E.5196) 3.6, total width of same 4.4 mm.

Description. Of similar appearance to the preceding
and at a glance might be mistaken for it.

The chief differences are:

The antero-lateral angle of the carapace is coincident
with the outer angle of the orbit, instead of being advanced
beyond the orbital angle to form a tooth.

The first of the marginal teeth is less dentiform, its
sides at an oblique angle to each other, meeting in a short,
acute tip.

The spine at the lateral angle of the carapace is directed
more outw r ard.

The supra-orbital fissure is more deeply marked.

The wrist is squarer, less elongate.

The proximal end of the palm, opposite the carpal spine
is produced in a tubercle.

The fingers are longer, slenderer and bent downward
beyond the lower border of the palm. In preserved speci-
mens they are almost colourless; only on the teeth of the
distal third to half is there trace of a violet brown.

The dactyli of the ambulatory legs are almost covered
with dense pubescence; a thinner coating of similar hairs
runs along the greater part of the upper margin of the
propodal segments and a short way on the lower margin.

Variations. The chelipeds become very massive with
age; the largest male (E.4779) lacks the major cheliped
but the minor one is much larger than in the type specimen
which has a somewhat smaller body.

The fingers of the females (there are none of large size
in the collection) are little deflexed.

A young female (E.6091), 8.7 mm. long, has the first
antero-lateral projection spiniform or tipped with a slender
spine so that it has a strong resemblance to the spine at the
lateral angle; the granulation of the hands is more pro-
nounced than in the old.

BRACHYURA. RATHBUN. 103

The four young crabs registered E.5196, probably repre-
sent one of the earliest stages of the crab-form. The cara-
pace is very narrow, as may be seen from the measure-
ments, and subquadrate, the sides being parallel except
just behind the orbit ; the two lateral spines are nearly the
same size and shape. The granules of the palm are
arranged partly in longitudinal rows and mixed with fine
hair.

Family XANTHID^E.
Subfamily XANTHIN^E.

XANTHO BOWENENSIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xx.)

Type-locality. S'even miles north-north-east of Bowen,
Queensland, 16 fathoms; E.3097; one male, holotype.

Measurements. Male holotype, total length of carapace
31, greatest width, at last pair of lobes, 46.3, fronto-orbital
width 17.6, front 10 mm.

Description. Carapace very convex fore and aft, closely
covered with uneven granules, which are smaller in the
depressions ; anterior two-thirds well areolated, areoles 1 L
and 2 L fused, 1 and with 3 L and 4 L high and Act&a-like
5 L and 6 L lower and partially fused ; a small, transverse,
oval areole on the posterior cardiac region ; anterior
mesogastrium very narrow; protogastric regions unevenly
and incompletely divided ; epigastric lobes distinct. Of the
four lateral lobes, E is very low, N and T are obtuse-angled,
S is rounded. Front not visible in dorsal view; median
fissure closed, its sides overlapping ; on each side a truncate
lobe occupies! less than half the front ; a broad, shallow
sinus separates it from the pointed outer tooth; no supra-
orbital angle. Suborbital region, reaching to a line from
the buccal angle to lateral tooth N, roughly granulous like
the dorsum. The fissures either side of N are continued
on the lower surface where they almost meet in a small,
circular depression.

Chelipeds equal in male, closely granulous, the granules
smaller and smoother on the merus than on the carpus and
propoclus; carpus slightly furrowed; chelae short, stout,
tapering distally ; fingers black, fluted, with blunt tips, and
meeting when closed.

1 See Dana Crust. U.S. Expl. Expecl., part i., 1852, p. 29.

104 " ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Legs granulous, the three principal segments short and
broad ; dactyli hairy between the granules.

Remarks. This is not a typical Xantho in all respects,
it is too convex at its middle, and the front too deflexed,
and uncommonly narrow. On the other hand, the orbits
and antennae are typical, the flagellum not excluded from
the orbit.

PSEUDOCARCINUS GiGAg (Lamarck) .

Cancer gigas, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert, v., 1818,

p. 272.
Pseudocarcinus gigas, Milne Edwards, i., 1834, p. 409.

McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Victoria, ii., Dec. xviii., 1889,

p. 293, pis. 179 and 180. McNeill, Rec. Austr. Mus.,

xiii. 3, 1920, p. 180.

East of Bass Strait; E.6094; one male, with Lepas
attached.

East-north-east of Maria Island, Tasmania, 127-180
fathoms; E.5169; one young female.

East of Maria Island, Tasmania, 50-100 fathoms; E.6241 ;
one young male.

North-east of Cape Pillar, Tasmania, 50-60 fathoms;
E.6174; one young.

Thirty-five miles south-east of Bruni Island, Tasmania,
150-230 fathoms; E.5155; one young female.

South of Eucla, Great Australian Bight, long. 129 28'
E., 250-450 fathoms; E.3701; one male, with Lepas.

Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3698 ; one
female, with Lepas.

Southern Australia; one immature female.

A series of eight specimens, the three largest of which
are 140 mm. wide or a little smaller, and the remainder
graduated down to one 12.3 mm. wide. In small specimens
the carapace is roughly granular except in the furrows;
the granules on the inner and outer surfaces of the hand
tend to form more or less distinct rows. All the spines on
the carapace and legs are much more acute than in larger
examples; in carapaces under 40 mm. wide, four of the
lateral spines are much more developed than the inter-
mediate ones, and the third and fourth large spines, or
those near the widest part of the carapace are longest. The
teeth on both fingers are proportionately larger. The
chelipeds are subequal in size though the right is the larger.

BRACHTDRA. - RATHBUN. 105

As the specimens increase in size, all these characters
become less marked except the size of the hand, the right
becoming gradually larger than the left.

The red colour of the back may be uniform, as described
by McCoy, or divided up into different patterns in
different specimens. It may form vermiculating lines on
the yellow ground colour or the latter may break through
it as irregularly shaped spots. The chelipeds are all
marked with vermicular red lines, and the fingers are
uniformly scarlet at their junction with the hand. 2

LlAGORE RUBROMACULATA, de

Liagore nibromaculata, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc.
' Bengal, Ixvii., 1898, p. 93 [328] and synonymy.

Twenty miles north-east of Cape Gloucester, Queensland,
35 fathoms; E.3120; one small female.

New to the Australian fauna.

GALENE BISPINOSA (Herbst}.

Cancer Itispinosus, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse,
i., No. 2, 1783, p. 144, pi. vi., fig. 45 ; and iii, No. 2,
1801, p. 11, pi. liv., fig. 1 (female).

Galene bispinosa, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
Ixvii., part 2, 1898, p. 136 [371], and synonymy;
Etheride-e and McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus. xi. 1,
1916, p. 10, pi. iii., figs. 3-4.

Seven miles north-north-east of Bowen, Queensland, 16
fathoms; E.3096; one male. P.3517; one female.

Twenty miles north-east of Cape Gloucester, Queens-
land, 35 fathoms; E.3121; one female.

Two of Herbst 's specimens were extant in the Berlin
Museum in 1896; one is a male, labelled "type," and may
be the original of pi. vi., fig. 45, the other is a female and
is figured on pi. liv., fig. 1.

2 Taken almost wholly from Mr. McCulloch' s notes.

106 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Subfamily ACTJEIN^E.
ACT^A INSKIPENSIS, up. 110V.

(Plate xxi., figs. 1-3.)

Type-locality. Off Point Inskip, Great Sandy Strait,
Queensland, 10 fathoms; E.3186; one young male, holotype.

Measurements. Male holotype, length of carapace 5.1,
width of same 7.7, fronto-orbital width 4 mm.

Description. Carapace, chelipeds and legs furnished
with scanty hairs which do not conceal the surface and are
scarcely to be noticed. Carapace covered everywhere
except on the cardiac and intestinal regions with fine, sub-
equal granules; well, but not deeply areolated; areolations
but not granulations visible to the unaided eye. Each
protogastric region is divided by a shallow, longitudinal
sulcus which fades out posteriorly, into two unequal parts,
the inner part half as wide as the outer; epigastric and
autero-exterual protogastric lobes swollen. In the language
of Dana, 3 lobes 1 L and 2 L are scarcely separate, 3 L and
4 L are well marked, 5 L shows a tendency to subdivide,
6 L is faintly outlined behind, 1 R, 2 R and 3 R are con-
tinuous. Of the marginal lobes, N, T and S are prominent
and somewhat angled, E is nearly flat. Postero-lateral
margin concave ; above the posterior margin there is a
narrow, raised, bilobed and crenulated ridge. Frontal
lobes in front view with sinuous margins separated by a
median fissure; at the outer ends an independent,
triangular tooth bent downward.

Chelipeds of immature male small; carpus granulous
like the carapace, and with a few shallow furrows.
Granules of palm arranged largely in longitudinal rows
especially on the lower half of the outer surface ; immovable
fingers with two outer furrows, the lower one leading from
the palm and tapering to a point, the upper one reaching
only to middle of finger, a tooth on prehensile edge near
its base; dactylus with a deep groove below the upper
margin, a small tooth near the base of that margin, a large
basal tooth or tubercle on the prehensile margin and a
shallow tooth further out and distad to that on the
immovable finger.

Legs granulous, except on the posterior surface of the
merus joints, the granules more pointed than on carapace.

Dana Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped., parti., 1852, p. 29.

BRACHYORA. RATHBUN. 107

Relationship. Closely related to A. obesa* A. Milne
Edwards, which also has a broad-oval carapace with
numerous granules, similar areolations, and chelre of the
same form. In obesa, the lateral lobes are rounded, not at
all angular, and are not separated from the neighbouring
areoles, the granulation is very coarse especially on the
lateral thirds, and the posterior part is finely granulate,
not smooth as in inskipensis ; the posterior surface of the
merus of the last leg is granulous, not smooth ; the dactylus
of the cheliped has a row of spinules on the upper margin
instead of a single denticle.

AcTffiA PERONII, (Milne Edwards).
(Plate xxi., figs. 4-5.)

Xantho peronii, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i.,
1834, p. 392.

Xantho spinosu-s, Hess, Arch. f. Naturg 4 ., xxxi., 1865, pp.
132 and 171, pi. vi., fig. 3.

Actcea, peronii, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., 1882, p. 46.

From sixty miles south of Diana's Peak to about forty
miles south of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-80 fathoms; E.6086;
two males, one female.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 55-70 fathoms; E.6080;
one young female.

East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait; E.5672; one
male, six females.

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30
fathoms; E.4464; one young.

Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 17
fathoms; E.4465; one young.

North of Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, 40 fathoms;
E.4463; one female.

Sander's Bank, Kangaroo Island, 28 fathoms; E.4462;
one young.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms; E.4461 ; one
female.

South Australia; E.4460; one female.

4 Eathbun Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, xiv., 1911, pi. xvi.,
figs. 4 and 5.

108 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

CALCULOSA (Milne Edwards).

Cancer calculosus, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i.,
1834, p. 378.

Actcea, calculosa, Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales, xxxi., 1906, p. 11, and synonymy.

Fifteen miles north-west of Cape Jervis, S'outh Australia,
17 fathoms; E.4457 ; two females. E.4459; one young
female.

Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 17
fathoms; E.6485; five males, ten females.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 16 fathoms; E.4456; four
males, one female.

Subfamily CHLOEODIELLIN^E.

o

CHLORODIELLA NIGER (Forskal}.

Chlorodius niger, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
Ixvii., 1898, p. 160 [395], and synonymy.

North-west Island, off Rockhampton, Queensland;
E.4455; one male, one female.

CHLORODOPSIS PILUMNOIDES (White).

Chlorodius pilnmnoides, Adams and White, Voy. Sama-
rang, Crust., 1848, p. 41, pi. ix., figs. 3 and 3a.

Chlorodopsis pilumnoides, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc.,
Bengal, Ixvii., 1898, p. 167 [402], and synonymy.

Thirteen miles south-east of Cape Capricorn, Queens-
land, 13 fathoms; E.3146; one young specimen, carapace
5.3 mm. wide.

New to the Australian fauna.

Subfamily PILTJMNIN^E.

Genus PILUMNUS, Leach.

Key to the Australia/n species of Pilumnus.

a. Abnormal species. Carapace covered with symmetrically dis-

posed, raised, curved or sinuate ridges: lal>yrintliicus.\

aa. Normal species in -which the carapace is covered wholly or parti-

ally with a more or less thick coat of hair and is without raised

ridges.

b. Carapace covered with a short, close pubescence, unmixed with
long hairs.

*

BRACHYURA. RATHBUN. 109

c. Antero-lateral teeth each capped by a cluster of granules:

monilifer.

cc. Antero-lateral teeth not capped by a cluster of granules,
d. Carapace transversely suboval.

e. Carapace with small, red, bead granules showing in the

pubescence: rufopunctatus.*

ee. Carapace without bead granules showing in the

pubescence: humilis.) 6

dd. Carapace narrow, subhexagonal, interregional furrows

deep, not concealed by the pubescence,
e. Merus of ambulatory legs sharply cristate above:

cristipesA
ee. Merus of ambulatory legs not cristate above:

spongiosus.*

bb. Carapace more or less hairy ; when covered with a short, close
pubescence, it is mixed with long hairs.
c. Larger palm more than half smooth and bare, at least in

male,
d. Infero-distal portion of outer surface of smaller palm

bare and, in male, smooth: flssifrons.

dd. Outer surface of smaller palm rough all over and more

or less hairy.

e. Last three antero-lateral teeth armed with long, slender

spines. A similar but larger projection at inner angle

of wrist : spinicarpus.*

ee. Antero-lateral projections dentiform, the last three

armed with short spinules. Larger wrist with an

acute, conical tubercle at inner angle: tantalus.*

cc. Larger palm either partially smooth and bare on not more

than half its outer surface, or rough all over.
d. Antero-lateral projections dentiform or lobiform, not

spine-tipped.

e. Palms and fingers finely granulate except on the short,
light brown, finger-tips. Chelipeds, legs and anterior
carapace ornamented with fringes of long and very
fine soft hair: digitalis**

ee. Palms tuberculate. Fingers not granulate beyond their
basal portions, and nearly all brown. Hairs coarser
than in: digitalis,

f. Carapace half smooth and bare. Fringes of long hair
on anterior and lateral portions. Whole outer sur-
face of larger palm tuberculate: semilanatus.*
ff. Carapace covered with hair or pubescence.

5 The name humilis was suggested as an alternative by Miers (Crust.
"Alert," 188i, p. 221, pi. xxi., fig. B) for specimens which he doubtfully
labels P. lanatus Latreille. Latreille, however, in concluding his brief
description (Encye. Meth., Entom., x., 1825, p. 125) compares lanatus
with vespertilio, as follows : " Un pen, plus grand que le precedent, avec
les set-res e"paisses et g raveleuses ; d'ailleurs presque semblable. Vari6t6
peu,t-3tre du male de cette espece." This indicates a much closer re-
semblance of lanatus to vespertilio than one would ascribe to the trim
looking species figured by Miers, Inc. cit. I have, therefore, used the
name Innnilis for his species.

110 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

g. Two notches in upper margin of orbit. A sub-
hepatic tooth present. Carapace rough with small,
granulate areoles and covered with distinctly
separated bunches of hair.

h. Fingers whitish or lightish: vespertilio.

hh. Fingers blackish: lanatusA

gg. One notch in upper margin of orbit. No sub-
hepatic tooth. Carapace finely, and in the centre,
sparingly granulate; hairs soft, without definite
arrangement : contrarius*

dd. Antero-lateral projections (some or all) either spines or

spine-pointed teeth.
e. Antero-lateral projections simple, not bifid nor with

spinules on their slopes,
f . Large hand ornamented with rounded granules. Outer

orbital angle a small tooth, not spine-tipped,
g. Granules of palm arranged in longitudinal series

and almost concealed in pubescence or hairs,
h. Carapace wide, one and a third times as wide as
long. Anterior carapace, wrist and palm
clothed with short pubescence: seminudusA
hh. Carapace narrow, less than one and a fourth
times as wide as long. Carapace, wrist and
palm clothed with long hairs: pulcher.

gg. Granules of palm not arranged in rows or con-
cealed by pubescence: terrae-reginaeA
ff. Large hand ornamented with spines or pointed
tubercles or granules. Outer orbital angle a spine
or tooth with sharp tip.

g. Large hand ornamented chiefly with spines, less
than half smooth and bare. Three antero-lateral
spines long, slender, horny, set in cylindrical bases
from which spring a few long hairs.
h. No subhepatic nor outer orbital spine:

a/usiraUs.^

hh. A long, slender, subhepatic spine. A similar

spine at outer angle of orbit: acer*

gg. Large hand ornamented with conical, pointed

tubercles. Antero-latoral spines slender, set in

triangular or conical bases. A small, subhepatic

spinule.

h. Larger palm half smooth and bare: hirsutus.*

hh. Larger palm nearly all rough, tubercles largely

seriate: vestitus.

ee. Antero-lateral projections either bifid or with spinules

on their slopes.

f. Antero-lateral teeth bispinous, the anterior spine the
larger. Both palms smooth just above lower
margin: etheridgei.*

ff. Antero-lateral teeth spine-pointed and with several
much smaller spinules on their slopes. Larger palm
only is smooth just above lower margin:

tomentosus.*

In the " Endeavour" collection. f Not seen by the writer.

RRACHYORA. BATHBDN. Ill

SPECIES OF PlLUMNUS REMOVED TO OTHER GENERA.

P. glaberritnus, Haswell, 1881. Now Oeratoplax glaber-
rimus (Haswell) = C. punctata, Baker, 1907. Haswell's
type examined.

P. inermis, Haswell, 1881. Now Ceratoplax inermis
(Haswell). Type not found; specimen from Saddleback
Island, Queensland, examined.

P. integer, Haswell, 1881. Photographs of type (dorsal
views) examined. Should be referred to Chasmocarcinus
or a kindred genus.

P. pilosus, Fulton and Grant, 1906. Now Heteropilum-
nus fimbriatiis (Milne Edwards, 1834). Not P. fimbriatus,
Haswell, 1882 = Cryptoc&loma fimbriatum, Miers, 1884.
See de Man (who examined Milne Edwards 's types), Zool.
Jahrb., Syst., viii., 1895, p. 533.

P. fimbriatus, Haswell, 1882. Now Cryptocceloma
haswelli, nom. nov. == C. fimbriatum, Miers, 1884, not P.
fimbiatus, Milne Edwards, 1834. Male specimen from
Port Denison, Queensland, examined.

PILUMNUS SPONGIOSUS, Nobili.

Pilumnu-s spongiosus, Nobili, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris,

1905, No. 6, p. 406; Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (9), iv.,

1906, p. 280, pi. x., fig. 6.

South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 200 fathoms; E.6212;
one male. Carapace length 5.6 mm., width 7.1 mm.

This specimen is much smaller than those described by
Nobili; the carapace is proportionally narrower than that
of the female measured by him, the distance being shorter
from the orbit to the second of the five lateral teeth. In
nearly every respect the "Endeavour" specimen agrees
with the descriptions cited; there is, however, indication
of a transverse fringe of hair on the front, though it is
incomplete ; the pubescence in front of the fringe is shorter
than behind it ; only one row of granules is discernible on
the margin. It may be added that both fingers of both
chelae are deeply grooved, and the granulation extends
half the length of the dactyls and almost to the tips of the
immovable fingers.

112 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PlLUMNUS DIGITA1/IS, Sp. 710-1'. 6

(Plate xxii.)

Type-locality. South 29 east of Pine Peak, Queens-
land; E.6486; one male, holotype. Length of carapace 9,
width 12, width of front 4.8, distance between outer angles
of orbits 9, length of penultimate leg 16.8 mm.

Additional locality. Eleven to fourteen miles north-
west of Pine Peak, Queensland, 24-26 fathoms; E.3188;
one male.

This species belongs to the group of P. trichophofus 7 de
Man, P. trichophoroides* de Man and P. Iborradailei^ Rath-
bun. Like them it has the posterior half of the carapace
flat, the surface of body and legs almost entirely covered
with a coat of short hair, while fringes of long hair
ornament the anterior third of the carapace, and also the
chelipeds and legs. The new species has a narrower cara-
pace, its length just three-fourths of its width ; the fronto-
orbital distance is greater in proportion to width of cara-
pace ; the regions are mostly well defined, the mesogastric,
protogastric, frontal, cardiac, anterior branchial and
posterior branchial ; while a furrow sets off the narrow
marginal rim of the front, the wider, inner margin of the
orbit, the posterior margin, and partially circumscribes an
inner branchial areole. The outer of the two emargina-
tions of the upper orbital margin is much the larger and
helps to define the dentiform outer angle, which is more
acute than the three succeeding blunt teeth of the aiitero-
lateral margin of the carapace. The transversely oblique
ridge leading inward and forward from near the hinder
part of the posterior tooth is pronounced and granulate. A
similar ridge is subparallel to the antero-lateral margin,
and runs from the gastric region to a point opposite the
third tooth.

c It should be noted that, in drawing the different species of
Pihimnus, the carapace has been inclined so as to represent the true
edge of the front, even though that edge is invisible in a strictly dorsal
view.

7 de Man Zool. Jahrb., Syst., viii., 1895, p. 544; ix., 1896, pl.xiii.,
figs. 7-7e.

8 de Man Op. fit., p. 549, pi. xiii. , figs. 8a-8e.

9 Rathbun Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, xxii., 1909, p. 113.

BRACHYORA. RATHBCN. 113

Chelae somewhat unequal, covered with a fine but dense
granulation reaching nearly to the tips. The horny tips,
to which the long hair extends, are in the case of the
movable finger only one-fifth of the length of the whole
finger. The specific name draws attention to this
peculiarity.

Ambulatory legs shorter than in trichophorus and
trichophoroides, the penultimate leg being less than twice
as long as the fronto-orbital distance.

PlLUMNUS CONTRARIUS, Sp. UOV.

(Plate xxiii.)

Type-locality. Twelve miles north-north-east of Bowen.
Queensland, 19-25 fathoms; E.3155; one male, holotype.

Measurements. Male holotype, total length of carapace
11.6, total width 13.5, fronto-orbital width 9.4, width of
front 5 mm.

Description. A narrow species without spines, clothed
with uneven, ragged-looking hairs. Carapace covered with
short and rather fine hair, also long, coarse hair disposed
in a line behind the front, a bunch on each protogastric
region and a larger patch near the margin at the widest
part of the carapace. "When, the hair is removed, the
hepatic region is seen to be marked off by a wide furrow,
the epigastric regions are isolated, the protogastric regions
are continuous with the broad part of the mesogastric
region, the median furrow, including the narrow part of
the mesogastric region, is deep, the epibranchial lobe is
raised, the lateral teeth are separated off in a sort of rim.
All the most elevated parts of the carapace including the
frontal, epigastric, middle part of protogastric, hepatic
and epibranchial lobes, also the antero-lateral teeth and
the postero-lateral regions are granulate.

The large lobes of the front are broadly rounded, median
notch of good size, lateral notches larger, the outer teeth
slightly acute. Inner upper angle of orbit almost obsolete.
Margins of front and orbit granulate, one well-marked
superior orbital notch, a shallow notch below outer angle,
a thick, triangular tooth at lower, inner angle. Suborbital
and subhepatic regions very finely granulate ; 110 sub-
hepatic tooth nor spine. Four antero-lateral teeth, the first
low, second largest, carapace equally wide at the third and
the fourth tooth.

114 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Chelipeds and legs clothed with long hair, through
which the surface is imperfectly seen ; arm with a large,
subterminal tooth above, lower and inner margins tuber-
culated ; carpus finely and sparingly granulate, a small
tooth at inner angle ; larger palm unevenly tuberculate, the
tubercles largest on upper surface and on lower, distal
portion of outer surface; proximal half of lower margin
tuberculate ; fingers smooth except upper, proximal end of
dactylus ; two grooves on outer surface of fixed finger,
which is slightly deflexed. Minor palm considerably
smaller, tuberculation continued so as to embrace the w r hole
lower surface, and part of the fingers, each finger -with
three deep grooves on the exposed surfaces. Legs almost
entire, the upper margin of the merus finely and obscurely
roughened.

Remarks. In shape this resembles some species of
Heter&panope Stimpson. :o Of the species of Pilummis, it
has much in common with P. marginal us Stinipson 11 from
Loo Choo, but the carapace of the latter is wider with more
convergent postero-lateral borders and the hands are more
finely roughened.

In P. contrarius the tubercles of the major palm, con-
trary to the customary rule, increase, instead of diminish,
in size toward the distal, lower portion, a fact to which the
name draws attention.

PlLUMNUS SEMILANATUS, Mie

(Plate xxiv., figs. 1-2.)

Pilunmus semilanatus, Miers, Zool. Alert, Crust., 1884,
p. 222, pi. xxii., figs. B and b. McCulloch, Rec.
Austral. Mus., ix., 1913, p. 325, fig. 43, and synonymy.

Seven miles north-north-east of Bowen, Queensland, 16
fathoms; E.3099; two females (one ovigerous). P. 3519 ;
one male, one female.

Eighteen miles south by west of Lady Elliot Island,
Queensland, 18 fathoms ; K4441 ; two females.

Great Sandy Strait, Queensland ; P. 3569 ; one young
female.

Off Point Inskip, Great Sandy Strait, Queensland, 10
fathoms; E.3150; one female. E.3183 ; one young.

10 Stimpson Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, x., 1858, p. 35.

11 Stinipson Smithson. Misc. Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 70, pi. ix., fig. 2.

BRACHYOBA. RATHBUN. 115

The specimens vary in size from the male (P.3519)
23 mm. long by 29 wide, to the young female (P.3569)
6.5 mm. long by 7.7 wide.

The species may be recognised by its ragged appearance,
the carapace more than half smooth and naked, the long,
coarse, tubular hairs disposed in tufts on the anterior and
antero-lateral portions; besides there is a small tuft above
each posterior corner, and a still smaller tuft at each end
of the gastro-cardiac suture. The granules and tubercles
on the hepatic region are partially exposed. The upper
part of wrist and hand is almost bare and armed with large
tubercles; the distal half of the larger palm is also bare
and the tubercles well spaced. The ambulatory legs are
thickly clothed with hair on the upper margin, and in the
last pair on the lower margin, while the posterior surface
of the last two segments in all the legs is hairy.

PILUMNUS RUFOPUNCTATUS, Stimpsan.
(Plate xxiv., figs. 3-4.)

Pilumnus rufopunctatus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, x., 1858, p. 36 [33] ; Smithson. Misc.
Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 66, pi. viii., fig. 3. Haswell, Cat,
Austral. Crust,, 1882, p. 66.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 16 fathoms; E.4444; four
males, four females. The largest male is 9 mm. long, 13
wide ; the other specimens are considerably smaller.

The species may be recognised by its short, thick, rather
smooth, furry coat in which are embedded the few red
granules, which to a certain degree retain their colour in
alcohol ; the large hand is half granulate, half smooth.

PILUMNUS FISSIFKONS, Stimpson.
(Plate xviii., figs. 3-4.)

Pilumnus fissifrons, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, x., 1858, p. 36 [33] ; Smithson. Misc.
Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 67, pi. viii., fig. 4. Haswell, Cat.
Austral. Crust., 1882, p. 68, pi. i., fig. 6.

Off Point Inskip, Great Sandy Strait, Queensland, 10
fathoms: E.3184; two males, one female.

Great Sandy Strait, Queensland; P.3570; one male, one
female.

116 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The largest specimen is the male. P. 3570, measuring
6.4 mm. long by 8 mm. wide, or 1 :1.25. Both females are
smaller than the males, the smallest female (P. 3570)
measuring 4.8 by 6.9 mm. A lot of four specimens from
Port Jackson, sent to the U.S. National Museum (Cat. No.
17025) by the Australian Museum, run much larger, one
male being 9.6 by 14.4 mm. or 1 :1.5. The width of the
carapace, it will be seen, increases rapidly with age.

In the "Endeavour" specimens the main pubescence is
very short and close, but the tufts scattered about,
especially on the elevations are formed of long, coarse but
soft, tubular hairs, which are much longer than on the
larger specimens; of a different sort are the long, slender
hairs on the ambulatory legs and on the granulated portion
of the chelipeds.

PlLUMNUS TANTULUS, Sp. 110V .

(Plate xxv.)

Type-locality. Platypus Bay, Queensland, 5-9 fathoms;
E.3113 ; one male, holotype.

Additional localities. Eleven to fourteen miles north-
west of Pine Peak, Queensland, 24-26 fathoms; E.3189;
four males, two females (one ovigerous).

South 29 east of Pine Peak, Queensland; P.3573 ; four
males, two females.

Measurements. Male holotype, total length of carapace
7.3, width including teeth 10.2, fronto-orbital width 7.4,
width of front 3.7 mm.

Description. A small species. Carapace covered with
short, dense pubescence and some longer, fine hairs. When
the carapace is cleaned, it is seen to be well areolated;
antero-lateral regions rough with four elevations, one
hepatic, one extending inward and forward from the last
tooth, two behind the orbit ; postero-lateral regions finely
granulate. Frontal lobes almost free of pubescence,
margins slightly oblique and granulate, median cut
triangular; outer teeth independent, tuberculiform ; pre-
orbital angle very obtuse and inconspicuous. Two well-
marked emarginations in the upper, granulate border of
the orbit ; a large, slightly acute tooth at outer angle,
beneath which there is a narrow notch followed by a

BRACHYCRA. RATHBUN. 117

denticulated margin which gradually advances to the acute
inner angle. Three thick lateral teeth, more produced than
the orbital tooth and each tipped with a small spine. No
subhepatic projection, only a few granules. Posterior
margin broad.

Chelipeds very unequal, less hairy than carapace,
pubescence not concealing roughness, large chela totally
bare. Outer surface of merus granulate ; upper edge denti-
culate, a large subterminal tooth, a smaller terminal one;
inner edge tuberculate, lower edge partly so. Carpus
covered with pointed tubercles, sharper and more spinelike
on the smaller carpus, which also has a spine instead of a
tubercle at the inner angle. Larger palm bare and smooth
except for a band of tubercles or large .granules along the
proximal end of the outer surface and a patch of the same
at the proximal end of the upper surface. Two or three
granules at base of dactylus. Fingers light brown, the
colour covering the distal two-thirds of the fixed finger and
almost the whole of the dactylus. The outer surface of the
smaller palm is covered with pointed tubercles arranged in
approximately seven rows, and a patch of the same is at
the proximal end of the dactylus above. Ambulatory legs
hairy, the merus roughened above by fine, unequal spinules.

Relationships. The very unequal chelae suggest those of
P. spinicarpus 12 but in that species the rough area on the
larger palm is much greater, also the carapace and legs are
longer. The carapace of tantnlus resembles in shape that
of P. quadridentatus 13 de Man, which also has a striking
inequality in chelae, but differs from tantulits in having five
(instead of four) antero-lateral teeth, counting the post-
orbital tooth, and in the larger palm being finely granulate
outside.

PlLUMNUS ETHERIDGEI, 14 Sp. HOV.

(Plate xxvi.)

Pilumnus lanatus, Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Victoria, xix., 1906, p. 18, not P. lanatus Latreille.

Type-locality. Ten miles north of Circular Head, Tas-
mania ; E.6490-. two males (one is holotype).

12 See page 123

13 de Man Zool. Jahrb., viii., 1895, p. 537; ix., 1896, pi. xiii.,
figs. 6-6g.

14 For Robert Etheridge, junr., late Director and Curator of the
Australian Museum.

118 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Additional locality. Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 26 fathoms;
E.5187 ; one male, two females, two young. Without
locality; E.6492; four males, four females (one soft shell).

Measurements. Male holotype, entire length of carapace
12, width, including spines, 16.5, fronto-orbital width 10.5,
width of front between antennal notches 5.5 mm.

Description. Carapace very convex from front to back,
suboval, the front little advanced beyond curve of antero-
lateral margins, the latter nearly as long as the convex
postero-lateral margins, posterior margin between legs of
last pair arcuate. Posterior fourth or third of carapace
smooth and bare; remainder covered with a thin coating
of short, light-coloured hair, which does not disguise the
surface. Regions fairly well outlined ; gastro-cardiac
depression deep ; also the median furrow leading from the
mesogastric region to the front. Surface roughened by
two or three stout spinules on the hepatic region, by smaller
spinules opposite the last lateral tooth, by the granuliform
sockets of many of the surface hairs, and by fine, close
granulation on the post-lateral regions.

Edge of front invisible in dorsal view, median lobes
deeply separated, oblique, extremities broadly rounded;
small outer lobe dentiform with a tuberculiform tip.
Supra-orbital border irregularly spinulose and granulose,
inner angle not accented, notches obscure; outer angle or
first antero-lateral tooth broad, tipped by a short, stout,
curved spine, behind which is a spinule, and under which
are several spinules -. a notch separates this tooth from the
suborbital margin, armed with four or five stout spinules,
and near the inner angle a broad tooth with bispinulose tip.
The second, third and fourth antero-lateral teeth are
similar to the first, but larger; the fourth has a narrower
base than the second and third, and the spinule on its
posterior slope may be absent, Submarginal regions
granulose and spinulose, subhepatic region with three or
more spinules, some of which are visible from above.

Chelipeds of large male stout, unequal, but similar in
shape and ornamentation ; merus very high, armed above
with two large spine-pointed teeth, followed behind by
obscure granulation on margin and on outer surface ; wrist
and hand armed with stout, acute spines, which on the
palm become lower and more and more tuberculiform
toward the lower and distal margins until they altogether

BRACHYURA. RATHBCN. 119

disappear ; dactyli spinulose above at base only ; a punctate
groove runs backward from the next to the lowest sinus
of fixed finger, a similar groove near upper edge of
dactylus; also a row of punctae near the prehensile teeth
of each finger; fingers pale brown in the male, darker in
the female, the colour not extending quite to their bases.
Dorsal aspect of chelipeds hairy.

In the female, the propodus has a straighter lower border,
the small palm is rough all over the outer surface and half
way down the fingers, the large palm is also rougher than
in the male but finely so, and the spinulous area on the
dactylus is longer. In the small male the armature of the
lesser palm resembles that of the female.

Merus of ambulatory legs subentire above; carpus and
propodus armed with spines, carpus with about four,
propodus about five.

Remarks. The convexity of the carapace in connection
with the complex lateral spines is sufficient to fix this
species.

PILUMNUS TOMENTOSUS, Latreille.
(Plate xxvii., figs. 1-2.)

Pilumnus tomentosus, Latreille, Encyc. Meth. Hist., Nat.,
Entom., x., Paris 1825, p. 125 (Nouvelle Hollande).
Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p. 418.
Not Filhol, Mission de 1'Ile Campbell, Paris, 1885,
p. 375, pi. xlv., figs. 6-8.

Pilumnus tomentosus ( ?), Miers, Challenger Kept., ZooL,
xvii., 1886, p. 160, pi. xiv., fig. 4.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms;
E.278; one male, two females (one ovigerous). P.2139 ;
one ovigerous female.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, 80-100 fathoms; E.4780; one
male, one female.

South-east of Cape Everard to south of Gabo Island,
Victoria, 90-150 fathoms; E.6095; three males, three
females.

From sixty miles south of Diana's Peak to about forty
miles south of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-80 fathoms; E.6088;
two males, two females.

120 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 55-70 fathoms; E.6081 ;
four males, seven females.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 55-100 fathoms; E.6180;
two young (one shedding).

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms; E.6119 ; two females.

East of Bass Strait, 70-80 fathoms; E.4825; two young.

East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait; E.5670; two males,
seven females.

East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait ; P. 2321 ; one male.
P.2322 ; one male.

East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 200-300 fathoms;
E.4809; one ovigerous female. E.4810; one male. E.4S11;
one male. E.4812; one male, one ovigerous female. E.4813 ;
two ovigerous females.

Off Falmouth, Tasmania, 60-70 fathoms; E.6135; one
female.

Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia,
17 fathoms; E.4454; eight males, ten females.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms; E.4440; one
female.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 16 fathoms; E.6488; two
young.

Fifteen miles north by west of Cape Jervis, South
Australia, 17 fathoms; E.4443; two males, one female with
Khizocephalid, one young.

South-west of Eucla, about long. 127 E., Great
Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3665; one ovigerous
female.

Sixty to eighty miles west from Eucla, Great Australian
Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3176 ; two ovigerous females.
P.3560 ; one ovigerous female. P. 3561 ; one male. P. 3562 ;
one male. P. 3563 ; one male, two ovigerous females.

South Australia; E.4439; one female.

BRACHYURA. RATHBUN 1-1

Measurements. --Largest specimen, female, E.3176:
Entire length of carapace 25.2, entire width 35, width in
front of posterior pair of spines 31.2, width of front, to
antennal notches 10.4, width of front and orbits 20.4,
width of posterior end of mesogastric region 7.2 mm.
Largest male, E.4454: Entire length of carapace 24.4,
entire width 31.3, width in front of posterior pair of
spines 28.4, width of front to antennal notches 8.9, width
of front and orbits 18.8, width of posterior end of meso-
gastric region 6.2 mm.

Description. Front advanced, antero-lateral margins
arcuate, postero-lateral margins strongly convergent.
Surface covered with short, numerous, but not crowded,
single, yellow (in alcohol) hairs which entangle a coat of
refuse; regions well marked, branchial region partially
subdivided, several (three or four) subacute spines or
spinules near the marginal spines. Front subtriangular,
lobes with a short inner and lon.g outer slope and rounded
tip, edge denticulate; outer tooth single, independent,
triangular, spiniform. Inner angle of orbit suberect, not
at all advanced. Upper orbital margin with a few spinules,
two subequal emarginations, and an outer spine of moderate
size. S'pinules of lower orbital margin larger and more
regular than those of the upper margin, inner spine the
largest. A narrow subhepatic spine is visible in dorsal
view where it appears as a second antero-lateral spine; in
side view it is in same straight line as three succeeding
spines; these are large, sharp-pointed, conical spines, each
with one or more spinules on its slope; the first of the
three spines points almost directly forward.

Chelipeds and legs clothed with similar hairs to those
on the carapace, but on the legs the hairs are longer: on
the chelipeds the hairs are thickest .i.bout the bases of the
spines. Chelipeds very unequal ; merus with a terminal
and a subterminal spine above, lower border obscurely
denticulate, one or two spinules on inner border; carpus
armed with scattered, conical, acute spines, the longest-
one erect at inner angle. Larger palm covered with
numerous, similar spines, pointing distad and sometimes
especially in full grown males disappearing toward the
lower margin and fixed finger; proximal end of lower
margin tuberculate. Each finger has two outer, punctate
orooves; the dactylus is tuberculate above at its base.
Smaller palm similarly armed, usually all over the outside,

122 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the spines showing signs of longitudinal arrangement and
continued half way down the dactylus and nearly as far
on the immovable finger.

The ambulatory legs are rather broad, and little armed ;
the merus has a terminal spinule on the upper border and
a rightangled subterminal tooth.

The very young have some long soft hairs among the
short bristly ones.

Remarks. P. tomentosus is by far the most abundant
species of Pilumnus in the "Endeavour" collection. One
would think from Miers 's figure, loc tit., that it was very
smooth and trim looking, but it has a strong tendency to
collect dirt and is very untidy looking. Some of the spines,
especially those on the back, retain a red colour in alcohol.

PILUMNUS HIRSUTUS, Stimpson.
(Plate xxviii.)

Pilumnus hirsutus, Stimpson, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, x., 1858, p. 37 [34] ; Smithsonian
Misc. Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 69, pi. ix., fig. 1.

Twelve miles north-north-east of Bowen. Queensland,
19-25 fathoms; E.3156; one female.

Twenty miles north-north-east of Double Island Point,
Queensland, 30 fathoms; E.4436; one male, one female.

Measurements. Female (E.3156), total length of cara-
pace 10.1, width including spines 14.1, fronto-orbital width
11 mm. Female (E.4436), length 9.8, width 14.1, fronto-
orbital width 10.4 mm. Male (E.4436), length 7.4, width
10.1, fronto-orbital width 7.8 mm. Ratio of length to
width in the three specimens, 1 -.1.4, 1 :1.44, 1 :1.37, the
male being narrower than the females, and the females
with a wide range of variation.

There is also some variation in the convexity and in the
advancement of the front. The larger female is the most
convex, the smaller female has the least produced front,
and appears to have (though really has not) the greatest
relative fronto-orbital width.

HRACHYDRA. RATHBUN. 123

The orbits are very wide, and the distance between the
subequal, triangular, superior notches is uncommonly long.
The four antero-lateral teeth are similar, having a triangular
base and a very slender terminal spine which is shorter in
the first or orbital tooth. In only the largest of the three
specimens is there a subhepatic spine; it is very short, but
visible in dorsal view. In the other two specimens there is
on the subhepatic region a cluster of about three sharp
granules, which is barely visible from above. The hair on
the carapace is very soft and of two sorts, a short, fine fur,
with small clusters of longer, coarser hairs, including a line
just behind the frontal lobes. These lobes are broadly
rounded, and are separated by a large notch; the outer
tooth of the front is rather wide as these teeth go, sub-
rectangular, and with a very small point ; the inner orbital
angle is obtuse and inconspicuous. Upper margin of orbit
and front finely granulated; lower margin with a definite
outer notch, followed by a short granulate edge and then
by sharp spinules mixed with granules.

Chelipeds very unequal; merus with two spines at distal
end followed by spinules ; wrists and palms armed with
sharp tubercles or stout spines, which cover only half of
the larger palm, and are seriate on the smaller palm. The
brown colour of the fingers does not quite come to their
bases. The larger thumb has a punctate groove not far
above the margin; the dactylus is rough above near its
base. Fingers of smaller chela deeply grooved, and
roughened for half their length.

PILUMNUS SPINICARPUS, Grant and McCulloch.

Pilumnus spinicarpus, Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn.
Soc. ; New South Wales, xxxi., 1906, p. 15, pi. i.,
figs. 2 and 2a, and synonymy.

Seven miles north-north-east of J>owen, Queensland, 16
fathoms; E.3100; one female.

Eleven to fourteen miles north-west of Pine Peak,
Queensland, 24-26 fathoms; E.3189; one female.

South 29 east of Pine Peak, Queensland; P.5330; one
female, one young.

Largest specimen (E.3100), length of carapace 9.8,
width 13 mm.

124 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PlLUMNUS ACER, Sp. UOl'.

(Plate xxix.)

Type-locality. Sixty to eighty miles west from Eucla,
Great Australian Bight, 80^-120 fathoms; E.3178; one
male holotype, one ovigerous female.

Additional localities. South-west of Eucla, about long.
127 E., .Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3663;
one male.

Sixty to eighty miles west of Eucla, 80-120 fathoms;
P. 3564 ; one male, one ovigerous female.

Measurements. Male holotype, total length of carapace
15.4, width without spines, measured behind the last pair,
20.4 ; width with spines 22.3 mm.

The gastric region and its three subdivisions are faintly
outlined; a little deeper groove runs from the mesogastric
region to the median sinus of the front. The dorsal surface
of the carapace and appendages is covered with numerous
hairs which are distinctly yellow in the specimens preserved
in alcohol, and of different lengths, but on the whole rather
long, and placed singly with few exceptions. The width of
the front is less than half the length of the carapace; its
large lobes are so denexed that they do not show in a
dorsal view, they are subtriangular, ends broadly rounded,
outer slope longer than inner, edge obscurely granulate, as
is also the upper margin of the orbit. This shows two
small, subequal, rounded sinuses, and at the outer angle a
slender spine. At the inner suborbital angle there is a
slender spine springing from a conical base ; on the lower
margin there are also six or seven small spines or spinules,
the outer of which is the largest and is separated by a
V-shaped sinus from the exorbital spine. Suborbital
region with one larger spine and one or two smaller spines
and some spinules. Further back on the lateral border
there are three slender horny spines set in larger, cylindrical
sockets, from each of which spring behind the spine two
or three hairs longer than the spine.

The two spines near the distal end of the arm are similar
to those bordering the carapace, and are succeeded by a
few spinules; lower margin with a few small tubercles,

BRACHYDRA. RATHBUN. 125

inner margin with two unequal spines, surfaces punctate
and nearly smooth. The ischium bears a few blunt spinules
on inner margin. The carpus is armed with long spines
(right 14, left 12) one of which is erect at the inner angle.
In the male the outer surface of the large hand may be
divided somewhat obliquely into two unequal parts, the
upper and larger part spinous and hairy, the lower part
smooth and naked; the spines are arranged in six rows
and those of large size number about twenty, but toward
the distal and lower borders the spines diminish in size,
becoming conical tubercles. A patch of hair and blunt,
spinous tubercles at base of dactylus above. The rows of
spines and tubercles cover the outside of the small hand
and are arranged in seven rows, of which two rows are
continued slightly on the fixed finger.

In the female the larger hand is practically entirely
covered outside with spines, which become smaller below.

The merus joints of the ambulatory legs have a row of
several curved spines on the upper edge, the carpus has
three long spines above, except in the last pair, only two.

Relationships. This species is near P. vestitus, Haswell, 15
having the same shaped carapace and front, a border of
spines, a spine at either end of orbit, a similar arrangement
of spines on chelipeds and ambulatory legs. It differs from
vestitus in having the hairs arranged singly instead of in
bunches, in the fainter areolation, narrower and more
deeply separated frontal lobes, in the character of the
lateral spines whose bases are cylindrical, not conical, in
the spines of the wrist few and long instead of numerous
and short, in the longer ambulatory legs, with one or two
more spines on each merus and much longer spines on the
carpal segments.

The species also has a resemblance to P. terra-regina, 16
which has a granulate carapace, no spine outside the orbit,
wrist rough with granules instead of spines, and unarmed
legs.

10 Haswell Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vi., 1881 (1882),
p. 753.

16 Haswell loc. cit., p. 752.

126 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

ACTUMNUS SETIFER (cle Haan).

Cancer (Pihtmnus) setifer, de Haan, Fauna Japon.,
Crust., 1835, p. 50.

Cancer (Xantho) setifer, de Haan, op. cit., pi. iii., fig. 3.

Actumnus setifer, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
Ixvii., 1898, p. 202 [437], and partial synonymy.

Fifteen miles north-west of Cape Jervis, South Australia,
17 fathoms; E.4458; one female, 8.7 mm. long, 11.4 mm.
wide.

Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 17
fathoms; E.4465; one male, somewhat smaller than the
female.

ACTUMNUS PUGILATOR, A. Milne Edwards.
(Plate xxvii., figs. 3-4.)

Actumnus pugilator, A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, ix., 1873, p. 195, pi. vii., figs.
1, la.

Eleven to fourteen miles north-west of Pine Peak,
Queensland, 24-26 fathoms; E.3192: one female, with large
Rhizocephalid parasite attached under the abdomen.

Platypus Bay, Queensland, 28/7/10; P.3526; one
female, carapace 16.3 mm. long, including lobes, 22.2 mm.
wide.

Platypus Bay, Queensland, 5-9 fathoms; E.6489 ; one
male, without chelipeds.

ACTUMNUS KINGSTONI, sp. nou.
(Plate xxx.)

Type-locality. Forty miles west of Kingston, S'outh
Australia, 30 fathoms; E.4435; one female, thin shell,
holotype.

Measurements. Female holotype, length of carapace
14.2, width of same 19.2, fronto-orbital width 12.3, width
of front, between antennae, 6.3 mm.

BRACHYURA. KATHBUN. 127

Description. Carapace moderately convex from side to
side, and not strikingly so from front to back ; covered with
soft, uneven, and rather short hairs, which do not conceal
the unevenness of the surface below ; interregional grooves
deep ; gastric region divided into three ; two areoles on the
anterior branchial region. Middle lobes of front oblique,
separated by a deep, narrow notch, edge sparsely and
minutely spinulous ; outer tooth triangular, tipped with a
white spinule and separated by a right-angled sinus from
the blunt, inner angle of the orbit. Upper margin of orbit
hairy, feebly bi-emarginate, a small tooth tipped with a
white spinule at outer angle; below this a broad V- sinus;
lower margin sparsely spinulous; outer half transverse,
inner half advancing gradually to the spine-pointed inner
angle. A subhepatic spine a little longer than the outer
orbital one. Behind it three conical, curved spines with
sharp white tips.

Chelipeds of female unequal, the left palm two-thirds
as high as the right; the exposed surface is hairy, except
on the fingers; nierus with two spines above, at, and near
the distal end, upper and lower edges obscurely roughened,
proximal end of inner margin as well as the inner margin
of the ischium spinulous. The carpus and upper proximal
half of the maims are armed with strong and rather sparse
spines, which form the centres of clusters of hairs; on the
carpus four or five of the spines run along the distal
margin and the largest one is at the inner angle; on the
lower, distal half of the manus the spines become smaller,
more tuberculiform, and more numerous, reaching quite
under the lower surface and part way on the immovable
finger; this finger of the major chela is much broken, its
lower line is continuous with the horizontal line of the
palm until near the tip, which bends gradually upward ;
the dactylus has a deep groove a little below and parallel
to the upper margin, the basal two-fifths of its upper
surface is spinulous. The immovable finger of the minor
chela is slightly deflexed before it turns upward at the tip ;
the spinulation and hairiness of the fingers are more
extensive than in the larger chela.

Ambulatory legs covered with hairs like those on the
carapace and also long hairs w 7 hich are disposed chiefly
along the margins.

128 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

ACANTHODES ARMATUS, de HttCin.

(Plates xxxi.-xxxii., fig. 1 and Fig. 3.)

Cancer (Ac.anthodes) armaius, de Haau, Fauna Japon.
Crust., 1835, p. 52, pi. B (part), pi. iv. Dofleiu,
Abh. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss., Cl. ii., xxi., 1902,
p. 661, pi. ii.

Fig. 3. Abdomen of Acanthodes annntus, male.

South-west of Eucla, long 126^ E., Great Australian
Bight, 130-190 fathoms; E.3674; one male; carapace,
length 34.3 mm., width 38.1 mm.

South-west of Eucla, about long. 127 E., Great Aus-
tralian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3664-; one young female;
carapace, length 19.4 mm., width 21.5 mm.

Sixty to eighty miles west from Eucla, Great Australian
Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3179; one young male; carapace,
length 16.3 mm., width 18.8 mm.

The measurements do not include spines.

The smallest crab is very hairy and Pilumnus-like; hairs
long and numerous, without concealing the surface. The
hairs lessen with the growth of the animal, and in the
larger male are rather scanty on the carapace. On the
antero-lateral margin there are four long primary spines,
the first of which is at the orbital angle ; in the interspaces
are three .shorter spines, the first one a little below the
marginal line. Above and subparallel to this row there
is an irregular row of seven spines of which the first is
near the orbit, the second is below the line, the fourth is
largest, the seventh is opposite the post-lateral margin. In

BEACHYURA. RATHBDN. 129

addition there are three spines in a triangle on the
epibranchial region and two on the hepatic region. There
are in all nine gastric spines, in transverse series: two on
each epigastric lobe, and on each protogastric lobe, and in
line with the latter, a small mesogastric spine. Frontal
marginal spines six, the middle pair largest, the outer pair
situated at the angle of the orbit; behind them there is a
row of four spines. There are two supraorbital spines
besides the three already mentioned ; suborbital spines five,
the inner one much the longest, the others diminishing in
size. Post-lateral regions rough with short spinules. A
row of tubercles above the posterior margin.

Chelipeds unequal in all the specimens, but not much so ;
the armature is strong and similar. The spines of the legs
are slenderer.

In the three small specimens handled the spines retain
about the same proportion to the size of the crab. In the
type figured (about natural size) by de Haan, loc. cit.,
which is a female, not a male, as labelled, the spines of the
appendages and of the margin of the carapace maintain
about the same relative size as in the young, but the dorsal
spines are reduced in size and the hairs of the carapace
seem to have disappeared. Both chelte are spinous as in
the young.

In Doflein's figure (loc. cit.) which is of a much larger
specimen, a male 15 cm. wide, all the spines are much
reduced, some of them to spinules ; the major cheliped has
increased enormously while the minor one has remained
stationary; the major chela is nearly smooth.

This species had not before been taken outside of
Japanese waters.

Subfamily EEIPHIIN^.

TRAPEZIA CYMODOCE (Herbst).

Cancer cynwdoce, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse,
iii., part 2, 1801, p. 22, pi. li., fig. 5.

Trapezia cymodoce, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
Ixvii., 1898, p. 219 (454), and synonymy.

North-west Island, off Rockhampton, Queensland;
E.4517 ; one male, one ovigerous female.

130 " ENDK.AVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Family PORTUNID^E.
Subfamily CARCINIDIN^E.

NECTOCARCINUS INTEGRIFRONS (Latreille).

Nectocarcinus integrifrons, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust.,
1882, p. 81, and synonymy.

Without locality ; E.6493 ; one young male, 11.6 mm. wide.

The front of this species has a slight median emargina-
tion, which in the small specimen in hand is relatively
larger than in well-grown specimens.

NECTOCARCINUS TUBERCULOSUS, A. Milne Edwards.

Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (4), xiv., 1860, p. 220; Arch. Mus.
Hist. Nat., Paris, x., 1861, p. 405, pi. xxxvii.

Bay of Fires, Tasmania; E.6082; one male, with carapace
63 mm. long and 81.7 mm. wide.

Originally described from Tasmania.

Subfamily POETUNIN^E.
PORTUNUS (PORTUNUS) SANGUINOLENTUS (Herbst) .

Neptunus sanguinolentus, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, Ixviii., 1899, p. 32 [500], and synonymy.

Thirteen miles north by west of Double Island Point,
Queensland, 25-26 fathoms; E.2051; one female. E.2052;
one large male. P.2397 ; one very large male, 65.6 mm.
long by 151.7 mm. wide.

The two males are uncommonly large specimens.

PORTUNUS (PORTONUS) PELAGICUS (Linnceus).

Neptunus pelagicus, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
Ixviii., 1899, p. 34 [502], and synonymy, except
Neptunus trituberculatus.

Thirteen miles north by west of Double Island Point,
Queensland, 25-26 fathoms; E.2041; one large female, not
mature, 59.6 mm. long, 129 wide (allowing for tip of left
spine, which is broken off) ; granules high and numerous,
set in dense pubescence.

RRACHYDRA. RATHRUN. 131

Platypus Bay, Queensland, 5-9 fathoms; E.3108; one
young male, half grown, carapace very pubescent, largely
obscuring the granules.

Southern Queensland ; E.3138 ; one very large male, 84.7
mm. long, 165.8 wide; granules of carapace distant,
pubescence scanty, one small specimen of Balanidae
encrusting. P. 3539 ; one large male, 72 mm. long, 149 wide;
granules higher and a little more numerous than in E.3138,
partly obscured by pubescence.

CHARYBDIS (CHARYBDIS) NATATOR (Herbst).

Charybdis (Goniosoma) natator, Alcock. Journ. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal, Ixviii., 1899, p. 61 [529], and synonymy.

Seven miles south-south-east of Double Island Point,
Queensland, 32-33 fathoms; E.2036; one male. Front
deformed, second of the eight frontal teeth (counting from
the left) somewhat reduced, sixth tooth showing only a
very short stump ; distal tooth of outer row on top of
major manus wanting.

Platypus Bay, Queensland, 5-9 fathoms; E.3110; one
female.

CHARYBDIS (CHARYBDIS) INCISA", sp. nov.
(Plate xxxiii.)

Type-locality. Off Point Inskip, Great Sandy Strait,
Queensland, 10 fathoms ; E.3151 ; one ovigerous female,
holotype.

Measurements. Female holotype, total length of cara-
pace 17.3, extreme width 26, width at base of spine at
lateral angle 23, fronto-orbital width 18, width between
orbits 10.2 mm.

Description. Belongs to the subgenus Charybdis, in
which the antennal flagellum is excluded from the orbit,
the ridge that bounds the dorsum posteriorly forms a curve
with the postero-lateral borders, the posterior border of the
arm lacks a spine, and to that division of the subgenus in
which there are no distinct ridges on the carapace behind
the level of the last spine of the antero-lateral borders.

17 Incisus, cut ill to, referring to the cut into the first lateral tooth
to form the second.

132 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Three ridges present on carapace, one between the spines
of the last pair, which is thrice interrupted, two gastric
ridges, the posterior of which is interrupted at the middle,
while the anterior one is broadly interrupted. Front cut
into six rounded teeth, not including the inner supra-
orbital angles ; the middle two are slightly more prominent
than the next pair, which are wider and somewhat oblique
on their inner slope ; outer pair least advanced, narrow and
deeply separated from the second pair. Antero-lateral
borders cut into six teeth, five of which are spiniform and
similar, the sixth one a little longer. The second tooth is
very small, dentiform, and is not salient beyond the outer
slope of the first tooth, of which it seems to form an
integral part. Orbit with a slight dorsal inclination; the
major diameter is about two-fifths as wide as the inter-
orbital distance ; inner end of lower margin in the form of
a broad, blunt tooth. A granular ridge on lobule at outer
angle of basal segment of antenna.

Chelipeds of female stoutish, hairy on the depressed
portions of the exposed surfaces. Three enlarged spines
on anterior border of arm. Wrist with granular costae on
upper and outer surfaces, the inner angle strongly spini-
form, three spinules near outer angle. Hand Avith five
granular costae, and on the upper surface five spines.
Merus of last leg over twice as long as wide ; posterior
border of propodus spinous.

Relationships. The species looks much like C. spinifera
(Miers) 18 , but the latter has a wider carapace, the median
pair of frontal lobes are not narrower than the submedian
pair, the second tooth of the antero-lateral margin is of
greater size and prominence, and the carpus of the last
pair of feet has a strong spine on its posterior margin 19 ,
and the propodus is unarmed.

Miers Kept. Zool. Coll. "Alert," 1881-2, London, 1884, Crust.,
p. 283, pi. xxiii., figs. C and c.

19 Dr. Caiman kindly examined tbe type of spinifera and sent
sketches of the frontal teeth and the natatory ]eg for comparison.

BRACHYURA. RATHBDN. 133

CHARYBDIS (GONIOHELLENUS) TRUNCATA (Fabricius).

Charybdis truncata, Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxvi.,
1902, p. 27, and .synonymy. Not Charybdis
(Gonioncptunus} truncata, Alcock, Journ. Asiat.
S'oc. Bengal, Ixviii., 1899, p. 67 [535].

Seven miles north-north-east of Bowen, Queensland, 16
fathoms; P.3522; one ovigerous female. E.3103 ; two
ovigerous females.

Platypus Bay, Queensland, 5-9 fathoms; E.3109; one
ovigerous female.

Platypus Bay, Queensland; July 28, 1910; P.3524; one
male.

The females are sensibly narrower than the male.

Subtribe OXYSTOMATA.

Family LEUCOSinm

MEROCRYPTUS LAMBRIFORMIS, A. Milne Edwards.
(Plate xxxii., figs. 2-3.)

Merocryptu$ lambriformis, A. Milne Edwards, Journ.
Mus. Godeffroy, iv., Hamburg, 1873, p. 85, pi. xiii.,
figs. 1-lc. Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus., iv., 1900,
p. 162, and synonymy.

East of Bass Strait, 70-80 fathoms; E.4822; two males,
four females (one ovigerous).

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70
fathoms; E.5162; one male, one female.

East of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, about 70 fathoms;
E.5193; eleven males, thirteen females (four ovigerous).

Sixty to eighty miles west from Euela, Great Australian
Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3169 ; one male.

Carapace of largest male (E.5193) 10.8 mm. in total
length, 14.3 mm. in total breadth. The same measurements
for the female are 14.8 and 19.3 mm.

134 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESDLTS.

The protuberances of the carapace are more striking in
the male than in the female. The cardiac prominence is
conical in the male, dome-shaped in the old female; the
gastric projections are of similar shape in the sexes, but
longer and nearer to each other in the male. In the male
the teeth of the posterior margin are larger and occupy the
whole of the margin, in the female they are separated by a
wide interspace. Frontal sinus deeper cut in male than
in female.

In both sexes there are visible in dorsal view three small,
acute teeth below the lateral border of the carapace, one
on the subhepatic region and two just in front of the
branchial wing.

EBALIA TUBERCULOSA (A. Milne Edwards}.
(Plate xxxv., figs. 1-2.)

Pcrsephona tuberculosa, A. Milne Edwards, Journ. Mus.

Godeffroy, iv., Hamburg 1873, p. 86.

Phlyxia granulosa, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, iv., 1880, p. 54, pi. vi., fig. 3.

Ebalia tuberculosa, Miers, Challenger Kept., Zool., xvii.,
1886, p. 306, pi. xxv., figs. 1, la. Whitelegge, Mem.
Austral. Mus., iv., 1900, p. 161. Grant, Proc. Linn.
Soc. New S'outh Wales, xxx., 1905, p. 315.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, about 200 fathoms; E.5197;
three males, one female.

South-east of Cape Everard to south of Gabo Island,
Victoria, 70-80 fathoms; E.6092; one ovigerous female.
E.6093; one male.

South-east from Cape Everard, Victoria, 70-80 fathoms ;
E.6173; two females.

South of Cape Everard, Victoria, 80 fathoms; E.6165;
one male, two females.

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms; E.6113; seven males, eight females (one
ovigerous).

Forty miles south-south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70
fathoms; E.6484; three males, three females (one
ovigerous) .

BIUCHYUKA RATHBUN. 135

East of Bass Strait, 70-80 fathoms; E.4821; fourteen
males, eight females (two ovigerous).

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70
fathoms; E.5160; seven males, twenty females (eight
ovigerous).

East of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, about 70 fathoms;
E.5192; two males, six females (two ovigerous).

Sixty to eighty miles west of Eucla, Great Australian
Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3170; two females. P.3556 ; one
male.

Total length of male carapace (E.6484) 9.3, width 9 mm.
Length of female (E.5160) 7.8, width 7.7 mm. Length
of smallest ovigerous female (E.6484) 5.5 mm.

Variation. Whitelegge (loc. cit.) mentions the varia-
bility in the granulation. Besides the varieties which he
observed we have some specimens, part of E.4821, in which,
regardless of sex, all the granules of the carapace are flat
and disc-like, but many of them are as if crowded up to a
higher level, making a very uneven surface. As a rule
the carapaces with this surface have higher and rougher
protuberances, while the smooth, evenly paved carapaces
have low, smoothly rounded protuberances which more
often in the female than in the male, may be almost obsolete
on the branchial regions. Milne Edwards (loc. cit.) may
have described such a specimen, as he does not mention
branchial tubercles.

Regardless of the above characters, the posterior lobes
are shallow in the female, protuberant in the male.

PHLYXIA INTERMEDIA, Miers.

Ebalia (Phlyxia) intermedia, Miers, Challenger Kept.,
Zool., xvii., 1886, p. 308, pi. xxv., figs. 2-2c.

Off Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia;
E.4518; one ovigerous female; length of carapace, between
tips of spines, 7.8 mm.

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 26 fathoms; E.5186; one imma-
ture female, length of carapace 10.2 mm.

136 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

In the larger specimen the posterior margin is straight ;
in the smaller one it is slightly convex; the two broad
teeth thus formed are very obtuse angled. As Miers says,
the largest of the lateral marginal tubercles is on the
postero-lateral margin; of the smaller tubercles one is at
the widest part of the carapace, forming a lateral angle,
and another nearly half way to the hepatic protuberance.
There is a suggestion of another tubercle in a slight marginal
swelling a little behind the lateral angle. The only dorsal
tubercle is that on the intestinal region in front of the
posterior spine.

MYRA FUGAX (Fabricius} .

Myra fugax, Alcock, Journ. Asiat, Soc. Bengal, Ixv., 1896,
p. 202, and synQiiymy. Ihle, Siboga-Exped., Monog.
xxxixfr 2 ., 1918, p. 256, and synonymy.

Twenty miles north-east of Cape Gloucester, Queensland,
35 fathoms; E.3119; one female.

PHILYRA MURRAYENSIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxiv.)

Type-locality. Off Murray River mouth. South Aus-
tralia, 20 fathoms; E.4467; one adult female, holotype.

Measurements. Female, total length of carapace 26,
length of median line from margin to margin 25, width
25.7 mm., posterior margin between tips of teeth 10.5,
anterior width between tips of subhepatic teeth 4.8 mm.

Description. The edge of the buccal cavity shows very
slightly beyond the front, but the anterior end of the
subhepatic facet projects well beyond the outer angle of
the orbit in a thick, blunt, suberect tooth. The posterior
margin of the carapace is nearly straight and at either end
has a small acute tooth pointing backward.

Carapace, subcircular, nearly smooth ; a furrow on either
side of the cardiac region, depressions behind the front and
each orbit ; surface obscurely granulate, granules depressed,
unequal, mixed with punctae. Sinus above cheliped broad,
obtuse angled. Four small lateral marginal tubercles, one
at posterior end of sinus, one over base of first ambulatory

BRACHYURA. KATHBUN. 137

leg and at widest part of carapace, one over second leg
and a short distance behind second tubercle, fourth and
largest over base of last leg. A large, pointed, median
tubercle on intestinal region just over posterior margin;
this margin is rough with granulation.

The subhepatic facet is almost entirely visible from
above; it has a strong tooth at its postero-external angle,
and the anterior half has a granulate outer margin.

Front four-toothed, teeth thick, middle pair small,
separated by a rectangular sinus, outer pair broad and
shallow. Upper sinus of orbit deep.

Anterior portion of outer maxillipeds granulate and
hairy. Chelipeds stout, smooth to the touch, finely granu-
late, the granules largest on the cylindrical merus; palms
of female moderately swollen, greatest width two-thirds of
upper or outer length; fingers longer than palm, deflexed,
tapering regularly to tips and leaving a very slight opening
at base when closed.

Of the ambulatory legs the merus joints are cylindrical,
the propodus sharply carinate above, dactylus carinate on
either side.

The unique holotype has a very large Rhizocephalid
parasite enclosed within the abdomen.

Relationships. The species differs from all others with
straight posterior margin in having an acute backward-
pointing tooth at the ends of that margin. Compare
! e; narks by Miers 20 on the species related to P. rectangularis.

Family CALAPPID.E.
CALAPPA LOPHOS (Herb si] .

Calappa lophos, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixv.,
1896, p. 144.

Seven miles north-north-east of Bowen, Queensland, 16
fathoms; E.3095; one female.

Eight miles east of Sandon Bluffs, New South Wales,
35-40 fathoms; E.2031; one male.

20 Miers Zool. ' ' Alert, ' ' Crust,, 1884, pp. 54G-547.

138 " KNDEAVODR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Male, extreme length of carapace 74.3, extreme width
115 mm.; female, extreme length of carapace 39, extreme
width 53.7 mm. The specimens show a range in length
from not quite two-thirds the extreme width in the old to
nearly three-fourths the extreme width in the half grown.

The marginal teeth in the old male resemble those fignred
by de Haan 21 .

In the small female, the lateral teeth of the wings of the
carapace are shallow and obtuse angled ; the posterior margin
of the last of these teeth is shorter than the corresponding
margin of the adjoining tooth of the posterior border of
the carapace. The reverse is true in the old male. These
characters are varietal and not sexual.

MATUTA PLANIPES (Fabricius).

Matuta planipes, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., 1798,
p. 369; Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxvi., 1902,
p. 30.

Matuta lunaris, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixv.,
1896, p. 161, not Cancer lunaris, Herbst, 1783.

Off Point Inskip, Great S'andy Strait, Queensland, 10
fathoms; E.3152; one large male.

Family DORIPPUXE.

DORIPPE DORSIPES (Linnceus] .

Dorippe dorsipes, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixv.,
1896, p. 277, and synonymy.

Platypus Bay, Queensland, 5-9 fathoms; E.3114; one
female.

Twenty-five miles south-east of Double Island Point,
Queensland, 33 fathoms ; E.4466 ; one male.

Extreme length of male carapace 29, width 27.2 mm.
Extreme length of female carapace 31, width 32 mm.

21 de Hsuui rauiia J:ipi>:i., Crust., pi. xx., fig. ].

BKACHYURA. RATHBDN. 139

CYMONOMOPS SIMILIS, Grant.
(Plate xxxv., figs. 3-5.)

Cymonomops similis, Grant, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, xxx., 1905, p. 315, pi. x., fig'. 1.

Off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-80 fathoms; E.4818;
one male, two ovigerous females.

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70
fathoms; E.5161 ; one male, one ovigerous female.

Largest male (E.4818), total length of carapace 6.2,
width 5.8 mm. Largest female (E.4818), total length of
carapace 6.6, width 7 mm.

The chelipeds of the male are similar to those of the
female, but more unequal (E.4818), both chelipeds of the
measured female being the size of the left or larger cheliped
of the measured male. In this male the first left ambulatory
leg is reduced in length considerably below that on the
right side, especially noticeable in the merus. The male
abdomen is very small, extremity semicircular and appar-
ently fused with the fifth segment. Eggs large, about
.6 mm. in diameter.

Subtribe DROMIACEA.

Family LATREILLIID^].

LATREILLIA AUSTRALIECNSIS, Henderson.

LatreiUia australiensis, Henderson, Challenger Kept.,
Zool., xxvii., 1888, p. 24, pi. ii., figs. 4-46. White-
legge, Mem. Austral. Mus., iv., 1900, p. 165.

East of Bass Strait; E.4799; two males. E.6143; one
male, and two ovigerous females.

Off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 60 fathoms; E.6150; four
males, one ovigerous female.

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70
fathoms; E.5166; one male.

South-eastern Australia; E.4401; one female.

140 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RKSULTS.

These specimens show a variation in the length of the
supraorbital spines from two-thirds as long to just as long
as the ocular peduncles. They are inclined obliquely
upward with a slight curve (convex dorsally), except the
tip, which is straight and a little upturned.

Antennas not so long as antennules, although they over-
reach the peduncle of the latter.

Chelae of male as long as those of female, but stouter,
palm widening considerably to distal end ; the fingers when
closed leave an oval gape at base.

Propodus of last pair of legs half as long as carpus;
dactylus, when flexed, opposed by a single spine and some
spinules on the propodus.

The male has a spine on the second segment only of the
abdomen.

LATREILLOPSIS PETTERDI, Grant.
(Plate xxxvi.)

Latreillopsis petterdi, Grant, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, xxx., 1905, p. 317, pi. x., figs. 2, 2a, 26.
McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi.-5, 1907, p. 353,
pi. Ixv.

South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 120-275 fathoms; E.4396;
one large male with well-developed cheke.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, 80-100 fathoms; E.4776; one
male, medium size. E.4777; one male. E.4778; one young
male.

South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 200 fathoms; E.6210;
one male with well-developed chelas.

East of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70 fathoms;
E.5139; one female. E.5140; one immature female.

Off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-300 fathoms; E.4786;
one female. E.4787 ; one male, medium size. E.4788; one
male, medium size. E.4789 ; one ovigerous female,
encrusted with serpulids. E.4790; one male, medium size.
E.4791 ; one female, immature.

East-north-east of Maria Island, Tasmania, 127-180
fathoms; E.5171; one young female. E.5172; one young
female. E.5173; one young male. E.5174; one young, the
smallest specimen taken.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Pinnotheres sub glob osa, Baker. Female (E.4519). Carapace
7.8 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Pinnotheres novcezelandia, Filhol. Female (E.5676).
Carapace 8.5 mm. wide.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Vor.. V.

PLATE XVI.

C. B. SHOEMAKER, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Pilumnoplax heterochir (Studer). Male (E.6211). Cara-
pace 11 ram. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

Pilumnus fissifrons, Stimpson. Male (E.3184). Carapace
8 mm. wide.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view.
Fig. 4. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XVII.

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Carcinoplax meridionalis, sp. nov. Male holotype. Cara-
pace 30.2 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Right chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

Carcinoplax meridionalis, sp. nov. Female (E.6117), Cara-
pace 30.4 mm. wide.

Fig. 4. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XVIII.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. R. SHOEMAKER (3-4), photo.

BRACHYDRA. RATHRUN. 141

Thirty-five miles south-east of Bruni Island, Tasmania,
150-230 fathoms; E.5128; one male, largest specimen taken.
E.5129; one male. E.5130; one male. E.5131; one male
with well-developed chela?. E.5132; one male with rostrum
abnormal, reduced to a minute spine. E.5133; one male.
E.5134; one male. E.5135; one male. E.5136; one male,
medium size. E.5137 ; one male, medium size. E.5138 ;
one ovigerous female. E.5156 ; one young female.

South-east of Eucla, long. 130 50' E., Great Australian
Bight, 250-300 fathoms; E.3685; one male, medium size.

South of Eucla, long. 129 6%' E., Great Australian
Bight, 200-300 fathoms; E.3658; two large ovigerous
females.

South-west of Eucla, long. 126 45f E., Great Australian
Bight, 190-320 fathoms ; E.3691 ; one young male.

Seventeen and one-half miles south-east of Rame Head,
Victoria, 76 fathoms; E.2234; one ovigerous female,
encrusted with serpulids, sponge and polyps.

Seventeen miles south-east of Rame Head, Victoria, 76
fathoms; P.2941; one ovigerous female, with encrusting
serpulids.

Largest male (E.5128) : Length of carapace to tip of
rostrum 82, greatest width of carapace 65, width between
anterior subhepatic spines 46.3, length of eye and stalk 18.5,
greatest diameter of eye 7.3, greatest length of propodus
of cheliped 69.2, superior length of same 42.6, height of
same 24.3, thickness of same 22.1, length of daetylus of
same 32.3, approximate length of first ambulatory leg 270,
approximate length of second ambulatory leg 295, approxi-
mate length of third ambulatory leg 320; approximate
length of last leg 190 mm.

Largest female (E.3658) : Length of carapace to tip of
rostrum 56.8, greatest width of carapace 42, greatest length
of propodus of cheliped 35.6, superior length of same 22.2,
height of same 3.8, thickness of same 3.2, length of dactylus
of same 13.6 mm.

This species was described by its author from a single
small specimen only 9 mm. long. In the "Endeavour"
collection there is a fine series of thirty-four specimens
ranging from 18.6 to 82.4 mm. in length of carapace. Some
modifications of the original description therefore need to
be made to fit the adult.

142 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The linea anomitrica is well marked in its posterior half,
except near the posterior margin ; the anterior half is less
distinct.

The supraocular horns possess, besides an inner sub-
terminal tubercle or spinule and two large outer spines,
an outer spinule further from the tip than the inner one,
and may have also a dorsal spinule further back and a
fourth spinule on the outer margin of the anterior of the
spines. The horns are relatively longer in the young than
in the old.

In the following table all the measures are of males
and are taken to the bottom of the sinus between horn
and rostrum :

Reg. Carapace Rostrum Horn

No. Sex. Length. Length. Length.

E.5173 Male .... 20.2 5.6 12.6

E.3691 Male .... 23.6 6.4 15.6

K4776 Male .... 31.6 7.3 15.8

E.5135 Male .... 43 10 23

E.5131 Male .... 51.3 12 23

E.5128 Male .... 69.6 14 28

The surface of the carapace is covered with a short
pubescence which is formed of single, acorn-shaped vesicles
and embraces the granules and tubercles with which the
carapace is roughened as well as the intervening spaces.

The chelipeds are stout in the adult male, slender in
the female and young male ; arms rough with tubercles and
granules arranged mostly in longitudinal rows, and with a
row of five spines above. Wrist furnished with larger
tubercles and with granules. The palms of the female are
slender and weak and remain so with age; they are almost
cylindrical, very slightly flattened and of nearly uniform
width, except at the articulations. The male, on the con-
trary, shows a slender palm, only until the carapace
(including rostrum) measures about 3 cm. in length, in
one case 4 cm. (E.3685). It then changes by widening
gradually to the distal end (E.4788), but soon grows more
swollen, at first rather uniformly so throughout its length
(E.4776), at the same time being a little compressed. It
then becomes more and more swollen in the middle until
in the largest specimen (8 cm.) the palm is remarkably
inflated, its height in the middle 24.3 mm., its thickness in
the middle 22.1 mm.

BRACHY0RA. RATHBUN. 143

In both sexes the palms are covered with unequal
granules, the largest of which are arranged in irregular
rows. Fingers longer in male than in female, colour black,
not reaching quite to either end. In the old male the
fingers gape narrowly in the basal half; in the gape the
dactyl has a truncate tooth, and nearer the palm the
immovable finger has a low, rounded lobe.

On the three following legs, besides the upper and lower
rows of spines, there are other spines and sharp spinules or
tubercles. The carpus and propodus are finely roughened
with small, slender, horny spines, moving in sockets. The
dactylus is armed with six rows of horny spines, two rows
above reaching to the dark-coloured tip, a short row at the
proximal end on the lower margin and on the inner and
outer faces.

The merus of the last pair of legs has three rows of
spines and some scattered spinules, the only superior spine
is at the distal end. The carpus and propodus are
roughened as in the preceding legs, and the propodus has
besides two rows of spines between which fits the row of
spines on the dactylus.

The abdomen of the male is about two-thirds as wide as
that of the female. The first, second, third, fourth and
sixth segments each bear a median spine or tubercle ; the
third, fourth and sixth segments bear also a spine on each
side. In the female the terminal segment is invaginated
in the penultimate, a small lobe on each side of the latter
being produced, but not attached, alongside the proximal
end of the terminal segment.

Ho M OLA ORIENT ALIS, Henderson.
(Plate xxxvii.)

Homola oriental-is, Henderson, Challenger Rept., Zool..
xxvii., 1888, p. 19, pi. ii., figs. 1, la. Whitelegge,
Mem. Austral. Mus., iv., 1900, p. 163. Doflein,
Abhand. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss., ii. Cl., xxi., iii.
Abth., 1902, p. 651, pi. iv., figs. 5 and 6.

Homola barbata orientalis, Doflein, Brachyura Valdivia,
vi., 1904, p. 14, pi. v., figs. 4 and 5.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, 80 fathoms; E.4774; one
young female.

14-4 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Off Gabo Island, Victoria, 80-100 fathoms; E.4775; one
male.

South from Cape Everard, Victoria, 80-120 fathoms;
E.3135; one male. P.3538; one female.

Twenty-five miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria, 82
fathoms; E.6122; one male. E.6123; one male.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 50-80 fathoms; E.4804;
one ovigerous female.

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms ; E. 6 101-6108 ; six males, two females.

Twenty miles east of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-70
fathoms; E.5164; one ovigerous female.

East of Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 65-75 fathoms;
E.5142; one male. E.5143; one male. E.5144; one male.
E.5145 ; one male.

Off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-300 fathoms ; E.4792 ;
one male.

Twenty miles off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-70
fathoms; E.6137; one male. E.6138; one ovigerous female.

To the differences given by Doflein between typical
H. barbata and orientalis may be added the shorter, broader
ambulatory legs of the latter, especially noticeable in the
width of the merus. No intergrading forms were noted.

Family DROMIID^E.

In attempting to fit the species of Dromiidse into the
genera of Borradaile's revision 22 of the family, emphasis
has been placed on the presence or absence of an epipodite
on the cheliped, and the approximation or separation of the
ends of the sternal sulci of the female. Of the four genera
represented in the collection, Dromidiopsis and Petalomera
have an epipodite, Dromidia and Cryptodromia have none ;
in Dromidiopsis and Dromidia the sternal sulci end
together ; in Petalomera and Cryptodromia they end apart.
Some of the other characters which have been given to
these genera are not dependable, such as the knobbed or
ridged legs and the thorn on the dactyl of the last leg.

22Borradaile Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi., 1903, pp. 297-303.

KKACHYUKA. KATHBUN. 145

DROMIDIOPSIS EDWARDSI, Rathbun.

Dromia caput mortuum, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat.
Crust., ii., 1837, p. 178. Not Cancer caput mortuum,
Linnaeus, 1766.

Dromidia caput- mortuum, de Man, Arch. f. Naturg., liii.,
i., 1887 (1888), p. 393, pi. xvii., figs. 5, 5a.

Dromidiopsis caput -mortuum, Borradaile, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (7), xi., 1903, p. 299.

Dromidiopsis caput -mortuum, Ihle, Siboga-Exped.,
Monog. xxxixfr., 1913, p. 28, and synonymy except
reference to Linnreus.

Dromidiopsis edivardsi, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington, xxxii., 1919, p. 197.

Seven miles north-north-east of Bowen, Queensland, 16
fathoms; E.3136; one male.

Twenty-five miles south-east of Double Island Point,
Queensland, 33 fathoms; E.4473; one female.

Length of carapace of male 011 middle line 78.2, greatest
width 82.2 mm. Length of female 24.6, width 26 mm.

The male specimen corresponds very well with de Man's
description (loc. cit.) of a somewhat smaller male. The
first antero-lateral tooth, however, is different on the two
sides ; on the right side it is united with the so-called second
tooth in a broad, truncate lobe ; 011 the left side it is conical,
subacute, and the second tooth is obsolete.

The young female resembles the male in most respects;
it has, however, a subacute tooth, instead of a lobe, on the
supraorbital margin; the epistome is more prominent and
the tooth at either end is acute instead of tuberculiform.
The sternal sulci are as described by Ihle, op. cit., pp. 28-29.

The species does not quite agree with Borradaile 's defini-
tion of the genus (op. cit., p. 298) ; the carapace is broader
than long, the efferent branchial ridges though distinct are
broken, the fifth leg though longer than the fourth is not
nearly so long as the third, overlapping only slightly its
propodal segment.

146 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

DROMIDIOPSIS EXCAVATA (Stimpson).
(Plate xxxviii.)

Dromidia excavata, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, x., 1858, p. 239 [77] ; Smithson. Misc.
Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 172.

Dromia excavata, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., 1882,
p. 140.

Dromia ciliata, Henderson, Challenger Kept., Zool., xxvii.,
1888, p. 3, pi. i., figs. 1-lc. Ihle, Siboga-Exped.,
Monog. xxxixfr., 1913, p. 89.

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms; P.2133; one male.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms;
P. 2132 ; one male under a compound ascidian.

Twofold Bay, New South Wales, 30 fathoms; E.6085;
one male.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 50-80 fathoms; E.4803;
one male.

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms; E.6111; one female under a compound ascidian.

Bass Strait; E.1338; one ovigerous female. E.1339; one
ovigerous female. E.5199; one male. E.6133; one female
under a large, heavy sponge (? Suberites).

Twenty miles off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-70
fathoms; E.6136; one male under a compound ascidian.

Off Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia,
17 fathoms; E.802; one male, one female (male under a
simple ascidian). E.4475; one male. P.2312; one female
under a compound ascidian.

Fifteen miles south of St. Francis Isles, South Australia,
30 fathoms ; E.4468 ; one female.

Bay of Fires, Tasmania, 53 fathoms; E.6162; one
ovigerous female under a compound ascidian.

Largest male (P.2133) : Length of carapace 31, width
33.5 mm. Largest female (E.6133) : Length of carapace
29.5, width 31.6 mm. Diameter of eggs about 2 mm.

BRACHYOKA. RATHBUN. 147

In dorsal view the transverse fringe of longish hairs
across the carapace just above the hepatic regions almost
conceals the front. In front view we see in a subvertical
plane a little more than a quarter section of a disc, the
circumference of which is the fringe of hair above
mentioned, and the straight sides, also fringed, run along
the outer margins of the subhepatic region to a point
between the ischiums of the outer maxillipeds ; this section,
therefore, encloses the frontal and subhepatic regions, the
orbits, the antenna? and the merus and a small part of the
ischium of the maxillipeds.

At the distal end of the propodus of the last pair of
legs there is a small spine at the outer base of the dactylus ;
on the outer surface of the propodus of the penultimate
pair there are two small spines at the base of the dactylus.
One of these spines on the penultimate leg may be sup-
pressed, while sometimes there may be a second, small,
supplementary spine on the last leg.

The sternal sulci of the female are convergent, and
terminate on a protuberance opposite the bases of the
ambulatory legs of the first pair.

DROMIDIA AUSTRALIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxix.-xl., fig. 1.)

Type-locality. Sixty to eighty miles west from Eucla,
Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3165; one
ovigerous female, holotype. E.3164; one immature female.

Additional localities. South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 55-70
fathoms; E.6077; one male.

Bass Strait; E.6132; one male covered by a large porous
sponge.

Measurements. Length of carapace of female holotype,
on median line, 27.3, width 29 mm., diameter of egg 2 mm.
Length of immature female (E.3164) 15.5, width 15.8 mm.

Length of carapace of male (E.6132) on median line
29.3, width 33.7 mm. The other male is larger, but the
carapace is broken; it is about 35.3 mm. long.

Description of the female. Body and legs covered with
a very short pubescence; a longer fringe of hair borders
the carapace, chelipeds, legs and abdomen. Cervical suture

148 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

well marked, also the short curved groove either side of
the cardiac region arid the median groove on the frontal
region. Three frontal teeth of similar shape, acute, median
tooth much depressed and little visible in dorsal view.
Three orbital, sub-spiniforrn teeth, one inner, suborbital,
two supraorbital, the outer of which is separated by a
fissure from a small suborbital lobe. Antero-lateral margin
leading to the orbit and not to the buccal cavity, armed
with four spiniform teeth, of which the first two are
largest and subequal, and the last one smallest. A slightly
projecting tooth behind the notch at the cervical suture.

The basal segment of the antenna bears a flat, inward-
pointing spine at its antero-internal angle. At either end
of the epistome there is a small, sharp spine, while the
neighbouring angle of the buccal cavity is spiniform. On
the same margin where the outer angle of the maxilliped
fits, there is a tubercle. When the maxillipeds are in place
a subtriangular opening remains, leading to the efferent
branchial channel.

Merus of chelipeds unarmed; carpus with three distal
prominences; a spine on proximal half of upper margin
of right palm, two pointed tubercles on left palm, a
tubercle at articulation with dactylus. Fingers gaping
when closed. Carpus of first and second walking legs with
a small tubercle at the distal end just below upper margin.
These legs are shorter than the cheliped; last leg much
longer than the preceding but shorter than the second
ambulatory. On the propodus of the first prehensile leg
there are two long spines opposing the dactylus (which
flexes between them) and tw r o small spines on the posterior
surface near the base of the dactylus. On the propodus
of the last leg are likewise two small spines, but only one
large spine forming a chela with the dactyl; furthermore,
on the outer edge of the dactyl itself there is a spine, which
is contrary to Borradaile's definition of the genus. This
spine is present on the left leg but has been broken off
the right leg. In the immature specimen they are well
developed on both sides.

The sternal sulci meet opposite the first pair of walking
legs. In the immature female their extremities are further
apart and do not reach beyond the line of the walking legs
of the second pair.

BRACHYOKA. RATHRUN. 149

Description of the male. The males have such a different
aspect from the females that on first examination they
were thought to be a different species. The males are
larger but are not more convex with the increase in size;
the additional width forms a flattened, and in the widest
part, even a slightly upcurved rim, which adds to the
appearance of moderate convexity. The median tooth of
the front is more deflexed than in the fema.le, and in the
smaller of the males is invisible in dorsal view. The
spacing of the antero-lateral teeth is not just the same as
in the type female, but neither does it correspond in the
two males.

The details of the antennal and buecal areas and of the
chelipeds and legs are the same in the two sexes, excepting
that the upper border of the palm has always two, in one
case three, tubercles. In the larger male the propodus of
the right last leg shows three spinules in place of the
customary two. In the smaller male the right penultimate
leg and the left last leg are abnormally reduced and the
latter is devoid of a spine on the dactylus.

The sixth segment of the abdomen has a shallow sinus
in the lateral margins.

Relationship. Allied to D. cranioides, de Man,- 3 which
is more rotund, with furrows very ill denned, lateral teeth
of front smaller, no tooth or spine at outer angle of orbit,
antero-lateral margin bent down so that it is directed
towards the suborbital tooth, and there is no spine on
dactyl of last leg.

DROMIDIA INSIGNIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xl., figs. 2-3.)

Type-locality. South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Vic-
toria, 70-100 fathoms; K6112; one female, holotype.

Measurements. Female, length of carapace on median
line 16.6, width 17.5 nun.

Description. Surface, except on portions of the fingers,
covered with a coarse, spatuliform pubescence, which is short
and close, except on the abdomen and maxillipeds and the
margins and ridges of the carapace and legs. Carapace very

23 de Man Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., xxii., 1888 n 208
pi. xiv., figs. 6-8.

150 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

high, its border having an antero-lateral angle on either side.
Between these angles there is an irregular row of small pits
or depressions in the pubescence which are to be seen only
when viewed from before. A deep median depression on
the frontal region ; a short, deep furrow each side of the
cardiac region, ending anteriorly in a pit, where it meets
the well-marked cervical suture ; another furrow passes
behind the cardiac region and forward to the cervical notch ;
intestinal region depressed, from it a furrow runs laterally
just in front of the posterior margin.

Median tooth of front narrow, acute, and so denexed
that only the tip is visible from above ; lateral teeth widely
separated, their outer margins' continued by a rounded
sinus to a tooth at the inner angle of the orbit ; this frontal
border is conspicuously fringed with long setas. A fissure
marks the outer angle of the orbit; while a triangular,
pointed tooth occupies the greater part of the lower border.
The anterior part of the antero-lateral margin is concave,
the remainder is convex ; the two parts meet at a blunt,
obtuse angle. There is a slight tooth behind the cervical
suture, otherwise the lateral margin is entire.

The edge of the epistome is nearly horizontal; the outer
tooth is broadly triangular.

Chelipeds rather small, shorter than the first two pairs
of walking legs. The carpus and manus are ornamented
with about four longitudinal rows of elongated sets which
simulate ridges. The pubescence on the fingers forms a
triangle on their outer faces, the margins bare and white.
The propodal finger has four large prehensile teeth, two of
which are terminal and fit tight against the tip of the
dactylus. The dactylus is flat outside except its upper
margin, which forms a raised rim.

The first two ambulatory legs are rather narrow; their
carpal and propodal segments are ornamented similarly to
those of the cheliped. The fourth leg is slender, much
longer than the third but not so long as the second. The
propodus of the third, very short, leg has at its distal end,
besides the spine which forms a chela with the dactylus,
three small, slender spines or spinules on the outer surface.
The propodus of the last leg has a spine at each of its
distal angles, that at the lower angle very little shorter
than the other, which forms a subchelate arrangement with
the dactylus.

BKACHYURA. KATHBUN. 151

The sternal sulci end not far apart on a line with the
intervals between the cheliped and the next leg.

Relationships. This species lias much in common with
Drornidia spongiosa, Stimpson- 4 , which, according to the
author's figure, has no antero-lateral angle, but a regularly
rounded margin ; otherwise the features of the anterior and
lateral margins appear to be similar. In spongiosa the
legs of the last pair are broader, and both prehensile legs
are devoid of the supplementary spines characteristic of
insignis.

CBYPTODROMIA OCTODENTATA (Haswell).
(Plate xli.)

Dromia octodentata, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, vi., 1881 (1882), p. 755; Cat. Austral. Crust.,
1882, p. 140. Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Victoria, n.s., xix., 1906, p. 20. Baker, Trans. Roy.
Soc. S. Australia, xxxi., 1907, p. 179, pi. xxiii., fig. 4.

Off Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia,
17 fathoms ; E.800 ; one female. E.801 ; one male. E.4474 ;
one female. P. 2309 ; one male. P.2311 ; one female.

Fifteen miles south of St. Francis Isles, S'outh Australia,
30 fathoms; E.4469; one female.

Off Sanders Bank, Kangaroo Island, South Australia,
28 fathoms; E.6271; one male.

South Australia; E.4471; one female.

This species differs from Borradaile's description of
Cryptodromia in that the walking legs are not knobbed or
ridged and there is a thorn on the outer side of the dactylus
of the last leg.

The following description is taken almost entirely from
manuscript prepared by Mr. A. R. McCulloch:

"A series of eight specimens, 20-64 mm. wide, shows the
same variation as noted by Baker in the armature of the
antero-lateral borders of the carapace and the upper margin
of the hand.

24 Stimpson Smithson. Misc. Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 171, pi. xx., fig. 1.

152 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

' ' The carapace is broader than long, and strongly convex.
It is covered with coarse, erect hairs, which have a brush
of minute lateral sets 1 near their tip. The cervical groove
is usually distinct, sometimes rather indefinite. A median
longitudinal groove between the orbits, and a broad, shallow
one on each side of the cardiac region. Front cut into
three teeth, of which the middle one is on a much lower
plane than the others ; in the smallest specimens it is
directed downward, and in the other projects somewhat
forward. The outer teeth form the inner orbital angle.

"The orbits have a conical tooth in the centre of their
upper border, which is sharper on the young. The outer
angle is prominent, sometimes forming a tooth, and below
it there is a V-shaped notch which may be broad, or very
narrow. Inner angle of the suborbital lobe dentiform.
The antero-lateral borders are armed with four or five
teeth which are variable, the small specimens having four
and the larger ones four or five; in some examples the
fourth tooth is replaced by a blunt lobule, while others
have a small denticle at the base of the fifth tooth. Postero-
lateral borders slightly convergent, and they have either a
blunt tooth, or a lobule immediately behind the cervical
groove.

"The subhepatic region is swollen into an obtuse pyra-
midal projection. The antero-external angle of the buccal
cavern is spiniform, and there is a conical tubercle a little
farther back. A broad spiniform tubercle projects obliquely
inward and backward on the basal antennal joint, and both
the inner and outer angles of the second joint are produced.
The ischium of the external inaxillipeds is longer than
broad, and is divided anteriorly ; its surface is slightly
hollowed. The merns is pentagonal, and is much longer
than broad, the outer surface is usually somewhat sinuous.
The palp is attached below the anterior internal angle.
The exopod is about three and one-half times as long as
broad, and its greatest width near the base is about half
that of the merus. "

The inner and outer edges of the ischium and rnerus of
the chelipeds bear rows of rounded tubercles. The inner
angle of the wrist is armed with a large obtuse spine, and
the antero-internal edge bears, in the larger specimens,
rounded tubercles. The crests of the hands bear from one
to seven similar tubercles. The last two pairs of legs

BRACHTDRA. RATHBDN. 153

chelate. The penultimate legs always have two large spines
facing the dactyli, and sometimes several other smaller
spines. The last pair usually have only one large spine,
that facing the dactylus ; on the outer side of the dactylus
a little way from the base there is a small spine, the tip of
which may be broken off.

The abdomen of both sexes consists of seven free seg-
ments, and has a broad raised ridge along the middle line.
The last segment in the male is triangular, and the pen-
ultimate one is deeply excavated on either side. Those of
the female decrease regularly in breadth from the third
to the seventh. The sternal sulci of the female end wide
apart just behind and close to the articulation of the
chelipeds. The eggs are very large and numerous, being
2 mm. in breadth.

PETALOMERA LATERALIS (Gray].
Dromia lateralis, Gray, Zool. Misc., 1831, p. 40.

Cryptodromia lateralis, Stimpson, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia x., 1858, p. 226 [64] ; Smithson. Misc.
Coll., xlix., 1907, p. 174, pi. xx., fig. 3. Thomson,
Trans. New Zealand Inst., xxi., 1898, p. 170, pi. xx..
figs. 1 and 2. Alcock, Cat. Ind. Dec. Crust.,
Brachyura, 1901, p. 77, and synonymy.

Pftalomera lateralis, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(7), xi., 1903, p. 301.

Sixty to eighty miles west from Eucla, Great Australian
Bight, 80-120 fathoms; E.3163; one ovigerous female.

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms; E.6110; one male.

Twenty miles off Babel Islands, Bass Strait, 50-70
fathoms: E.6140; one female.

Length of carapace of female (E.6140) 17.2, width of
same 19.7 mm.

The sternal segments of the female end far apart,
opposite the first pair of ambulatory legs.

154 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PETALOMERA LAMELLATA (Ortmann}.
(Plate xlii., figs. 2-3.)

Cryptodromia lamellata, Ortmann, in Semon, Zool.
Forschungsr. Austral, u. d. Malay. Arch., Jena.
Denkschr?, viii., 1894, p. 34, pi. ii., fig. 8.

East-north-east of Maria Island, Tasmania, 57-75
fathoms; E.5151; one male.

Length of carapace of male 10.3, width of same 13 mm.

The carapace is coarsely granulate near the anterior
and antero-lateral margins. An epipod is present on the
cheliped, and in other respects the species conforms to the
definition of Petalomera.

PETALOMERA DEPRESSA (Baker}.

Cryptodromia depressa, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. South
Australia, xxxi., 1907, p. 180, pi. xxv., figs. 1-16.

Fifteen miles south of St. Francis Isles, South Australia,
30 fathoms; E.4470; one male.

Length of carapace of male 25.6, width of same 27.3 mm.

The species has an epipod on the cheliped and is akin to
lateral-is, which Borradaile puts in Petalomera. P. depressa
has certain characters contrary to his definition of the
genus, viz., the walking legs are knobbed, not sharply
ridged, and the sternal grooves of the female are, according
to Baker, op. cit., p. 181, situated between the coxa? of the
chelipeds instead of between those' of the ambulatory legs
of the first pair.

PETALOMERA WILSONI (Fulton and Grant}.
(Plate xlii., fig. 1.)

Cryptodromia wilsoni, Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Victoria, n.s., xv.. 1902, p. 61, pi. ix.

Dromia pseud ogibbosa, Parisi, Atti. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat.,
liv., 1915, p. 5, pi. ii., figs. 1 and 2.

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms; E.279 ; one male, one ovigerous female.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms;
P.2140 ; one female.

Thirty-three miles south-east from Green Cape, New
S'outh Wales, 470 fathoms; E.3149; one female.

BRACHYCRA. RATHBUN. 155

Five to ten miles south-east of Rame Head, Victoria,
66-68 fathoms; E.2239; one male.

Off Cape Everard, Victoria, 80 fathoms; E.6071; one
male.

South of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 55-70 fathoms; E.6078;
two males.

South and south-west of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-100
fathoms; E.6109; one female.

From sixty miles south of Diana's Peak to about forty
miles south of Mt. Cann, Victoria, 70-80 fathoms; E.6087;
one male.

East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait; E.5671; two
immature females.

Twenty-four miles south-south-east of Eagle Nest, Bass
Strait, 45 fathoms; E.6072; one male.

Bay of Fires, Tasmania, 53 fathoms; E.6161; one young,
4.5 mm. long by 5.6 wide, under a thin, conical fragment
of sponge.

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 26 fathoms; E.5183; three males,
one female.

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30
fathoms; E.4477 ; one male, two females. E.4478; one
female. E.4479 ; one male. E.4480; one male, five females.

South Australia, E.4476; three males, one female.

The following description was prepared by Mr. A. R.
McCulloch :-

"All parts except the tips of the fingers and dactyli are
thickly covered with tomentum.

' ' The carapace is much broader than long, and is convex.
The tomentum forms pits and strong ridges, which define
the regions very clearly, but when it is cleaned away they
become less conspicuous. There is a row of small circular
pits starting from between the second and third teeth of
the anterolateral borders and stretching obliquely forwards,
meeting between the orbits. These pits cannot be seen at
all when the tomentum is taken off, but there is a distinct
but flat ridge which they follow. The front is cut into
three teeth, the centre one being very small, acute, and on
a much lower plane than the two outer ones, which are
large, obtuse and form the inner supra-orbital angle. There
is a deep, or well-marked, median groove between these
teeth.

156 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

"The orbits are large. There is a large tooth in the
middle of the upper orbital border, which is joined by a
very slight curve to the large obtuse tooth at the inner
supraorbital angle; these two together form a considerable
projection over the orbit. The suborbital border is denti-
form, and is easily seen in a dorsal view, it being situated
outside the large projection of the upper border. The outer
angle seems to form a continuous line, but if the tomentum
be scraped away it shows that the borders are separated
by a groove. The antero-lateral borders are cut into four
teeth, the first being the smallest and on a much lower plane
than the other three, it being on a slightly lower level than
the outer orbital angle. The second and third are large,
the distance between them being distinctly less than that
between the first and second or third and fourth. The
latter is small, and is situated behind the cervical groove.
There is a small tubercle, which may either be acute or
very flat, on the ridge behind the cervical groove, and
almost at the base of the fourth tooth. Postero-lateral
borders are slightly convergent and are convex.

"There is a small acute tubercle on the subhepatic region
situated midway between the first tooth of the antero-lateral
border and the endostome, and another smaller one at the
base of the suborbital lobe.

"The crest of the merus of the cheliped bears a few
small granules under the tomentum. The carpus is nodular,
and at the inner angle there is a sharp tubercle covered
by a tuft of long silky hairs. The tomentum on the outer
surface of the hand forms longitudinal ridges. Both the
inner and outer surfaces of the movable and immovable
fingers are strongly grooved, and along these grooves the
tomentum grows. The inner surface of the hand and
fingers, and the lower edge of the merus, bear the long
silky hairs already mentioned. There is a space between
the fingers at their base. In some specimens they meet
only at the tips, while in others they meet the last half
of their length. There are seven or eight teeth along their
outer borders, which interlock perfectly when the fingers
are closed.

' ' The first and second ambulatory legs bear strong spinu-
lar nodules on their carpi and propodi. Both the third
and fourth pairs are flattened, and have no nodules ; the
fourth pair being dorsally situated."

The sternal sulci of the female end far apart in a line
between the coxae of the first and second ambulatory legs.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Carcinoplax victoriensis, sp. nov. Male holotype. Cara-
pace 34 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Left chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XIX.

5s^ '

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. E. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Xantho bowenensis, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace
46.3 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.
Fig. 3. Frontal view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XX.

I

C. R. SHOEMAKER, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Actcea inskipensis, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace

7.7 mm. wide.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Left chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

A'-tiw pewm (Milne Edwards). Male (E.6086). Cara-
pace 21 mm. wide.
Fig. 4. Dorsal view.
Fig. 5. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXI.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del. C. E. SHOEMAKER (:?), G. C. GLUTTON (4-5), photos.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Piliitnnus digitalis, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace
12 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Left chela, denuded.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXII.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. R. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

Pilumnus contrarius, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace
13.5 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Right chela, denuded.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXIII.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. R. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Pilumnus semilanatus, Miers. Male (P. 3519). Carapace
29 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

Pilumnus rnfopunctatus, Stimpson. Male (E.4444). Cara-
pace 13 mm. wide.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view.
Fig. 4. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXIV.

G. C. CLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

Pilumnns tantidus, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace
10.2 mm. wide, including teeth.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Right chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXV.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. E. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Pilumnus etheridgei, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace
16.5 mm. wide, including spines.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded. The legs,
being detached from the holotype, have been
drawn from another specimen of about the same
size, in Avhich they are still attached to the body.

Fig. 2. Right chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXVI.

T

PHYLLIS F. CLAftKB (1-2), del.
C. E,. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Pilumnus tomentosiis, Latreille. Male (E.4454). Cara-
pace 31.3 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

Actumnus pugilator, A. Milne Edwards. Female (E.3192).
Carapace 18.6 mm. wide.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view.
Fig. 4. Ventral view.

BTOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXVTI.

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Pilumnus hirsuttis, Stimpson. Female (E. 4436). Carapace
14.1 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

Piliunnus hirsutus, Stimpson. Male (E.4436). Carapace
10.1 mm. wide.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view.
Fig. 4. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXVIII.

C. E. SHOEMAKER (1-2) }
G. C. GLUTTON (3-4) ] ph

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Pilumnus acer, sp. nov. Male holotype. Carapace 20.4
mm. wide, spines excluded.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Right chela, denuded.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXIX.

i

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. R. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Actumnus kingstoni, sp. nov. Female holotype. Carapace
19.2 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Left chela, denuded.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXX.

*K; ,

r

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. E. SHOEMAKEK (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.

Acanihodes armatus, de Haan. Male (E.367-i). Carapace
38.1 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Ventral view, to show sternal openings.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXXI.

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Acanthodes armatus, de Haan. Male juv. (E.3179). Cara-
pace 18.8 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Merocryptus lambriformis, A. Milne Edwards. Female
(E.5193). Carapace 19.3 mm. wide.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view.

Merocryptus lambriformis, A. Milne Edwards. Male
(E.5193). Carapace 14.3 mm. wide.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXXII.

C. R. SHOEMAKER (1) ) ,

G. C. CLDTTON (2-3) ) P hot S '

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Charybdis (Charybdis) incisa, sp. nov. Female holotype.
Carapace 26 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Right chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR, " VOL. V.

PLATE XXXIII.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2) del.
0. R. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Philyra murrayensis, sp. nov. Female holotype. Carapace
25.7 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Right chela.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXXIV.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2), del.
C. K. SHOEMAKER (:i), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Ebalia tubercidosa (A. Milne Edwards). Male (E.5160).
Carapace 8.8 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Ebalia tuberculosa (A. Milne Edwards). Male (E.6484).
Carapace 9 mm. wide.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view.

Cymonomops similis, Grant. Female (E.4818). Carapace
7 mm. wide.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view.
Fig. 4. Ventral view.

Cymonomops similis, Grant. Male (E.4818). Carapace
5.8 mm. wide.

Fig. 5. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATB XXXV.

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Latreillopsis petterdi, Grant. Male (E.5128). Carapace
65 mm. wide. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXXVI.

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.

Homola orientalis, Henderson. Male (E.6137). Carapace
22.5 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Homola orientalis, Henderson. Male (E.5144). Carapace
27 mm. wide.

Fig. 2. Ventral view.

B10U RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V,

PI.AIK XXXVII,

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Dromidiopsis excavata (Stimpson). Male (E. 5199). Cara-
pace 32.5 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

Dromidiopsis excavata (Stimpson). Male (P. 2132). Cara-
pace 30.5 mm. wide; under a compound ascidian.

Fig. 3. Frontal view.

B10L. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXXVIII.

*(>.-' ., ' "

G. C. GLUTTON, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.

Dromidia australis, sp. nov. Female holotype. Carapace
29 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view, right half denuded.
Fig. 2. Right chela, denuded.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XXX IX.

PHYLLIS F. CLARKE (1-2;, del.
0. K. SHOEMAKER (3), photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.

Dronndia australis, sp. nov. Male (E.6132). Carapace
33.7 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Dromidia insignis, sp. nov. Female holotype. Carapace
17.5 mm. wide.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR." VOL. V.

PLATE XL.

C. R SHOEMAKER, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

Cryptodromia octodentata (Haswell). Female (P. 2311).
Carapace 46 mm. wide. Dorsal view, left half
denuded.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XLI.

J. B.. KlNilHORN, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII.

Petalomera wilsoni (Fulton & Grant). Male (E.2239).
Carapace 32.3 mm. wide.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Petalomera lamellata (Ortmann). Male (E.5151). Cara-
pace 13 mm. wide.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view.
Fig. 3. Ventral view.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XLII.

J. R. KINGHORN (1), del.
G. C. CLUTTON (2-3), photos.

Report on some Fishes obtained by the F.I.S.
"Endeavour'' on the coasts of Queensland, New South
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South and south-western
Australia.

PART V.

BY

[The late] ALLAN R. McCULLOCH,
Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sydney.

Plates xliii-lvi. Figures 1-4.

FISHES. MTCT'LLOCH. 157

Family SQUALID^E.
OXYNOTUS BRUNIENSIS Ogilby.

Oxynotus bruniensis (Ogilby) McCulloch, Biol. Res.
Endeavour ii. 3, 1914, p. 80, pi. xiii.

A specimen trawled off Gabo Island, Victoria,
extends the known range of this species northward to
near the New South Wales border.

Family RHINOBATID^.

RHYNCHOBATUS DJIDDENSIS Forskal.

Rhi/Hchobatux djeddensis Day, Fish. India, 1878, p. 730,
pi. cxcii, fig. I. Id. Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales x, 1885, p. 465, and Ann. Qld. Mus. ix, 1908,
p. 5, and Mem. Qld. Mus. v, 1916, p. 84.

A specimen 610 mm. long, agrees in all details with
Day's figure of this species. It was apparently trawled
in Queensland waters, but no particulars were supplied
with it. According to Ogilby (loc. tit., 1916), the
"Endeavour" took the species off Cartwright Point and
off North-West Islet, Queensland.

RHINOBATUS BANKSII Milller and Henle.

Shovel-nosed Ray.
(Figs. 1-4.)

RJiinobatus banksil (Miiller and Ilenle) Waite, Mem.
Austr. Mus. iv, 1, 1899, p. 38, pi. iii. Id. Ogilby,
Mem. Qld. Mus. v, 1916, p. 85, fig. 1 (vide synonymy).

Rhinobatua vincentianus Haacke, Zool. Anz. viii, 1885,
pp. 488 and 508.

Rhinobatus philippi Garman, Mem. Mus. Cornp. Zool.
xxxvi, 1913, p. 278 (part). Id. Waite, Rec. S. Austr.
Mus. ii, 1, 1921, p. 27 (? not R. philippi Miiller and
Henle).

Nine small specimens from Queensland, 350-465 mm.
long, exhibit but little variation, though the dorsal and
cephalic tubercles are a little more numerous and better
developed in some than in others. They do not differ
from specimens of the same size from Port Jackson.

158

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Synonymy. Garman unites 7?. philippi Muller aud
Henle, with R. banksii M. and H., but certain details of
the structure of the snout and the position of the nostrils,
as described under R. pMlippi, differ from those of R.
banksii. It is, therefore, doubtful that the two names
refer to the same species.

According to Haacke, the typical specimens of his R.
rincentianus were deposited in the South Australian

Figures 1-4.

Rhinobatus banksii Miiller and Henle. One of several young
specimens described by Haacke as R. vincentianus.
1. Embryo, 97 mm. long. 2. Nostrils and mouth of same
specimen, 9 mm. wide. 3. Egg-capsule, 74 mm. long.
4. Uterus, 77 mm. long, laid open to show interior.

Museum, but they cannot now be traced. A bottle con-
taining seventeen small embryos, 88-102 mm. long,
together with two of the uteri and two egg-capsules,
described by Haacke (loc. cit. p. 188), are still pre-
served, however, and have been forwarded to me for

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 159

examination by Mr. E. R. Waite; these are figured in
the accompanying illustration. Though still very small,
the embryos indicate that R. vincentianus is identical
with R. banksii; the dorsal tubercles can only just be
traced but they agree in their disposition with those of
R. banksii, while the nostrils are disposed as in that
species.

Localities. Ogilby (Joe. cit.) observed this species
in the trawl eleven times while the ''Endeavour" was in
Queensland waters. Specimens are preserved from the
following localities.

Twenty miles off Bustard Head Light, Queensland,
20 fathoms; 8th July, 1910.

Five miles S.E. of Boomerang Hill, Eraser Island,
Queensland, 15 fathoms ; 29th June, 1910.

Family NARCOBATID^E.

Genus XAKCOBATUS, Blainville.

Torpedo, Narcacion, and Narcobatus see Jordan, Gen.
Fish, i, 1917, pp. 22, 39, and 95, and ii, 1919, p. 167.

NARCOBATUS FAIUCHILDI Hutton.

Narcacion fairchildi Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus. i, 2, 1909,
p. 144, pi. xvii (vide synonymy).

Torpedo fairchildi McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus. xii, 8,
1919, p. 171, pi. xxv (references and description).

Xarcobatus fairchildi Waite, Rec. S. Austr. Mus. ii, 1,
1921, p. 28, fig. 40 after McCulloch.

Variation. Three specimens 265-273 mm. wide,
differ considerably in general appearance from a larger
470 mm. example which I have figured (loc. cit.), and
agree much better with Waite's figure quoted above. The
anterior portions of the ventrals are covered by the
pectorals in the smaller specimens, while they are fully
exposed in the larger one, which makes the latter appear
proportionately longer. The spiracles are less open in
the "Endeavour" specimens, and therefore appear
smaller. The exact shapes of the dorsal and caudal
fins are variable, as noted by AVaite, but they are
generally broader and rounder than in the larger

160 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

specimen. The pectoral disc is wider in one of the
"Endeavour" specimens than in the others, its length
being 1-25 in the breadth as against 1-16-1-18; the dorsal
surface of the disc is more uniform, there being less of
the underlying skeletal structures visible than in the
larger example. A careful comparison of all four
specimens, however, leads me to the conclusion that they
are merely variations of the one species.

Localities. Eastern edge of Bass Strait, 100-220
fathoms; Dec., 1912.

Great Australian Bight, edge of bank, 80-120
fathoms; April, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, South of Eucla, 130-320
fathoms.

Distribution. New Zealand, South and south-
eastern Australia, from off Green Cape, N. S. Wales,
to south of Eucla, on the border between South and
West Australia.

Family MYCTOPHID^E.

DIAPHUS CCERULEUS Klunzinger.

(Plate xliii, figs. 1-2.)

Scopelus cceruleus Klunzinger, Verh. K. Zool. Bot. Ges.
Wien xxi, 1871, p. 152.

Myctophum (Diaphus) cwruleum Brauer, Deutch.
Tiefsee Exped. xv, Fische, 1906, p. 217, tig. 137.

Diaphus coeruleus Gilbert, Mem. Carnegie Mus. vi, 2,
1913, p. 94. Synonymy.

D.16; A.15; P.ll ; V.S; C.19. L. Lat. 37.

Depth (24 mm.) 4-6 in length to hypural joint
(112); head (32) 3-5 in the same. Eye (8*) 4 in head,
and 1-2 in interorbital width (10). Snout (4-5) 1-7 in
the eye.

Origin of the dorsal fin above that of the ventrals.
and about midway between the adipose dorsal and the
hinder margin of the eye. Anal commencing just behind
the vertical of the last dorsal ray, and terminating below
the adipose dorsal fin. Pectorals short, not reaching the
vertical of the ventrals. Ventral fins large, reaching
backward to the vent.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 101

Upper anteorbital photophore small, close to the
orbit and a little above the level of the nostril ; lower
anteorbital immediately below the upper, and extending
around the margin of the orbit to below the anterior
third of the eye. Xo sub- or postorbital photophores.
Four pairs of thoracics, the last higher than the others
and in advance of the base of the ventrals. Two sub-
pectorals forming an oblique row with the first thoracic.
Suprapectoral nearer the base of the pectoral fin than
the lateral line, with a large supplementary gland; post-
pectoral nearer the ventral than the pectoral I'm. Supra-
ventral almost midway between the ventral lin and the
lateral line. Four pairs of ventral photophores, the
second high above the others. Three superanals on each
side, the upper behind an oblique line cutting the two
lower ; it is more widely separated than the other two,
but is separated by a short space from the lateral line.
First anteroanal elevated, but not so high as the middle
superanal ; three more form an oblique row on the right
side and four on the left. Lower posterolateral obliquely
above and behind the last anteroanal, the upper not
touching the lateral line. Five posteroanals in an
oblique row on the left side and six on the right. Four
precaudals, the last separated from the others, but not
reaching the level of the lateral line.

Described and figured from a specimen 188 mm.
long, from the Great Australian Bight, 350-450 fathoms.
It is denuded of scales, but their position is clearly
shown by the scale-pits and markings, and its luminous
organs are well preserved.

Variation. Fifty-two other specimens, all in a bad
state of preservation, appear to have their photophores
similarly arranged, but one example has only four autero-
anals and six posteroanals, as is shown on the right side
of the specimen described. These are illustrated in
PI. xliii, fig. 2.

Localities. Fifty-four specimens, 118-172 mm. long,
are preserved from the following localities :

Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla, 350-450
fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, south-east from Eucla, long.
131 E., 200-300 fathoms; 5th and 6th May, 1913.

162 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Family ALEPOCEPHALID.E.

The genera Xenodermichthys Giinther, Aleposomus
Gill, and Rouleina Jordan are closely allied, but appear
to be distinguished as follows:

A. Gill-openings not extending above the pectorals; mouth
small. XENODEBMICHTHYS.

B. Dorsal and anal fins long, with 33 rays. nodulosus.
AA. Gill-openings extending well above the pectorals; mouth

large. ALEPOSOMUS.

C. Dorsal and anal fins long, with more than 25 rays.

Subgenus ALEPOSOMUS.

Includes copei Gill (syn. socialis Vaillant) and cyaneus
Zeugmayer.

CC. Dorsal and anal fins shorter, with 20 or less rays.

Subgenus ROULEINA.

ALEPOSOMUS Gill.
Subgenus ROULEINA Jordan.

Aleposomus Ronle, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1915. 2, p. 46
(guntheri} scnsu lato.

Rouleina Jordan, Classification Fish., 1923, p. 122
(guntheri).

Rouleina is only subgenerically distinct from
Aleposomus, differing only in having shorter dorsal and
anal fins. By the kindness of the Director of the Museum
d'Histoire Naturelle, I am able to compare my specimens
of R. squamilaterus with an example of A. socialis
Vaillant (= copei Gill). I find them similar in all larger
structural details, though the lateral line is without
modified scales in A. socialis. They differ from
Xenodermichthys in having the gill-openings extending
far above the bases of the pectoral fins and in their
larger mouths. A bony stay across the operculum is
well developed, which is apparently wanting in
Xenodermichthys.

Key to the Species.

A. Lateral line indistinct, without scales.

B. D.15, A. 14. guntheri Alcock.

BB. D.18, A.17. nudus Brauer.

AA. Lateral line distinct, with scales.

C. Pectorals reaching more than half the distance

from ventrals. lividus Brauer.

CC. Pectorals reaching less than half their distance

from ventrals.
D. Head 3-7-4-1 in length; D.19-21, A.16-19.

squamilaterus Alcock

DD. Head 4-66 in length; D. 18-19, A.17. -icatasei

Tanaka.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 163

ALEPOSOMUS, ROULEINA, SQUAMILATERUS Alcock.
(Plate xliv, fig. 1.)

Xenodermichthys sqiianiilatcnis Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (7) ii, 1898, p. 148 and Cat. Ind. Deep-sea
Fish. Investigator, 1899, p. 181. Id. Illustr. Zool.
Investigator, Fishes, 1899, pi. xxv, fig. 4.

D.20; A.19; P.8; V.7; C.19.

Head, from premaxillary syinphysis to end of
opercnlar lobe, 3-8 in the length to the base of the caudal
rays ; depth at the pectorals 5-9 in the same. Transparent
disc of the eye considerably smaller than the orbit, 4-0
in the head; bony orbit 3-3 in the same. Snout 1-6 in
the orbit.

Body elongate, compressed. Profile forming a
convex curve upwards from the snout to the back; the
snout a little prominent. Interorbital space flat; its
bony portion is about half as wide as the eye but the
bones are so soft that they cannot be satisfactorily
measured. Nostrils large, close together; the anterior
circular, the posterior a pear-shaped opening. Eye
entirely within the anterior half of the head and close
to its upper profile. Preorbital very narrow and mem-
branaceous. Mouth large, oblique; the maxillary is
broad and rounded posteriorly, with a well developed
supramaxillary, and reaches backward almost to the
vertical of the posterior margin of the eye. Mandible
closing within the premaxillaries but with a very
prominent syinphysial angle. Preopercular angle partly
free, the rest of its margin covered by dermal membrane.
Opercles membranaceous, supported by stronger bony
ridges curving obliquely downward to an inframarginal
angle; a broad skinny border forms the margin of the
gill-opening. Gill-openings very wide, commencing high
above the pectoral and only a short distance below the
lateral line; they extend forward to below the eye and
the membranes are quite free from the isthmus. Four
gill-arches, with a slit behind the fourth ; pseudobranchise
present. About nineteen broad gill-rakers on the lower
limb of the first arch, of which those at the posterior
angle are about half as long as the orbit. Premaxillaries
with a single row of minute cardiform teeth which
extends backward onto the lower edge of the maxillary;
a similar row on each side of the mandible; palate
toothless. Tongue large and free.

164 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Body naked, the soft skin closely wrinkled into
minute, longitudinal folds; the angular muscle-segments
well defined. Lateral line a salient canal supported by
close-set, scale-like rings with points almost meeting in
the middle line; a minute tubercle is present at the base
of each ring. It commences above the preoperculum and
runs obliquely downward to the middle of the body and
terminates on the middle caudal rays. Branches of the
lateral line system extend forward onto the head ; one
crosses the nape and another extends forward on each
side of the upper surface of the head to the snout; still
another canal forms an obtuse angle near the postero-
inferior portion of the eye and extends along the pre-
orbital. Each of these is marked with open pores.

Photophores are distributed as in the accompanying
figure and are more or less similarly disposed in several
specimens. A row is present beneath the eye and several
are scattered behind it. One is on the maxillary and
two on the cheek behind its posterior margin. A row
extends along each raruus of the mandible and others
are present upon the throat and gill-membranes. The
operculum, suboperculum, and preopercular border each
bear scattered photophores as shown in the figure.
Minute papillae are present on parts of the head which
apparently bear microscopic luminous organs. The body
bears numerous photophores which are most plentiful
on the lower surfaces; in the abdominal region they
are disposed in transverse rows. Similar photophores
are present on the dorsal and anal fins, the base of the
caudal, and the lower surfaces of the ventrals.

The anal fin is entirely within the posterior third
of the body but the anterior dorsal rays are situated in
advance of it. Both fins appear to be somewhat rounded
with their median rays longest and approximately two-
thirds as long as the base of the fin. Ventral nearer the
base of the caudal fin than to the anterior margin of the
eye, its adprcssed rays not quite reaching the vent.
Pectorals inserted low on the sides; the second ray
appears to be longest and reaches much less than half
its distance from the ventrals. Caudal deeply forked.

Colour. Deep violet-black; the head lighter. A
naked bluish stripe at the bases of the dorsal and anal
fins.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 165

Described and figured from an example 182 mm. long
without the caudal fin. It is the smallest of fourteen
specimens, but is in a better state of preservation than
I;irgvr examples.

Variation. Fourteen specimens, 182-266 mm. long
without the caudal fin, exhibit similar variation in their
proportions and number of fin-rays to that noted by
Koule (Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. 1915, 2, p. 42) in
Aleposomus socialix. A tabulation of the measurements
of the fourteen specimens shows that they vary
individually and irrespective of size. D. 19-21, A. 16-19,
P.7-9, V.7-8. Head 3-74-1 in the length to the base of the
tail; depth 5-7-6-4 in the same. Eye 3-8-4-2 in the head;
orbit 3-0-3-3 in the same. Snout 1-6-1-8 in the orbital
diameter.

*

Idcnti /.(/. These specimens do not quite agree with
the proportions of R. squantilaterxs, but having tabulated
their range of variation, and allowing for the fact that
Alcock's description and figure were prepared from a
single young example, I consider the differences too
slight to be of specific value.

Locality. All the specimens were trawled together
in the Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla, 350-450
fathoms: 14th May, 1913.

Family (iOXOSTOMID^E.

A. A single row of photophores on each side of the abdomen;
dorsal originating opposite anterior portion of anal.

Bonapartia.
AA. Two or more rows of photophores on each side.

B. Two rows of photophores on each side of the abdomen.

C. Dorsal fin originating opposite anterior portion

of anal.

Gonostoma, Neostoma, Cyclothone, Valenciennellus.
CC. Dorsal originating well in advance of anal fin.
D. Dorsal origin before that of the ventrals;
anal short with 14-15 rays.

Ichthyococcus.
DD. Dorsal origin over or behind that of the

ventrals.
E. No adipose dorsal fin.

F. Anal fin long, with 29-33 rays.

Manducus. Yarella.
EE. Adipose dorsal present.

G. Anal fin short, with 14-15 rays.

Vinciguerria.

166 "ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

GG. Anal fin longer, with 20 or more rays.
H. Lateral photophores terminating
above or before the ventral
fins.

I. Ventral photophores united

with anteroanals.

Argyripnus.

II. Ventral photophores separated

from anteroanals.

Maurolicus.
HH. Lateral photophores extending

backward to near vent.
J. Entire dorsal fin far in
advance of anal; mandible
and palate with long fangs.
Photiclithys.

JJ. Posterior dorsal rays above
anterior anal rays; jaws
and palate without large
fangs.

Polymetme.

BB. Three or more rows of photophores on each side.

Lynchnopoles, Diplophos, and Triplophos.

POLYMETME gen. nor.

Body elongate, apparently scaly. Bones of head thin
and loosely joined. Mouth wide, the upper jaw largely
formed by the maxilla, which extends backward almost
to the preopercnlar angle; mandible projecting beyond
the upper jaw when the mouth is closed. Teeth well
developed, but without enlarged fangs; two rows on the
premaxillaries and mandible, and one on the maxillary;
teeth on the vomer and palatines with teeth. Gill-
openings very wide; gill-rakers slender; no pseudo-
branchiae. Photophores very conspicuous, in two rows
on each side of the abdomen and in one from the vent
to the caudal fin. Dorsal fin short, above the interspace
between the ventral and anal fins; its posterior rays
above the origin of the anal; adipose dorsal present.
Anal fin long, with 24-29 rays. Caudal forked. Pectorals
and ventral s well developed.

Type. P. illustris sp. nov.

This genus is closely allied to PliotlcJithys Gtinther,
but differs in its dentition and in having the dorsal fin
placed somewhat farther back. Photichthys has
several canines in the premaxillaries, and about seven
longer fangs on each side of the mandible ; a small canine
on each side of the vomer, and each palatine bears a long

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 167

row of fangs which become smaller backwards. There
are no fangs or enlarged teeth in Polymetme.

Photichthys corythccohis Alcock also belongs to this
genus, and likewise the recently described Yarrella
africana Gilchrist and Bonde (Kept. Fish, and Marine
Biol. Survey S. Africa iii, 4, 1922 (1924), p. 8, pi. i, fig. 2).

I am indebted to Mr. G. Archey of the Canterbury
Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand, for the loan of
a specimen of Photichthys argenteiis for comparison
witli my new species.

POLYMETME ILLUSTRIS sp. nov.
(Plate xlv, fig. 1.)

Br. 13; D.ll; A.29; P.ll; V.7; C.18. Apparently
about 42 scales between the shoulder and the base of the
caudal.

Depth (24 mm.) 5-5 in the length to the hypural
joint (133); head (31) 4-2 in the same. Eye (7-25) a
trifle longer than the snout (7), 4-2 in the head. Inter-
orbital space (6) 1-2 in the eye. Third dorsal ray (20)
1-5, fourth anal ray (17) 1-8, pectoral (22) 1-4 in the
head.

Head and body compressed ; the dorsal and ventral
profiles almost evenly arched. The profile rises in a
gradual curve to the nape from the conical snout; inter-
orbital space almost flat, with bony crests above each eye
Avhich converge on the snout. Nostrils close together,
near upper surface of snout; posterior larger than the
anterior. Eye close to the upper profile and situated
within the anterior half of the head. Mouth oblique;
upper jaw formed by the prernaxillary anteriorly, but
by the maxillary posteriorly, which reaches backward
to the base of the preoperculum ; it is a little expanded
posteriorly, and is traversed by a raised ridge along its
length. The cheek is covered by some large and very
thin scales, and one extends over a large portion of the
maxillary. The premaxillary and maxillary with curved
teeth ; these appear to be arranged in two rows on the
premaxillaries ; the outer being the larger. Maxillary
teeth in a single row, larger than those on the pre-
maxillary and with smaller ones set between them.
Mandible projecting beyond the upper jaw, with two

168 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

rows of similar teeth. A few scattered teeth on the
vomer, and a short row on each palatine; no enlarged
fangs. Preoperculuni very narrow; its anterior edge
forming a pronounced ridge. Operculum, suboperculum
and interoperculum each separate ; their surfaces marked
with concentric striae.

Four gill-arches ; a slit behind the fourth. No pseudo-
branchiae. Gill-rakers slender, the length of those at the
angle of the first arch about equal to the interorbital
width ; twelve on the lower limb of the first arch. Body
now naked but showing traces of large scale-pits.

Photophores. A large photophore is present on the
preorbital, another above the suspension of the pre
operculurn, one beneath the suboperculum and one
beneath the interoperculum. Nine form a row between
the bases of the brauchiostegal rays. Nine pairs are
arranged along the isthmus and one on the base of the
pectoral. Eleven more form a row to the ventral and
eight between the ventral and the anal. There are
seventeen in a row from above the pectoral base to above
the vent. Seventeen above the anal, of which the anterior
is placed higher than the others, and five more to the base
of the tail.

The origin of the dorsal fin is nearer the base of the
caudal fin than the snout and is situated well behind
the ventral, its posterior rays overlapping the anterior
ones of the anal. Adipose dorsal fin well in advance of
the termination of the anal. The anterior anal rays are
much longer than those following them. Pectoral
reaching about three-fourths its distance from the
ventral; caudal forked.

Colour. Brown above, silvery on the sides; the
junction of the two colours sharply defined. Opercles
blackish; each caudal lobe with some black rays
posteriorly.

Described and figured from a specimen 158 mm.
long, which, however, is considerably damaged, and
details have been studied in other specimens.

Variation. Nine specimens, 103-148 mm. long with
out the caudal fin, exhibit some little variation. D. 11-12;
A.27-32 ; P.10-11 ; V.7. The head is 4-24-6 in the length
and the depth 5-0-5-9 in the same. The photophores are
the same in number and arrangement in all.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 169

Affinities. This species differs from P. corythceolus
Alcock, in its larger number of dorsal rays and photo-
phores. It is very near P. africanus Gilchrist and von
Bonde, but the number and arrangement of the photo-
phores in that species are different from those of
P. ill list r is, in which they are uniform in all of my nine
specimens. P. africanus has only 25 rays in the anal fin
as against 27-32 in P. illustris.

Localities. Great Australian Bight, south from
Eucla, 350-450 fathoms ; 14th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, long. 127 40' E., S.W. of
Eucla, 200 fathoms; 29th May, 1913.

South of Gabo Island, Victoria, 200 fathoms; 6th
October, 1914.

ARGYRIPXUS IRIDBSCENS sp. nov.
(Plate xlv, fig. 2.)

Br. 10; D.13; A.25 ; P.16; V.7; C.19. About 44
muscle bands between the shoulder and the base of the
caudal fin.

Depth (30-5 mm.) 3-3 in the length to the hypural
joint (103) ; head (31-5) 3-2 in the same. Eye (12) 2-6
in the head; interorbital width (6-5) a trifle less than
the length of the snout (7), which is 1-7 in the eye.
Fourth dorsal ray (18) 1-7, third anal ray (13) 2-4, and
pectoral fin (25) 1-2 in the head.

Head and body strongly compressed ; the dorsal and
ventral profiles almost evenly arched anteriorly. Inter-
orbital space a little concave, with arched crests above
the eyes, from which ridges extend forward converging
on the snout. Nostrils close together in the middle of
the snout. Eye touching the upper profile. Mouth
oblique; the anterior fourth of the upper jaw formed by
the premaxillaries, the remainder by the large maxillary
which reaches backward to the vertical of the posterior
margin of the eye; it is but little expanded posteriorly,
and its hinder portion is overlain by a large spatuliform
supramaxillary. Premaxillaries, maxillaries, and man-
dible each with a single row of curved needle-like teeth,
of which those on the maxillaries are no larger than else-
where. One or two small teeth on each side of the vomer.

170 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

and a few very small ones on each palatine. Mandible
projecting beyond upper jaw. Preopercular angle
rounded ; its anterior margin forms a raised crest behind
the eye. Operculum, suboperculum and interoperculum
almost membranaceous with smooth surfaces.

Four gill-arches, a slit behind the fourth. No pseudo-
branchiae. Gill-rakers slender, the length of those at the
angle of the first arch equal to that of the snout ; sixteen
on the lower limb of the first gill arch. Body denuded of
scales.

Photophores. A large photophore is present on the
preorbital, another behind the eye above the suspension
of the preoperculum, and one at the preopercular angle
behind the maxillary ; two are on the suboperculum, one
above the other and separated by a black, metallic-hued
space, and six form a row on the gill-membranes
between the branchiostegal rays. Six are arranged in a
row on each side of the isthmus, the hinder ones curving
upward to the base of the pectoral. Ten pairs of rounded
photophores are present on the ventral surface between
the thorax and the ventral fins, and seven dumb-bell
shaped ones on each side beneath the pectoral fins.
Twenty-one form a series commencing above the ventral
fin, which first dips sharply downward and then runs
obliquely upward to above the origin of the anal, where
it rises abruptly and extends backward subhorizontally
to end above the eleventh anal ray; the anterior photo-
phores of this series are much larger than the others.
Five larger photophores are united in a row above the
middle of the anal, and a row of thirteen more is present
on each side of the lower surface of the caudal peduncle.

Origin of the dorsal fin a little nearer the snout than
the base of the tail, and a little behind the vertical of
the ventrals; its posterior rays are above the anterior
anal rays. Adipose dorsal well developed, situated above
the posterior portion of the anal, its length equal to
about two-thirds the width of the eye. Anterior anal
rays much longer than those following them. Pectoral
reaching backward to beyond the ventrals. Ventrals
imperfect, broken. Caudal deeply forked.

Colour. Occiput, portion of opercles, throat and
chest black, with iridescent colours. A saddle-shaped
area on the anterior portion of the back is black, and

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 171

blackish dots form oblique rows along the muscle bands
on the upper half, which unite to form a dark patch on
the caudal peduncle. All the photophores with black
borders. The remainder of the body was apparently
silver in life, and such scales as remain show highly
iridescent colours of bronze and green. Apical half of
dorsal fin black, and a black dot at the base of each ray.
Supplementary caudal rays and the outer ray of each
lobe black.

Described and figured from a specimen 128 mm. long,
from the Great Australian Bight, 350450 fathoms.

Variation. A tabulation of the characters of fifteen
specimens exhibits some little variation. D. 12-14;
A.24-25; P.16-17; V.7. The number of photophores on
the sides of the abdomen and before the ventral fins is
constant, but those in the curved series behind the ventral
vary from 20-21 ; there are always live together above
the middle of the anal, and 12-11 pairs beneath the
caudal peduncle. Depth 3-1-3-4 in the length to the
hypural joint; head 3-2-3-8 in the same. Eye 2-5-2-7 in
the> head.

Affinities. This species is so similar to A. ephip-
piatus Gilbert and Cramer, that I separate it with much
hesitation. The number of dorsal and anal rays is con-
sistently greater in A. iridescens, and the numbers of
photophores in the branchiostegal, ventro-anal, and
caudal series is slightly different from those of
A. ephippiatus.

Localities. Twenty-six specimens, 90-135 mm. long,
are preserved from the following localities :

Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla, 350-450
fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, long. 127 40' E., 200
fathoms; 29th May, 1913.

Family HALOSAURID.E.

HALOSAUUUS PECTORALIS sp. nov.
(Plate xliii, fig. 3.)

Br. 18; D.10; A.158; P.16; V.l/9; C.13. About 17
scales between the middle of the dorsal fin and the belly.

Head and trunk (217 mm.) 1-6 in the tail. Head,
without opercular lobe (73), a trifle more than half as

172 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

long as its distance from the vent. Depth (28) 2-6, eye
(13-5) 5-4, snout (34) 2-1 in the head. Preoral portion
of the snout (14) 2-4 in its length; interorbital width
(6) 2-1 in the eye. Pectoral fin (55) 1-3, caudal fin
(45) 1-6 in the head. Second dorsal ray (33) 2-2, fourth
anal ray (22) 3-3, and ventral fin (29) 2-5 in the head.

Body elongate, tapering to a very slender tail; the
profile is convex on the nape. Snout conical, rounded in
a horizontal plane; it is formed of flabby integument
supported by cartilages which can be felt through the
skin. Interorbital space flat. Nostrils close together,
situated a little in front of the eye, the anterior with a
small dermal lobe. Eye large, covered by membrane.
A large channel extends backward from each side of
the snout, across the cheek to the preoperculum, and a
small one on each side of the mandible to the operculum.
Opercular bones membrauaceous, projecting backward
beyond the gill-covers. Mucigerous canals cross the nape
and postocular regions. Maxillary not quite reaching
the vertical of the anterior border of the eye, and
terminating in a small spine; lower jaw closing within
the upper. Bands of villiform teeth on the jaws, palate,
and tongue. Gill-openings extending forward to beknv
the front margin of the eye, their membranes free from
the isthmus. Seventeen gill-rakers on the lower limb of
the first arch, which are slender posteriorly, and become
shorter anteriorly; those at the angle are about one-third
as long as the eye. Four gills, an opening behind the last.

Thin cycloid scales cover the upper surface of the
head and extend far forward on the snout; they were
also present on the cheeks and opercles. Very few scales
remain upon the body, though the scale-pits are distinct;
such as are present are thin and concentrically striated.
The scales of the lateral line were probably not enlarged.
Some cycloid scales remain on the dorsal fin and anterior
portion of the anal.

Origin of the dorsal fin nearer the vent than the
hinder margin of the eye; its first ray is simple, the
others are branched, and the margin is rounded. Pectoral
fin inserted high up on the side, with a narrow base ; the
fourth ray is longest, and reaches beyond the vertical
of the origin of the veutrals, but not so far as that of
the dorsal fin ; the median rays are branched, and the
lower ones are very small. Yentrals inserted well in

FISHES. - MCCULLOCH. 173

advance of the dorsal but reaching the vertical of the
ninth dorsal ray when adpressed; they are united by
membrane only at their bases; a short spine-like ray
precedes the first articulated one, which is simple while
the others are branched. The anterior anal rays are
branched and higher than the body above them, but those
following them are simple and decrease in length until
towards the posterior third of the tail where they become
gradually longer. A short interspace separates the last
anal ray from the caudal, but the two are apparently
united by membrane. Upper caudal ray long and
branched, the others decreasing in length downwards.

Colour. Whitish after long preservation, the scale-
pits margined with brown on the upper parts. Eye and
gill-covers black. Posterior third of the anal fin and the
caudal fin with brown margins.

Described and figured from the holotype, 545 mm.
long.

Variation. Two para types, 535 and 595 mm. long,
have twelve rays in the dorsal fin, and only five or six
rays in the caudal.

Affinities. This species belongs to the typical section
of the genus Halosaurus, characterised by the presence
of scales on the upper surface of the head, and by having
the scales on the lateral line not or but little enlarged.
Its very long pectoral fins distinguish it from most of
its allies, but it is very similar to H. oweni from Madeira
and the Atlantic, differing principally in having a longer
head as compared with the trunk.

Locality. Great Australian Bight, south from
Eucla, 350-450 fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

Family
Key to the Australian Genera.

A. First dorsal with several long rays.

B. Anal without a detached or semi-detached portion

anteriorly.

C. An outer row of strong teeth in each jaw followed

by a narrow band of smaller ones; scales very

small. Lotella.

CC. Teeth subequal in size, in bands; scales larger.

D. Premaxillary teeth in a single broad band on

each side. Physiculus.

DD. Premaxillary teeth divided into two series on

each side by a groove. Austrophycis.

174 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

BB. Anal deeply notched, the anterior portion elevated but
united with the posterior by low rays.

E. Teeth on vomer, barbel present. Antimora.
EE. No teeth on vomer and no barbel.

Euclichthys.
AA. First dorsal a single ray on the occiput. Bregmaceros.

EUCLICHTHYS gen. nor.

Body elongate, compressed; head compressed, with
broad septate canals covered by membrane; the upper
profile curved, snout rather obtuse. No mental barbel.
Head and body covered with scales of moderate size. A
band of villif orm teeth in each jaw ; vomer and palatines
toothless. Gill-openings extending far forward, mem-
branes uniting across the isthmus. Seven branchio-
stegals. Pseudobranchise rudimentary, covered with
membrane. Gill-rakers of the first arch long and slender,
about nineteen on the lower limb. Two dorsal fins,
separated by a very narrow interspace; the first high
and composed of numerous rays and the margin of the
second not deeply incised. Anal divided into two
portions; the first short and high and followed by a
long series of short rays, increasing in length backward.
Caudal fin free. Yentrals with narrow bases, each
composed of five free filamentous rays, of which the
anterior is divided into two. Pectorals pointed, more
than half as long as the head.

Type. E. polytietnus sp. nov.

Affinities. This genus belongs to the sub-family
Morinae, in which the anal is more or less divided. It is
nearest Halargyreus, from which it appears to differ in
having the anal fin almost divided into two instead of
notched, and in the form of its ventral fins.

EUCLICHTHYS POLYNEMUS sp. nov.

(Plate xliv, fig. 2.)
Br. 7 ; D.ii/13, 74 ; A.ii/13, 77 ; P.19 ; V.5.

The depth (41 mm.) is 6-2 in the total length (255) ;
head (51) 5-0 in the same. Orbit (16) 3-1 in the head,
and 1-5 in the postorbital length (25). Length of the
snout (10) a trifle shorter than the width of the inter-
orbital space (10-75) 1-6 in the orbit. Second dorsal
spine (36) 1-4, first ray of second dorsal (22) 2-3, third
anal ray (25) 2-0, and pectoral fin (39) 1-3 in the head.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 175

The backward process of the premaxillaries forms a
tubercle on the snout from which a median ridge pro-
jects backward to the interorbital space; the latter is
almost flat. A broad septate canal, covered with mem-
brane, extends backward from above the eyes to the
shoulder; another extends around the preopercular
border, and one along the suborbital region. The whole
head appears to have been scaly, though only a few
cycloid scales now remain on its under surface. Oper-
cular margins thin and rounded. Maxilla extending
backward to behind the vertical of the posterior orbital
margin and forming an obtuse angle posteriorly. The
teeth form a narrow band in each jaw, separated by an
interspace at the symphysis.

The scales of the body appear to have been of
moderate size but none now remain. There seem to have
been about six" between the lateral line and the inter-
space between the two dorsals, but the position of the
lateral line itself is indefinite. The vent is situated
immediately in advance of the anal fin.

The first dorsal originates a little behind the vertical
of the base of the pectoral; it is preceded by a minute
spine, but the following spine is elongate, with a fila-
mentous tip ; the succeeding rays decrease in length back-
ward. The second dorsal commences immediately behind
the termination of the first; its anterior ray is highest
but the others decrease only slightly in length backward,
and its posterior portion is rounded. The anal com-
mences beneath about the tenth ray of the second dorsal,
and is preceded by two short spines. The first four
rays of the anterior portion are long, but the others
decrease in length backward. Immediately following and
connected with the first portion of the anal is a long
series of short slender rays which increase in length
backwards as they approach the posterior elevated
portion of that fin, which is rounded. The ventrals are
inserted in advance of the preoperculum and are com-
posed of separate filiform rays; the two anterior are
united at their basal portion and the first, which is
divided, reaches backward to the base of the first anal
ray. Pectoral pointed ; the sixth upper ray longest, but
not nearly reaching the vertical of the vent. The caudal
extends around the end of the tail with many short rays
above and below. The lower rays are longer than the
upper and form an angular lobe.

176 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Colour. Whitish, with a bluish-black area encompas-
sing the throat, pectoral, and anterior abdominal region
and a similar area around the vent. The tip of the first
dorsal and a narrow margin of the second is black.

Described and figured from the holotype, 255 mm.
long. Twenty-seven others, 118-253 mm. long, are
preserved.

Localities. Great Australian Bight, south-east from
Eucla, 250-300 fathoms; 6th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla, 350-450
fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, south-west from Eucla, 190-
320 fathoms ; 29th May, 1913.

Family COKYPH.ENOIDID.E.
CCELORHYNCHUS Gioma.

Coelorhynchus (Giorna) Gilbert and Hubbs, I'roc. U.S.
Nat. Mus. li, 1916, p. 169, and Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.
100, i, 7, 1920, p. 424.

The masterly papers quoted above, by Professor
Gilbert and Dr. Hubbs, include a complete list of known
Macruroid fishes and a comprehensive key to the species
of Ccelorhynchus and its subgenera. The following key
to the Australian and New Zealand species of the sub-
genus Paramacrurus is based upon an examination of
many specimens of four species, and one of
asperoceph alus.

A. Teeth of both jaws in villiform bands. Subopercle produced
into an acute angle posteriorly; snout of variable length;
ridges of head usually distinct and armed with specialised
scales. Spinules on scales forming subparallel rows of equal
strength. subg. PAKAMACKUBUS.

B. Snout, meas.ured obliquely, as long as or shorter than the

eye.
C. Lower surface of head covered with asperities; scales

on upper surface close-set.

D. 4J scales between the lateral line and the tip of
the adpressed dorsal ; carinae of scales widely
spaced; head covered with rugose scales, some
of which are specialised and form strong ridges,
and are distinct on the opercles. australis.

DD. !> scales between the lateral line and the tip of
the adpressed dorsal; carinae of scales close-set;
head covered with fine asperities, none of which
are markedly specialised and they do not form
strong ridges, while they are scarcely distinct
as scales on the opercles. asperocephalus.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 177

CC. Lower surface of head almost or entirely naked ; scales
of upper surface spaced.

E. Eye-diameter longer than the postorbital

portion of the head; no scales on the lower

portion of the head. fasciatus.

EE. Eye-diameter subequal to the postorbital

portion of the head ; some scales present

on the lower surface of the head behind

the angle of the mouth. mirus.

EE. Snout greatly produced, measured obliquely, longer than

the eye. innotabilis.

CCELOKHYNCHUS, PARAMACRURUS, ATJSTRALIS Richardson.

Coelorhynchus austral is (Richardson) McCulloch, Zool.
Res. Endeavour i, 1, 1911, p. 38 references and
synonymy.

Two examples with incomplete tails, are remarkable
for their size. The larger measures 530 mm. and its
head 125 mm. The orbit (38 mm.) is but little shorter
than the snout (42) and much shorter than the post-
orbital portion of the head (51).

Locality. Eastern edge of Bass Strait, outside 100
fathom line.

CCELORHYNCHUS, PARAMACRURUS, FASCIATUS

Macrurus fasciatus Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii,
1878, p. 24. Id. Gilchrist, Rept. Fish. Marine Biol.
Survey S. Africa ii, 1922, p. 59.

Macrurus., Coelorhynchus, fasciatus Giinther, "Chal-
lenger'' Rept., Zool. xxii, 1887, p. 129, pi. xxviii, fig. a.

Coelorhynchus fasciatus McCulloch, Rec. Aust. Mus. vi,
1907, p. 348. Id. Thompson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1,
1916, p. 473.

Ccclorhynchus, Paramacrurus, fasciatus Gilbert and
Hubbs, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 100, i, 7, 1920, p. 426.

'This species is not uncommon off the eastern slope
of Bass Strait. Gilchrist (loc. cit.) records that it is so
plentiful in South African waters that several tons were
taken in a single haul of the net.

Sixty specimens, 105-255 mm. long, are preserved
in the "Endeavour" collection, together with a much
larger specimen in which the end of the tail is wanting;
its head measures 97 mm. These exhibit some little

178 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

variation in the size of the eye, and its diameter is
proportionately greater in the younger specimens than
in the larger ones. But even in the largest it is distinctly
longer than the postorbital portion of the head, as is
shown in Giinther's figure. None have any scales on
the under surface of the head.

Localities. South-south-east of Gabo Island, Vic-
toria, 176-200 fathoms; 15th February, 1914.

Eastern edge of Bass Strait, 100-220 fathoms.

North-east of Babel Island, Bass Strait, 70-100
fathoms.

35 miles south-east of Bruni Island, Tasmania, 150-
230 fathoms.

Great Australian Bight, south-east from Eucla, 250-
300 fathoms ; 6th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla, 350-450
fathoms ; 14th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, south-west from Eucla, 126
45i' E. long., 190320 fathoms; 4th May, 1913.

CCELORHYNCHUS, PARAMACRURUS, MIRUS SJ). HOV.

(Plate xlvi.)

Br. 6; D.ii/11; P.17; V.7. Three scales between the
lateral line and the middle of the first dorsal, and four
at the origin of the second dorsal.

Head and trunk (83 mm.) 2-7 in the total length
(228 mm. tail incomplete). Depth (40) 1-2 in the head
(50). Eye (19) 2-6 in the head, and subequal to its post-
orbital portion; snout (12) 1-5 in the eye, its length a
little greater than the interorbital width (11-5). Second
dorsal spine (39) as long as the postrostral portion of
the head. Pectoral fin (27) 1-8, anterior anal rays (13)
3-8 in the head.

An area on each side of the anterior portion of the
snout, and around the nostrils is naked; the rest of the
upper portion and sides of the head is covered with scales,
though they are widely spaced on the interorbital region.
The lower surface of the head is largely naked, but the
area between the angle of the mouth and that of the
preoperculum is covered with rugose scales. The rostral
tubercle is covered with short spiuules, and a median
ridge extending backward from it to the level of the eyes

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 179

is covered with a row of scales. Another scaly ridge
extends forward from the ocular margin, above and
around the nasal region. The occiput and interorbital
regions are without prominent ridges. The lateral ridge
from the rostral tubercle to the preopercular angle is
armed with thickened spinate scales. Nostrils close
together, a little before the eye; the anterior is circular,
and the posterior forms a curved slit. Maxillary reach-
ing backward to below the hinder third of the eye. A
broad band of villiform teeth in each jaw. Mental barbel
almost half as long as the eye. Preopercular angle form-
ing an obtuse point ; suboperculum produced into a sharp
angle.

Body scales with many subparallel rows of spinules
on their exposed surfaces; these are of equal size and
number as many as sixteen on some scales below the
first dorsal fin. The median scales before the dorsal fin
do not form a crest as is often present in C. fasciatus.
The vent is situated a short distance before the anal
fin; a median naked sulcus is present between it and the
ventral fins. Lateral line forming a low curve anteriorly.

Anterior dorsal spine minute, the second is smooth
and its filamentous tip projects beyond the first ray;
when adpressed it reaches the origin of the second dorsal.
The interspace between the two dorsals is twice as long
as the base of the first. The rays of the second dorsal
are very low anteriorly, but increase in length backward.
First ventral ray filamentous, reaching the origin of the
anal. The tail is incomplete in the type, but in another
specimen, 275 mm. long, the head (56 mm.) is 4-9 in the
total length.

Colour. Head and body uniform grey. A small
black spot on the lower pectoral rays forms a contrast
with the light coloured base of that tin which is sharply
defined in a dark bluish area. The filamentous ventral
ray is whitish, the others bluish-black.

Described and figured from a specimen, 230 mm. long,
from 150 fathoms, east of Sydney.

Affinities. This species is very similar to C. fasciatus
but differs consistently in having a somewhat smaller eye,
which is subequal to instead of longer than the post-
orbital portion of the head, and in having scales on the

180 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

lower surface of the head, behind the angle of the mouth.
The scales in advance of the dorsal fin are less rugose
than those of fasciatus and the body appears to be
without dark cross-bands.

Thirty specimens, 133 to 275 mm. long, are preserved.
The eye of the smallest is but little longer than the post-
orbital portion of the head, and scales are present on the
area behind the mouth as in the adults. All of the
"Endeavour" specimens are largely denuded of scales,
so an example in the Australian Museum collection
(1.15247) has been selected as the holotype.

Localities. East of Sydney, 150 fathoms; May, 1920.
Holotype and four paratypes.

Off Montague Island, New South Wales, 70-100
fathoms; October, 1921.

Eastern edge of Bass Strait, 100-220 fathoms.

CCELORHYNCHUS, PARAMACRURUS, INNOTABILIS

Cvclorhi/ncJius innotabilis McCulloch, Kec. Austr. Mus.
vi/5, 1907, p. 348, pi. Ixiii, figs. 2-2a.

Ccelorhynchus, Paramacrurus, innotabiJis Gilbert and
Hiibbs, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 100, i, 7, 1920, p. 429.

Six examples, 235-240 mm. long, have been compared
with the holotype which is only 138 mm. long. The edges
of the snout are a little less curved in the "Endeavour"
specimens than in the small holotype, but they agree in
all other details. The following are the proportions of
the largest :

Head and trunk (79 mm.) 2-03 in the tail (161);
head (55) 4-3 in the total length. Depth before the
ventral fins (24) 2-2, eye (16-5) 3-3, and snout (22) 2-5
in the head. Interorbital width (9) 1-8 in the eye.
Second dorsal spine (24) 2-2 in the head, and 1-3 in the
postrostral length of the head (32). Pectoral fin (20)
2-75 in the head. The eye is 1-3 in the snout, and longer
than the postorbital portion of the head. The width of
the mouth at its posterior angle is 2-5 in the breadth
of the head at the same point, and the maxillary reaches
backward beyond the vertical of the middle of the eye.

The spinules on the scales of the sides are directed
obliquely backward, and form ten to twelve subparallel
ca rinse of about equal strength. The body is without

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 181

definite markings. The subparallel carinse of the scales
place this species in the subgenus Paramacrurus, but
in other characters it seems to resemble the species of
Oxymacrurus.

All six specimens were taken together, but they are
unfortunately without data. It is nearly certain, how-
ever, that they were obtained eastward of Bass Strait.

MALACOCEPHALUS L.EVIS Lowe.
(Plate xlvii.)

Macrurus, Malacoceplialus, Ice-vis (Lowe) Holt and
Calderwood, Tr. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2) v, 9, 1895,
p. 472, pi. xl, fig. 3-3a (references). Id. Alcock,
Cat. Ind. Deep-sea Fish., 1899, p. 119. Id. Brauer,
Deutsch. Tiefsee Exped., Fische, 1906, p. 270.

Malacocephalus lievis Gilbert and Hubbs, Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus. li, 1916, p. 189.

An excellent series of seventeen specimens
225 (+) - 385 (+) mm. long, exhibits but little variation.
Five examples 260 ( + ) 385 (+) mm. long have the
following characters :

D.ii/10-11; P.16-19; V.8. The head (43-74 mm.) is
5-0-6-3 in the total length, but the tips of the tails are
missing in all. Depth (36-63) 1-1-1-2 in the head. Orbit
(14-26) 2-8-3-0 in the head, and 1-1-1-2 in its postorbital
portion (17-30). Bony interorbital width (12-24) 1-0-1-1
in the orbit.

Identity. The characters relied upon to distinguish
the four known species of Malacoceplialus are largely
proportional measurements of a few individuals of each.
They are far from satisfactory, and I find nothing to
distinguish the Australian specimens from M. Ice-vis as
described and figured by Holt and Calderwood (loc. cit.}.

Range. Though originally described from Madeira,
M. hrvis has since been taken in the North Sea, north
and south Atlantic Ocean, and the Indian Ocean. It is
therefore not surprising to find it in southern Australian
waters, because several other deep-sea fishes with a
similar range have been obtained by the "Endeavour"
in the Great Australian Bight.

Locality. Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla,
350450 fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

182 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

LlONURUS NIGROMACULATUS

Macrourus nigromaculatus McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus.
vi ? 5, 1907, p. 346, pi. Ixiii, figs. Ma.

Four specimens, 130-255 mm. long, resemble the
types in all details. The black dorsal spot is very
pronounced in all.

Localities. South-east of Genoa Peak, Victoria, 200
fathoms; 5th October, 1914.

Great Australian Bight, south from Eucla, 350-450
fathoms; May, 1913.

Hitherto this species has been known only from
the coast of New South Wales.

LEPIDOIJHYNCHUS Richardson.

Macrourus vel Lepidorhynchus Richardson, Ichth.

Erebus and Terror, pt. 4, 1846, p. 53 (denticulatus) .
Macrurus, subgeuus Optonurus Giinther, Challenger

Rept., Zool. xxii, 1887, pp. 124, 147 (denticulatus).

Optonurus was separated from Macrurus (= Cory-
phcenoides) by Giinther on account of its heterodont
intermaxillary teeth, the outer ones being strong and
widely spaced, and the inner forming a villiform band;
the mandibular teeth are strong and form a single row;
no teeth on the palate. A membrane connecting the first
gill-arch with the inner side of the cheek restricts the
opening of the first gill-slit. Gill-rakers tubercular, about
thirteen on the lower limb of the second arch. Pseudo-
branchiae rudimentary, represented by ciliated folds. Six
branchiostegal rays. First dorsal with a smooth spine;
anal rays much longer than those of the second dorsal.
Pectoral normal, not pedunculate. Anus before the anal
fin, not preceded by a naked fossa. Scales of moderate
size, closely beset with numerous spines. Chin with a
barbel.

Status. According to Gilbert and Hubbs (Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus. li, 1916, p. 163) the dental characters and
the armature of the dorsal spine are variable within
Coryphcenoides, and they suggest the identity of
Optonurus with that genus. I have no species of
Coryphwnoides with characters approaching those of
Optonurus for comparison, and therefore retain the
genus only because its validity has not been definitely
disproved.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 183

Nomenclature. Richardson used Lepidorhynchus
as an alternative generic name for denticulatus in case
that species proved to be distinct from Macrourus, and
it was duly recorded by Agassiz and Scudder. No generic
definition accompanied the name, but its association with
a genotype gives it priority over Optonurus which was
proposed for the same species later. Jordan (Gen. Fish,
iii, 1919, p. 398) attributes the name Lepidorhynchus
to Bleeker, 1879, and quotes L. villosus, a species of
Trachonurus, as the orthotype; but a reference to
Bleeker's paper leaves no doubt that he merely utilised
Richardson's name.

LEPIDORHYXCHUS DENTICULATUS Richardson.
(Plate xlviii.)

Macrourus vel Lepidorhynchus denticnlatus Richardson,
Ichth. Erebus and Terror pt. 4, 1846, p. 53, pi.
xxxii, figs. 1-3.

Coryphcenoides denticulatus Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish, iv, 18'62, p. 396, and Challenger Rept., Zool.,
i, 6, 1880, p. 26. Id. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, vi, 1881, p. 122. Id. Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Austr. xxxiii, 1909, p. 266. Id. Gilbert and Hubbs,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. li, 1916, pp. 144, 147.

Macrurus, Optonurus denticulatus Gtinther, Challenger
Rept., Zool. xxii, 1887, p. 147.

Optonurus denticulatus McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus. vi,
5, 1907, p. 346, and Austr. Zool. ii, 2, 1921, p. 33, pi.
xi. Id. Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus. i, 1, 1907, p. 17,
and Rec. S. Austr. Mus. ii, 1, 1921, p. 66. Id. Lord,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1922 (1923), p. 65.

Br.6; D.xi/140; A.123; P.18; V.9; C.3.

Head and trunk (116 mm.) 3-9 in the total length
(460) ; head (77) 5-9, and depth (64) 7-1 in the same.
Eye (26) almost 3 in the head; the length of the snout
is equal to the mterorbital width (17) and 1-5 in the
eye. Pectoral fin (62) 1-2 in the head.

Snout and interorbital area covered with a delicate
membrane enclosing deep cavities between thin bony
crests; a median crest arises before the vertical of the
front margins of the eyes and slopes obliquely downward
and forward to form a small angle anteriorly; a second
crest is present on each side, curving over the nostrils

184 "ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

and likewise forming a small anterior angle. A paired
crest commences at the middle of the orbital margin and,
converging towards its fellow, disappears on the nape.
Broad septate canals, covered by delicate membrane,
extend backward from the snout to below the hinder
margin of the eye, and then turning sharply upward unite
with a similar canal, which runs backward from the
interorbital region to the shoulder; another broad canal
is present between the inner crest and edge of the pre-
operculum. Opercular bones thin, their margins mem-
branaceous; suboperculum produced backward as an
angular lobe. Nostrils close together, a little before the
antero-superior angle of the eye; the anterior round, the
posterior an oblique slit. Eye very large, the orbital
margin just cutting the profile. Mouth oblique, the
maxillary reaching backward to below the posterior third
of the eye; it is very narrow posteriorly.

Premaxillaries with an outer row of strong curved
cardiform teeth, which are spaced and largest anteriorly ;
behind these is a band of villiform teeth formed of narrow
oblique rows with grooves between them. Mandible with
a single row of teeth which are small anteriorly but
become larger on the sides. Palate and tongue toothless.
A small mental barbel. Anterior gill-rakers of first arch
tubercular and unarmed, ten on the lower limb of the first
arch ; those on the hinder edge are larger, pedunculate
and armed with spines.

Head and body almost entirely denuded of scales,
only a few remaining on the posterior half of the inter-
orbital region, on the lower surface of the mandible, and
on the under surface of the thorax and abdomen. A scale
from near the vent is armed with long spines upon its
exposed surface, arranged in oblique rows, and directed
obliquely outward and backward. No naked groove
before the vent.

The dorsal fin originates behind the vertical of the
pectoral and ventral fins, and the length of its base is
but little more than that of the eye; the first ray is
without articulations and its edges are smooth. The
second dorsal commences far behind the tip of the
adpressed first dorsal (in other specimens the interval
between the two fins is variable, the anterior rays of
the second being overlapped by the tip of the first dorsal
in young examples) ; the anterior rays are minute but

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 185

they become longer backwards and are as long as those
of the anal near the tail. Anal rays simple, highest
anteriorly. Pectoral rays very slender, the median ones
divided. First ventral ray with a short filament, reaching
beyond the origin of the anal.

Upper portion light in colour after long preserva-
tion. The throat, whole abdominal area and the ventral
surface of the anterior half of the tail are bluish black.
Fins without markings.

Described and figured from a specimen 460 mm.
long, from 350-450 fathoms in the Great Australian
Bight.

Forty-six specimens, 125-533 mm. long, are preserved,
but very few retain any of their scales. The young
examples are very similar to the adults, though their
teeth are relatively smaller.

Localities. This species is not uncommon in deep
water eastward of Bass Strait. It was first described
from South Australia, and has since been taken in New
Zealand waters and at the Kerinadec Islands.

Great Australian Bight, south and south-west from
Eucla, 130-450 fathoms ; May, 1913.

Eastern edge of Bass Strait, 100-220 fathoms.

South-south-east from Genoa Peak, Victoria, 200
fathoms; 5th October, 1914.

PSEUDOCHROMIS RUppcU.

Pseudochromis Rtippell, Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 1835,
p. 8 (olivaceus) . Id. McCulloch, Mem. Qld. Mus.
iii, 1915, p. 47 synonymy.

Assiculus Richardson, in Stokes, Discov. in Austr. i,
1846, p. 492 (punctatus).

Nesiotes De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 1884,
p. 453 (purpurascens). Id. Jordan, Gen. Fish, iv,
1920, p. 427.

Onar De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 1885,
p. 875 (nebulosuin) .

Subgenus Leptocliromis Bleeker, Verh. Akad. Amsterdam
xv, 1876, p. 21 (cyanotcenia) .

Synonymy. The identity of Nesiotes and Pseudo-
chromis has been recorded by Jordan, whom I supplied

186 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

with information after examining what were believed
to be the types of N. purpurascens in the Queensland
Museum. These specimens are duly registered and
labelled, but they differ from De Vis' generic and
specific descriptions in so many details that it is
difficult to believe that they are the types. De Vis
counted twelve instead of three dorsal spines, and he
found the lateral teeth "confluent, with distinct serra-
tion," whereas they are merely juxtaposed in the "types" ;
he recorded the depth of the body as 3-5 in the total
length instead of 4-1. In view of these discrepancies,
nothing but the notorious inaccuracies of De Vis'
writings justifies one in accepting these specimens as the
types of Nesiotes purpurascens.

Keif to Australian Species.

A. Some anterior dorsal rays simple, the posterior branched.

B. More than 30 dorsal rays. subg. PSEUDOCHBOMIS.

C. About 50 rows of scales between origin of lateral

line and hypural joint; bases of dorsal and anal

rays covered by scales. novcB-hollandice.

BB. Less than 30 dorsal rays.

D. Bases of posterior dorsal and anal rays covered

with scales. fuscus.

DD. Bases of posterior dorsal and anal rays naked,

not scaly.

E. Operculum with 3-5 flat spines on its pos-
terior border; dorsal fin elevated, the
posterior rays much higher than the
body beneath them. punctatus.

EE. Operculum unarmed ; posterior dorsal rays
about as high as the body beneath them.
purpurascens (not Australian).
AA. All the dorsal and anal rays are branched.

Subgenus LEPTOCHROMIS.
F. Less than thirty dorsal rays; bases of posterior dorsal

and anal rays naked.

G. Operculum armed with 4-5 flat spines on its

posterior border. Dorsal and anal spines

pungent; 25-26 dorsal rays; about 40 rows of

scales. quinquedentatus.

GG. Operculum unarmed.

H. Dorsal and anal spines weak and flexible; 22
dorsal rays. tapeinosoma.

PSEUDOCHROMIS, PSEUDOCHROMIS, FUSCUS M tiller (1)1(1

Troschel.

Pseudochromis fuscus Miiller and Troschel, Horse
Ichthyologies iii, 1849, p. 23, pi. iv, fig. 2. Id.
Bleeker, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. iii, 1852, p. 708, and ix,

PISHES. MCCULLOCH. 187

1855, p. 69. Id. Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish. ii.
1860, p. 257. Id. Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. ix, 1877, pi.
ccclxxxviii, fig. 4. Id. Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1914,
pt. 3, p. 650.

Onar nebulosum De Vis, Proc. Lirm. Soc. N. S. Wales ix,

1885, p. 875.

Pscudochromis wildii Ogilby, Ann. Qld. Mus. No. 9, 1908,
p. 34.

Pseudochromis nebulosus McCulloch, Mem. Qld. Mus.
iii, 1915, p. 49, pi. xvi, fig. 2.

The holotype of P. wildii presents the following
characters: D.iii/17, 10; A.iii/14; P.17; V.i/5; C.17. L.
lat. 28/8 ; about 40 rows of scales between the operculum
and the hypural joint. Total length 68 mm. Depth
(17 mm.) 3-1 in the length of the hypural joint (54) ;
head (18) 3-0 in the same. Eye (5) longer than the
snout (4) 3-6 in the head; interocular space (3) 1-6 in
the eye. Pectoral fin (12) 1-5, twenty-fourth dorsal ray
(9) 2-0, and ventral fin (13) 1-3 in the head.

The dorsal and anal spines are stout and pungent,
and increase in length backward. The anterior seventeen
dorsal rays are simple, the remainder and also all the
anal rays are branched. Scales finely ctenoid on the
body, but cycloid on the head, anterior portion of the
back, and the breast; those on the cheek are arranged
in about five rows, and scales cover the bases of the
posterior dorsal and anal rays. The colour is brown
with a dark spot at the base of each scale together form-
ing rows along the sides. The fins are dark brown, and
the dorsal bears traces of rows of darker spots or lines.
There is a curved dark line across the base of the pectoral
with a lighter area before and behind it.

Synonymy. The Director of the Queensland
Museum, Mr. H. A. Longman, has lent me the holotype
of Pseudochromis wildii Ogilby for comparison with the
co-type of Onar nebulosum De Vis in the Australian
Museum, which I re-described and figured in 1915. The
two specimens are similar in all characters, and leave
no doubt that P. wildii is synonymous with P. nebulosus.

Their identity with P. fuscus is not certain, but they
appear to agree well enough with Mtiller and Troschel's
description of that species.

188 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Localities. P. fuscus is recorded from Monte Bello
Islands, West Australia. The type of P. nebulosum was
obtained at Murray Island, Torres Strait, and that of
P. wildii was said to have come from Moreton Bay,
Queensland. Other specimens in the Australian Museum
which I identify as P. fuscus are from New Britain and
the Solomon Islands.

PSEUDOCHROMIS, PSEUDOCHKOMIS, PURPURASCENS DC VlS.

(Plate xlix.)

Nesiotes purpurascens De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales viii, 1884, p. 453. Id. Jordan and Seale, Bull.
U.S. Fish. Bur. xxv, 1906, p. 293.

D.iii/14, 9 ; A.iii/14 ; P.17 ; V.i/5 ; C.17. L. lat. 28/6 ;
about 34 rows of scales between the origin of the lateral
line and the hypural joint.

Depth of body (15 mm.) 3-3 in the length to the
hypural joint (50) ; head (16) 3-1 in the same. Eye
(4-5) much longer than the snout (3), and 3-4 in the
head. Interocular space (2) 2-2 in the eye. Pectoral fin
(11-5) 1-3, caudal (13) 1-1, and depth of caudal peduncle
(7) 2-2 in the head.

Body compressed, the head obtusely pointed.
Anterior nostril in a short tube, the posterior a simple
opening near the eye. Series of minute pores encircle
the eye, cross the nape, and extend around the pre-
orbital bone and mandible; they are prominent on the
preoperculum, where they are associated with short
tubes which open on the extreme margin of the bone
and form several small angles. Maxillary reaching back-
ward almost to below the middle of the eye. Large
cycloid scales cover the head, extending forward to the
interorbital space above, and onto the interoperculum
below; they are arranged in four rows on the cheeks.

Two pairs of large canines on the front portion of
each premaxillary, followed by a row of conical teeth
on each side; a band of minute teeth covers the symphy-
sial area. Canines on each side of the mandible
anteriorly and one or two farther back on each side; an
inner band of microscopic teeth anteriorly and a single
row of larger ones which are more or less juxtaposed on
each side. An angular patch of microscopic teeth on the
vomer, and a rounded patch on the anterior portion of
each palatine bone.

FISHKS. MCCULLOCH. 189

Scales of the body rather large arid finely ctenoid,
except on the nuchal region and breast where they are
cycloid; they extend over the base of the caudal, but
leave all the other fins naked. The lateral line rises
abruptly from the shoulder and extends backward,
parallel with the back to below the fifteenth dorsal ray;
its tubes are simple and extend across about two-thirds
of each scale. One and a half scales are present between
the lateral line and the back and four rows separate the
end of the upper portion of the lateral line from the
lower, which extends along the middle of the sides of
the caudal peduncle.

Dorsal spines very slender and somewhat flexible,
increasing in length backward, but the third is shorter
than the eye. The anterior fourteen rays are simple,
the remainder branched ; they are high and subequal
in length, the twentieth (8-5 mm.) 1-8 in the head. Anal
spines weak like those of the dorsal, the third longest.
Pectoral and caudal fins rounded. Second ventral ray
longest, not quite reaching backward to the vent; the
spine is inserted a trifle in advance of the origin of the
dorsal fin.

Colour. Dark brown on the head and back, becoming
lighter on the sides and below. A dark line crosses the
middle of each scale of the anterior half of the body, and
uniting with its fellows, forms striking lines which
extend obliquely downward and backward through each
row of scales; these largely disappear behind the middle
of the body, but are traceable about the region of the
lateral line. Head with dark spots and lines extending
along the suborbital bone and across the operculum. An
indefinite yellow band is present along the middle of
each side. Dorsal fin brown, with many darker spots
and curved lines between the rays which tend to form
irregular horizontal bands. Anal similar to the dorsal,
but with the dots less distinct. Caudal with irregular
transverse rows of darker dots. Pectoral and ventral
fins hyaline.

Described and figured from a somewhat damaged
specimen, 64 mm. long, from the New Hebrides.

Identity. Two specimens labelled as Nesiotes pur
purasccns are preserved in the Queensland Museum and
registered 1.1351. The largest is 66 mm. long; length
to hypural joint 52 mm. the depth at the origin of the

190 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIEXTIFIC RESULTS.

anal 16 mm., and the head 16 mm. The orbit is 5 mm.
and the snout 3 mm. It has iii/23 dorsal and iii/14 anal
rays, and is a species of Pseudochromis. A sketch of this
specimen, together with some notes made at the Queens-
laud Museum, enable me to identify the example here
described and figured as Pseudochromis purpurascens.

Localiti/. Ringdove Bay, Api Island, New Hebrides ;
coll. A. R. McCulloch, September, 1910.

i

PSEUDOCHROMIS, LEPTOCHROMIS, QUINQUEDENTATUS

sp. nov.
(Plate 1.)

D.iii/26; A.iii/14; P.18; V.i/5; C.17. L. lat. 36/6,
1. tr. 1|/14; 41 rows of scales between the origin of the
lateral line and the hypural joint.

Depth (14 mm.) 3-4 in the length to the hypural
joint (48) ;-head (15) 3-2 in the same. Eye (4) longer
than the snout (3-5), 3-7 in the head; interocular space
(2-3) 1-7 in the eye. Pectoral fin (9) 1-6, ventral (10)
1-5, and caudal (12) 1-2 in the head. Nineteenth dorsal
ray (8) and depth of caudal peduncle (8) 1-8 in the head.

Body compressed and oblong, the upper profile a
little more convex than the lower ; snout very obtuse.
Series of minute pores encircle the eye, cross the nape,
and extend around the preorbital bone and mandible:
they are prominent on the preoperculurn, and associated
with short tubes which open on the extreme margin of
the bone and form several angles. Anterior nostril in a
short tube, the posterior a simple opening near the eye.
Maxillary reaching backward to below the middle of the
eye. Head scales cycloid, deeply imbedded in the skin
and inconspicuous, especially on the nape; they are
arranged in five or six rows on the cheeks. Opercular
bone armed with four or five flat teeth on its postero-
superior angle.

Upper jaw with several pairs of curved canines
anteriorly, and an inner band of minute teeth ; this
becomes very narrow on each side, where also there is
an outer row of somewhat stronger conical teeth. Man-
dible with several pairs of canines anteriorly, and one
laterally; an inner baud of minute teeth in front, and a

FISHES. MCCULLOr M. 1 01.

single row of small conical teeth on each side. An
angular patch of minute teeth on the vomer, and some
on the anterior portion of each palatine bone.

Gill-membranes united across the isthmus, the gill-
opening extending forward to below the hinder margin
of the eye. Six branchiostegal rays. Gill-rakers rather
slender, about ten on the lower limb of the first gill-
arch, the length of those at the hinder angle equal to
rather more than one-fourth the diameter of the eye.

Scales of the body ctenoid, except on the nuchal
region and the breast where they are cycloid. They
extend over the basal portion of the caudal, but leave all
the other fins naked. The lateral line rises abruptly
from the shoulder and extends backward parallel with
the back to below the twenty-first dorsal ray. The tubes
of the first portion are broad and simple, those of the
caudal peduncle more slender, and terminating in a
median notch in the margin of each scale. Three rows
of scales separate the anterior and posterior portions of
the lateral line, and the latter extends along the middle
of each side of the caudal peduncle to the hypural joint.

Dorsal spines weak but pungent, increasing in length
backward, but the third much shorter than the anterior
ray. All the rays are branched, and they increase in
length backward to the nineteenth. The margin of the
fin is almost straight, rounded posteriorly, and the last
ray is divided to its base. Anal similar in construction
to the dorsal, its first spine microscopic. Pectoral broadly
rounded, the median rays longest. Ventrals inserted
slightly in advance of the vertical of the first dorsal spine,
the second rays are longest, but do not nearly reach the
vent when adpressed. Caudal rounded.

Colour. Light yellowish-brown in formalin, e;ich
scale of the upper anterior portion of the sides with a
brownish spot, which, with its fellows, forms rows. A
faint light-coloured stripe along the middle of each side
of the body. Dorsal and anal fins dusky between the
rays, especially basally; the other fins hyaline.

Described and figured from a specimen, 60 mm. long,
from off Cape Capricorn, Queensland. Another smaller
example from the same station, is similar in all details.
Four others, 48-60 mm. long, are considerably damaged;

192 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

they prove the armature of the operculum to be a valid
specific character, and have 25-26 dorsal and 13-14 anal
rays; the tube-bearing scales of the lateral line vary in
number from 34-36/6-9.

Affinities. P. quinquedentatus, having the anterior
dorsal rays divided, belongs to the subgenus Leptoch-
romis, but differs from the other species of that group,
P., L., tapeinosoma Bleeker, cyanotwnia Bleeker, and
melanotcenia Bleeker in having 25-26 dorsal rays instead
of 21-22, and 40 instead of 30 rows of scales. It is
perhaps one of several species of Pseudochromis the
descriptions of which do not refer to the form of the
dorsal rays, and scale-counts, etc.

Localities. 13 miles south-east from Cape Capri-
corn, Queensland, 12 fathoms; 29th July, 1910.

12 miles north-west of Pine Peak, Queensland, 25
fathoms; 1st August, 1910.

PSEUDOCHROMIS, LEPTOCHROMIS, TAPEINOSOMA

(Plate li.)

Pseudochromis tapeinosoma Bleeker, Nat. Tijd. Ned.
Indie, iv, 1853, p. 115. Id. Giiuther, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish, ii, 1860, p. 258. Id. Weber, Siboga Exped., Ivii,
Fische, 1913, p. 263.

Leptochromis, tapeinosoma Bleeker,
Atlas Ichth. ix, 1877, pi. cccxc, fig. 1.

D.iii/22 ; A.ii/13 ; V.i/5 ; P.18 ; C.17. L. lat. 27-29/9 ;
1. tr. c.2/12. About 33 rows of scales between the origin
of the lateral line and the hypural joint.

Depth of body (12 mm.) 3-7 in the length to the
hypural joint; head (12-75) 3-5 in the same. Eye (3-5)
much longer than the snout, 3-6 in the head; inter-
orbital space (1*25) very narrow, 2-8 in the eye. Pectoral
fin (8-5), ventral (9) and caudal (9) subequal in length,
1-4-1-5 in the head; 20th dorsal ray (6-5) slightly longer
than the 10th anal ray (6), and 1-9 in the head.

Body compressed and oblong, head obtusely pointed,
its upper and lower profiles equally convex; caudal
peduncle broad and compressed. Series of minute pores
encircle the eye, cross the nape and extend around the

FISHES. MCCULLOCII. 193

preorbital bone and mandible; they are prominent on
the preoperculum and are associated with short tubes
which open on the extreme margin of the bone and form
several small angles. Anterior nostril in a short tube,
the posterior a simple opening close to the eye. Maxillary
reaching backward to below the anterior third of the eye.
Large cycloid scales cover the head, extending forward
to the interorbital space above, and onto the inter-
operculum beloAv ; they are arranged in three rows on
the cheeks.

Upper jaw with several curved canines anteriorly,
and a rather broad inner band of minute teeth ; this
becomes narrower on each side, where also there is an
outer row of somewhat enlarged teeth. Mandible with
several canines and an inner band of minute teeth
interiorly, and a single row of small conical teeeth on
each side. An angular row of microscopic teeth on the
vomer, and some on the anterior part of each palatine
bone.

Scales of the body rather large and finely ctenoid
except on the nuchal region and breast where they are
cycloid. They extend onto the caudal fin, but leave all
the other fins naked. The lateral line rises abruptly
from the shoulder and extends backward parallel with
the back to below the seventeenth dorsal ray. The tubes
are short and simple and do not reach the edge of the
scale. Three rows of scales separate the anterior and
posterior portions of the lateral line, which latter extends
along the middle of each side of the caudal peduncle;
each of its scales has a small median notch, and the tubes
are more slender than those of the other portion and
extend right across the scale.

Dorsal spines very weak, the first scarcely discern-
ible, the third much shorter than the anterior ray. All
the rays are branched and they increase in length to the
twentieth. The margin of the fin is almost straight,
rounded posteriorly, and the posterior ray is divided to
its base. Anal similar in construction to the dorsal, its
first spine obsolete. Pectoral fin broadly rounded, the
median rays longest. Ventrals inserted in advance of
the vertical of the first dorsal spine; the second and
third rays are longest, and their tips form a sharp
angle. Caudal rounded, with rows of scales covering the
membrane between its rays.

194 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Colour. See under variation.

Described and figured from an adult male, 56 mm.
long, from Masthead Island, Queensland. A female of
similar size is also figured.

Variation. A series of thirty specimens, 18-55 mm.
long, exhibits very little variation in structural
characters, but includes two very different types of colour-
marking which appear to be distinctive of the two sexes.
Young examples are almost uniform brown with lighter
coloured pectoral, ventral and anal fins; several rows
of narrow, slightly oblique and dark lines are usually
present on the membrane between the rays of the dorsal
fin, but they may be obscure in darker specimens. Of the
two colour-variations exhibited by full grown specimens,
one (female PI. li, fig. 1) is light brownish-yellow in
general colour ; the dorsal fin is usually marked with dark
horizontal lines as in the young, and the caudal fin has
a faintly darker inframarginal border. The other (male
-PI. li, fig. 2) is dark brown with the sides of the head
and breast yellow ; a broad light-coloured baud extends
backward from the head, and may reach the caudal
peduncle or terminate below the dorsal fin ; indications
of the dark lines may persist. The upper and lower
portions of the caudal fin are crossed by broad light-
coloured bands. Pectoral and ventral fins light-coloured.

These markings vary in intensity, being distinct in
some and obscure in others. The fact that I have
collected both forms at three different localities, Mast-
head Island, Murray Island and the New Hebrides, com-
bined with their similarity in all structural details, con-
vinces me that both are referable to the one species.
Dissection of two specimens reveals roe in the light-
coloured form, and milt in the darker example.

Localities. Reef at Masthead Island, Capricorn
Group, off Port Curtis, Queensland; coll. McCulloch,
September, 1904.

Reef at North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, off Port
Curtis, Queensland ; coll. H. C. Daunevig, 10th July, 1910.

Cairns Reef, off Port Douglas, Queensland; coll.
McCulloch, September, 1909.

Reef at Murray Island, Torres Strait; coll.
McCulloch and Hedley, October, 1907.

New Hebrides; coll. McCulloch, September, 1910.

PISHES. MCCULLOCH. 195

Family CALLIONYMID.E.
CALLIONYMUS Linne.

Key to the Australian Species.

A. Preopercular spine almost straight and spear-like, with a
row of spinules above and an antrorse barb below.

Subgenus Calliurichthys.
B. AH but the posterior dorsal rays simple; 9 dorsal and

8-9 anal rays.

C. Interorbital space a narrow bony ridge; head less
than one-third of length to hypural joint.

japonicus.

D. Occiput with two lateral rugosities only.

var. typica.

DD. Occiput with two lateral and one median
rugose areas. var. scofter.

CC. Interorbital space narrow but grooved.

E. Head less than a third of length to hypural

joint; preopercular spine with fine denticula-
tions above.

F. Snout but little longer than eye; upper

lip projecting beyond preorbitals when

mouth is closed. grossi.

FF. Snout much longer than eye; preorbitals

overhanging the upper lip when mouth

is closed. nasutus.

EE. Head more than a third of length to hypural

joint; preopercular spine with coarse spines

above. belcheri.

BB. All the dorsal rays are bifurcate; 8 dorsal and 7 anal

rays. Interorbital space concave; preopercular spine

with fine denticulations above. rameus.

AA. Preopercular spine with its distal extremity curved upward,

and having one or more large hooks above ; lower antrorse

barb present or absent. Subgenus Callionymus.

G. A broad membrane uniting inner ventral ray with base

of pectoral and covering bases of lower pectoral rays;

head and body depressed.

H. Lower antrorse barb of preopercular spine present;
dorsal rays mostly simple.

I. Preopercular spine with only two distal hooks.
J. Eye as long as snout. lunatus.
JJ. Eye shorter than snout. limiceps.

K. Occiput and supraorbital ridges rough
with bony granules. var. typica.

KK. Occiput and supraorbital ridges more
or less smooth. var. subl&vis.

II. Preopercular spine with 3-5 recurved hooks

above.

L. First dorsal spine not longer

than second.

M. Occiput smooth, entirely
covered by skin, calcaratus.
MM. Occiput rugose, with reticu-
lating bony ridges.

196 "ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

LL. First dorsal spine longer than
second.

macdonaldi.

N. Cheeks without large dark

ocelli. valenciennesii.

NN. Cheeks with large dark

ocelli. ocelligena.

HH. No lower antrorse barb on preopercular spine;
dorsal rays branched; preopercular spine with
two distal hooks.

0. 7-8 anal rays. calauropomus.

OO. 6 anal rays. papilio.

GG. Membrane behind inner ventral ray greatly reduced;

entire base of pectoral fin exposed; head and body

subcylindrical.

P. Body and fins with pronounced dark markings.

phasis.

PP. Body markings very faint; dorsal fins with dark
markings. apricus.

CALLIONYMUS, CALLIURICHTHYS, JAPONICUS Houttuyn.

Gallionymus japonicus Houttuyn, Verh. Holl. Maatsch.
Wet. Harlem xx, 1782, p. 311.

Callionymus recrcxii Richardson, Ichth. Voy. Sulphur,
1844, p. 60, pi. xxxvi, figs. 1-3.

Callionymus longicaudatus Schlegel, Faun. Japonica,
Poiss., 1845, p. 151, pi. Ixxix.a, lig. 1. Id. Giinther,
Challenger Kept., Zool. i, 1880, p. 44.

Callionymus affinis Ogilby, New Fish. Qld. Coast, 1910,
p. 134 (not C. affinis Regan 1908).

Calliurichthys japonicus Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus. xxv, 1903, p. 942, fig. 2. Id. McCulloch,
Rec. Austr. Mus. xiv 1, 1923, p. 8.

Synonymy. A specimen, 210 mm. long, agrees so
well with the descriptions and figures quoted above that
I believe its identification as C. japonicus to be beyond
doubt.

Ogilby's description of his C. affinis was based upon
"a specimen, 260 millim. long, obtained floating off Cape
Moreton by Mr. McDonnell." This gentleman was
evidently Mr. Donald Macdouald, first officer of the
"Endeavour,' 1 and it was he who lent the specimen to
Ogilby to be described with others collected during the
operations of the trawler in Queensland waters (vide
Ogilby, op. cit., pp. 85 and 135). The description con-
tains several statements concerning proportions of the

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 197

snout and eye, etc., in relation to the length of the body,
which are obviously incorrect, and which cast doubt upon
the accuracy of other details of the description. The
only specimen of C. japonicus preserved in the
"P^ndeavour" collection is without data, and it differs
from the description of C. affinis in being 210 instead of
260 mm. long. It tallies so well in all other details, how-
ever, that it is clearly specifically identical with C.
affinis, and under the circumstances, suggests that it is
the actual specimen upon which the description was
based, its length being misprinted as 260 mm. instead of
210. In any case, it proves the identity of C. affinis and
C. japonicus.

Locality. The only specimen preserved is unfor-
tunately without data. C. affinis was secured off Cape
Moreton, Southern Queensland.

CALLIONYMUS, CALLIURICHTHYS, JAPONICUS
var. SCABER, nov.

CalUonymus longicaudatus Waite, Prelim. Kept. "Thetis"
Exped., 1898, p. 60. Id. McCulloch, Kec. Aust. Mus.
xiv, 1, 1923, p. 8 part.

Four specimens in the Australian Museum, 124-218
mm. long, differ from the typical form of C. japonicus
in having the upper surface of the head much more rugose.
In the typical form, there are two bony bucklers, one on
each side of the occiput, with smooth ridges or tubercles
radiating from their centres; the median area behind
the eyes is covered with smooth integument. In the var.
scaber the ridges of the two lateral bucklers are very
rough, and the median area behind the eyes is covered
with similar bony rugosities. In all other characters
the variety appears to be similar to the typical form.

Locality. Lord Howe Island.

CALLIONYMUS, CALLIURICHTHYS,, NASUTUS, sp. nov.

(Plate Hi.)
D.iv/9; A.8; P.17; V.i/5; C.10.

Depth (16 mm.) 10-6 in the length to the hypural
joint (170). Head to the posterior margin of the oper-
culum (47) 3-6, and breadth before the pectorals (31)
5-4 in the same: distance between the end of the snout

198 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

and the tip of the preopercular spine (46) 3-6 in the
length. Eye (10) 1-7 in the snout (17) which is 2-7
in the head. luterorbital space (2) 5-0 in the eye; depth
of caudal peduncle equal to the length of the eye.

An osseous rugosity covered by thin skin on each
side of the cranium behind the eye; each is formed of
short ridges radiating from a low central apex. Gill-
openings on the upper surface, above the level of the
upper base of the pectoral fin, exposed and situated a
little nearer the eye than the pectoral fin. Snout
obtusely pointed when viewed from above; the preorbital
projecting beyond the upper lip when the mouth is
closed. Maxillary not quite reaching the vertical of the
minute nostril, which is placed a little before the bony
tubercle on the anterior orbital margin. Lower lip with
a broad fold forming a supplementary lip anteriorly.
Preopercular spine curved slightly outward but not
upward at the tip ; there are about seventeen small
spinules on its inner edge which point forward and
increase slightly in size towards the middle of the series ;
a strong antrorse barb on the outer surface of the base
of the spine. A broad band of small teeth in the upper
jaw, which are confined to the front and anterior portion ;
a rather narrower band in the lower jaw, which extends
farther backward.

Body greatly compressed anteriorly and even the
caudal peduncle is broader than deep in the middle of its
length. The lateral lines of each side are united across
the nape, and a branch extends forward to the lower
posterior margin of the orbit and terminates on the
cheeks; it is slightly curved towards the back above the
pectorals and extends backward along the angle between
the back and sides. Anal papilla large.

The anterior dorsal spine is produced into a long
filament which reaches backward to the base of the last
anal ray; the three following are successively shorter,
but the last is considerably longer than the first dorsal
ray and is connected to its base by membrane. Dorsal
rays subequal in length and mostly simple ; the last is
divided at its base and each branch is bifurcate; it
reaches backward to the hypural joint. Anal of similar
form to, but lower than the second dorsal. Upper margin
of pectoral excised; the median rays are longest and
nearly all are bifurcate. Ventrals broadly rounded and

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 199

scarcely reaching the level of the first anal ray; all the
rays are branched. Upper margin of the caudal excised;
the median rays longest, and all but the outer ones
bifurcate.

Colour-marking. Head and body very obscurely
marbled on the upper surface; white below. Head with
numerous rounded ocelliform spots or lines which are
most numerous on the checks and opercles. A row of
large dusky spots along the middle of the sides with
some scattered smaller imperfect ocelli between them
and the upper surface. First dorsal grey with an
elaborate pattern of ocelli arranged as is shown in the
figure; blackish spots and angular markings are present
between the bases of the three anterior spines and a
large black blotch is present on the fourth spine about
the middle of its length. Second dorsal grey with many
darker grey spots of various sizes. Anal with a faint
grey inframarginal baud and a white border. Caudal
with many dark grey spots and the membrane between
the lower rays dusky. Ventrals obscurely spotted.

Described and figured from a single specimen, 240
mm. long to the end of the caudal rays.

Locality. 13 miles south-east from Cape Capricorn,
Queensland, 13 fathoms ; 29th July, 1910.

CALLIONYMUS, CALLIURICHTHYS, BELCHERI Richardson.

Callionymus belcheri Richardson, Zool. Voy. Sulphur
i, 1881, p. 62, pi. xxxvii, figs. 1-2.

D.iv/9; A.9; P.19; V.i/5; C.10.

Depth at the vent (9 mm.) 11-6 in the length to the
hypural joint (105) ; head (38) 2-6, and breadth of the
body before the pectorals (20) 5-2 in the same. Eye (8)
shorter than the snout (9) and 4-7 in the head. Inter-
orbital space (1-5) 5-3 in the eye.

Head very large, depressed and heart-shaped, the
snout being pointed and the opercles forming broadly
rounded lobes, the free edges of which are attached just
before the bases of the pectoral fins. The upper lip pro-
jects well beyond the preorbital when the mouth is closed.
The supraorbital margins form elevated ridges and
enclose a narrow deeply-grooved interorbital space. The

200 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

occiput has bony rugose patches on each side separated
by a median area of smooth skin ; a small median rugosity
on the hinder margin of the occiput and a bony knob
behind the postero-superior angle of each eye. Gill-
openings small, superior, and separated by a space which
is less than that between the outer margins of the eyes.
Preopercular spines very large, with almost straight tips
directed slightly outwards; each is armed with a strong
basal antrorse spine, and a row of six coarse spines above,
which increase in size forwards. Mouth small, the
maxillary not reaching the vertical of the anterior margin
of the eye. A curved band of minute teeth in the
anterior part of the upper jaw and one in the lower which
reaches farther backward.

Body greatly compressed, the caudal peduncle much
broader than deep in the middle of its length. Lateral
lines united across the nape, and with the usual angular
cephalic branches extending around each side of the
occiput to the hinder angle of the eye and on to the cheek,
and others along the preopercular margin towards the
spine and across the operculum.

First dorsal spine longest, but reaching little beyond
the base of the anterior ray; there is no membrane behind
the fourth spine. All but the last dorsal rays are
simple; the first is longer than those following it, but
they increase again in length posteriorly, the last being
half as long again as the first. Anal rays increasing
slightly in length backwards and all but the last are
simple. Pectoral margin somewhat excavate above, the
median rays reaching backward to the level of the third
anal ray. Ventrals broadly rounded and reaching back-
ward to the origin of the anal. Median caudal rays a
litttle longer than the head and all but the outer ones
bifurcate.

Colour-marking. Very pale-coloured after preserva-
tion in formalin and almost without definite markings.
Two characteristic oval spots are present on each side
below the lateral line, the first above the anterior portion
of the anal and the other above its fifth ray; these are
dark grey and enclose rings of small white spots. The
first dorsal is marked with a network of grey lines
enclosing round light spots; there appear to be darker
areas at the tip of each spine between which the mem-
brane bears a narrow white border. The soft dorsal is

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 201

marked with about eight narrow longitudinal grey lines.
The anal has a black submarginal longitudinal stripe.
Caudal with oblique grey lines on the membrane of the
upper half and irregular rows of dots below. Pectorals
and ventrals with obscure grey dots.

Described from a male specimen, 149 mm. long, which
is the largest of five examples preserved in the
"Endeavour" collection.

Variation. The other four are females and show less
colour-marking, the lateral spots and black anal stripe
being wanting. The anterior dorsal is darker than in
the male and the marking consists of indefinite light
spots on a blackish ground-colour. A young example,
63 mm. long, in the Australian Museum collection from
Port Denison, Queensland, is much more definitely
marked than the larger specimen but the markings are
similarly disposed and they agree with those described
and figured by Richardson. The young specimen has
only four strong barbs on the inner edge of the pre-
opercular spine, but these vary from six to ten in number
in the larger ones.

Status. C. lelcheri was regarded as the young of C.
longicaudatus ( = C. japonicus} by Giiiither, but it is
altogether different from that species. The head is much
larger, being more instead of much less than one- third
of the length to the hypural joint as in C. japonicus,
and the preopercular spine is armed with very coarse
barbs instead of fine denticles. The interorbital space
of belcheri is a narrow groove instead of a bony ridge
as in japonicus.

Locality. 4-20 miles N.E. of Gloucester Head,
Queensland, 19-35 fathoms; 2nd August, 1910.

CALLIONYMUS, OALLIURICHTHYS, RAMBUS, sp. nov.

(Plate liii.)

D.iv/8; A.7; P.19; V.i/5; C.10. Depth (19 mm.) 74
in the length to the hypural joint (142) ; head, to the
posterior margin of the operculum (35) 4-03, breadth
before the pectorals (29) 4-9 in the same. Distance
between the premaxillary symphysis and the tip of the
preopercular spine (42) 3-3 in the length. Eye (9-5) as
long as the preorbital.

202 ''ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Head smooth above, with or without an obscure
rugose area on each side of the occiput. Preopercular
spine not curved upwards at the tip, its inner edge with
about ten small serrations, the outer with a strong
antrorse spine near its base. Upper lip covered by the
preorbital when the mouth is closed. Maxillary extend-
ing backward a little beyond the vertical of the nostril,
which is placed a little in advance of the eye. A baud of
villiform teeth in each jaw. Gill-opening exposed, mid-
way between the hinder margin of the eye and the
upper base of the pectoral.

All the dorsal spines are filamentous, the third and
fourth reaching backward almost to the base of the tail.
The second dorsal is elevated, and all its rays are bifid ;
the last is divided to its base, and each branch is bifur-
cate. Most of the anal rays are simple, only the two
branches of the last being bifurcate. Upper pectoral
rays slightly longer than the second, the ninth and tenth
rays longest and almost reaching the vertical of the
fourth anal ray; all but the outer rays are bifurcate.
Ventrals large, reaching beyond the base of the second
anal ray; the inner ray is so deeply divided as almost to
appear as two. Caudal large and rounded, most of its
rays bifurcate. Lateral line originating in advance of
the gill-opening; it curves inwards towards the back
above the pectoral fin, and extends backward on the
dorsal rather than on the lateral surface.

Colour-marking. Head and body rather obscurely
marbled above, the markings enclosing some lighter
spots ; an obscure darker band crosses the nape, and there
are indications of others on the back. Lower parts white.
First dorsal grey, the membrane profusely ornamented
with fine lines enclosing lighter coloured stripes and
spots, many of which are sinuous or somewhat angular
in form ; the membrane is blackish near the first spine.
Second dorsal with many fine parallel lines crossing
it obliquely, some of which coalesce to form broad dark
angular markings and enclose incomplete ocelli. Outer
half of anal blackish, with some indistinct lines and
spots; basal portion white. Caudal with tAvo broad dark
cross-bauds, and many narrow longitudinal stripes; the
membrane between the lower rays is dusky, with small
darker spots. Ventrals dusky, with irregular bars across
the rays, and numbers of small dark spots. Pectorals
with a few grey spots.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 203

Described and figured from a specimen, 210 mm.
long, from off Cape Capricorn, Queensland ; 13 fathoms.

Variation. A series of four males and three females,
173-210 mm. long, shows that the structural features
described above are very constant, though the filamentous
spines of the dorsal fin are somewhat shorter in females
than in males. The colour marking of the body and fins
varies considerably, and some specimens are much
lighter than others. There are six broad dark cross-
bands on the back between the nape and the caudal
peduncle. The first dorsal may be ornamented with
many linear markings or with small rings, or with a
combination of the two; the oblique lines on the second
dorsal of the holotype are wanting in some specimens,
in which the fin bears many dark brown and somewhat
nebulous markings. Similarly the longitudinal stripes
of the caudal may be indistinct, and the dusky membrane
between the lower rays may be either plain or may bear
many dark-coloured ocelli. The dark part of the anal
also, may bear numerous darker ocellit'orm spots and
bars or be almost uniformly dusky.

Localities. Off Cape Capricorn, Queensland, 13
fathoms; 29th June, 1910.

25 miles south-east from Double Island Point.
Queensland, 33 fathoms ; 28th June, 1910.

4-20 miles north-east of Gloucester Head, Queens-
land, 19-35 fathoms ; 2nd August, 1910.

CALLIONYMUS LIMICEPS Ogilby.

CaUionymus limiccps Ogilby, Ann. Qld. Mus. 9, 1908, p.
35. Id. McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus. xiv, 1, 1923,
p. 9, pi. iii, fig. 1.

Localities. Twenty-seven specimens, 107-221 mm.
long, are preserved from southern Queensland.
Mouth of Wide Bay and Hervey Bay.

5 miles south-east from Boomerang Hill, Eraser
Island, 15 fathoms; 29th June, 1910.

17-20 miles north-west from Lady Elliot Island, 18
fathoms; 7th June, 1910.

13 miles south-east from Cape Capricorn, 13
fathoms; 29th June, 1910.

204 "ENDEAVOUR"' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

7-10 miles north-west of Hummocky Island, near
Cape Capricorn, 14-16 fathoms; 1st August, 1910.

11-13 miles north-west of Pine Peak, Percy Islands,
24-26 fathoms; 1st August 1910.

CALLIOXYMUS LIMICEPS
rar. SUBL;EVIS, nor.

Two specimens, 182 mm. long, differ from all others
of the species in the collection in lacking the granular
rugosities on the upper surface of the cranium and supra-
orbital ridges. In one this area is almost entirely smooth
and covered by skin ; the other has smooth bony ridges
radiating from a point on each side of the occiput which
are most strongly developed on the left side, and a smaller
one on the median line posteriorly. Both specimens are
males, and have the first and second dorsal spines fila-
mentous; these are marked with the usual grey annuli,
but there is no black spot on the third spine as in
examples of the typical form. The anal fin is largely
black with a light margin, the basal portion being light-
coloured only posteriorly; in the typical form the fin is
light-coloured with a broad dusky or blackish border.

The differences between these two specimens and a
series of the typical limiceps are so striking and so con-
sistent that they might well be regarded as of specific
value, but the fact that both were secured in hauls which
included the true limiceps, and their great similarity to
that species in all but the characters noted above leads
to the belief that they are merely exceptional variations.

Localities. 7-10 miles north-west of Hummocky
Island, near Cape Capricorn, Queensland, 14-16 fathoms;
1st August, 1910.

13 miles south-east from Cape Capricorn, Queens-
land, 13 fathoms ; 29th July, 1910.

CALLIONYMUS CALCARATUS Macleay.

Callionymus calcaratus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales v. 4, 1881, p. 628. Id. McCulloch, Rec. Austr.
Mus. xiv, 1, 1923, p. 10, pi. iii, fig. 2 (synonymy and
references).

Eleven specimens, 190-230 mm. long, from Queens-
land waters agree in all details with others from Port

PISHES. MCCULLOCH. 205

Jackson. All have the first dorsal spine shorter than the
second, and the black spot on the dorsal fin extends over
the membrane between the second and fourth spines.
These two features appear to be the only characters by
which C. calcaratus can be separated from C. valencien-
nesii, in which species the first spine is distinctly longer
than the second, and the black spot is restricted to the
space between the third and fourth spines.

Localities. C. calcaratus has been recorded hitherto
only from New South Wales and Houtman's Abrolhos,
Western Australia. Ten of the "Endeavour 11 specimens
were trawled in Queensland waters.

Mouth of Wide Bay, Queensland.
Northern New South Wales.

CALLIONYMUS MACDONALDI Oc/ilby.
(Plate liv, fig. 1.)

CaUionyinus nuicdonaldl Ogilby, Ann. Qld. Mus. No. 10,
1911, p. 56, pi. vi, fig. 2.

D.iv/9; A.9; P.I 9; V.i/5; 0.10.

Depth before the dorsal fin (11 mm.) 8-9, breadth
before the pectorals (20) 4-9, and length of head (32)
3-06 in the length to the hypural joint (98). Eye (7)
shorter than the snout (8) and 4-5 in the head. Inter-
orbital space (1) 7-0 in the eye. First dorsal spine (8-5)
3-7, last dorsal ray (14-5) 2-2, and last anal ray (13) 2-4
in the head. Caudal fin (27) 1-1 in the head.

Head rugose above, with reticulating bony ridges
radiating from centres and enclosing shallow circular
pits; a patch on each side of the occiput is largest and
two smaller ones are present immediately behind the
orbital ridges and iuterorbital groove, and three on the
posterior part of the cranium. Snout obtusely rounded
when viewed from above ; the width of the head at the
bases of the preopercular spines is almost equal to the
distance between the gill-openings and the tip of the
snout. Upper lip projecting beyond the preorbital bones
when the mouth is closed, and well beyond the lower jaw.
Maxillary reaching backward to the vertical of the
nostril. Interorbital space narrow and grooved. Pre-
opercular spine curved upward at the distal extremity.

206 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

with five large hooks above and an antrorse spine on its
outer base. Gill-openings exposed, on the upper surface,
and separated by a space which is much less than that
between the outer margins of the orbits ; they are a little
nearer the eyes than the bases of the pectorals and well
above the level of the latter. A broad band of villiform
teeth in each jaw; palate toothless.

Body greatly depressed, the caudal peduncle much
broader than deep at the middle of its length. Lateral
line curving downward to above the middle of the
pectoral, and then rising slightly and extending back-
ward above the middle of the sides. No anal papilla.

First dorsal spine inserted above the base of the
upper pectoral ray; it is short, subequal in length to the
second, and not nearly reaching the second dorsal when
adpressed. Anterior ray much longer than the spine but
shorter than the last, which does not reach backward to
the hypural joint ; all the rays are simple except the last,
which is divided to its base, and each branch is bifurcated.
Anal of similar form to the dorsal but lower and com-
mencing and terminating well behind it. Upper margin
of pectoral excised, the median rays longest and reach-
ing beyond the vertical of the second anal ray. Ventral
rays coarsely branched; the fifth longest and reaching
backward to the vent; a broad membrane between its
anterior half and the base of the pectoral fin. Caudal
fin rounded ; all but the upper and lower rays bifurcate.

Colour-marking. Upper surface closely covered with
brown markings which coalesce to enclose many light
irregularly shaped spots; on the head these markings
tend to form small darker spots. First dorsal black,
lighter at the base anteriorly. Rays of the second dorsal
with numerous brown spots and there are some indefinite
markings on the membrane between them. Anal almost
colourless. Caudal and ventrals with irregular brown
spots, and some paler ones are present on the upper half
of the pectoral.

Described and figured from a specimen 125 mm. long,
which is apparently a female.

This is preserved in the collection of the Queensland
Museum, and I am indebted to the Director, Mr. H. A.
Longman, for the loan of it to redescribe and figure here.
It is entered in the register as "1.2473. Callionymus,

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 207

Moreton Bay, donated J. D. Ogilby," and the entry is in
Ogilby's handwriting. The type of C. macdonaldi was
said to have been preserved in the collection of the
Amateur Fishermen's Association of Queensland, but no
specimen can be found therein which corresponds to the
description of that species. The specimen here described
tallies with Ogilby's description and measurements, and
there is every reason to believe it is his holotype.

Affinities. C. macdonaldi is closely related to C.
calcaratus, from which it differs principally in having
the occiput rugose, and in its colouration.

CALLIONYMUS OCELLIGEXA *p. nor.
(Plate Iv, fig. 1.)

D.iv/9; A.9; P.20; V.i/5; C.10.

Depth at origin of anal fin (15 mm.) 1-03, breadth
before the pectorals (30) 5-1, and length of head (46)
3-3 in the length to the hypural joint (155). Eye (10)
shorter than the snout (14-5), and 4-6 in the head. Inter-
orbital space (2) 5-0 in the eye. First dorsal spine (21)
2-1, last dorsal ray (36) 1-2, and last anal ray (23) 2-0
in the head. Caudal fin (65) 0-4 longer than the head.

Head smooth above, without rugose bones. Snout
broadly rounded when viewed from above; the width of
the head at the bases of the preopercular spines is less
than the distance between the gill-openings and the tip of
the snout. Upper lip projecting beyond the preorbital
bones Avhen the mouth is closed, and Avell beyond the
lower jaw. Maxillary scarcely reaching the vertical of
the nostril. Interorbital space narrow, deeply grooved.
Preopercular spine curved upwards at the distal ex-
tremity, with three large hooks above, and an antrorse
spine on its outer base. Gill-openings exposed, on the
upper surface, and separated by a space which is less
than that between the outer margins of the orbits; they
are a little nearer the eyes than the bases of the pectorals,
and well above the level of the latter. A broad band of
villiform teeth in each jaw ; palate toothless.

Body greatly depressed, the caudal peduncle broader
than deep at the middle of its length. Lateral line curv-
ing downward beneath the pectoral fin and extending
backward a little above the middle of the side. Anal
papilla well developed.

208 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

First dorsal spine inserted in advance of the pectoral
fins; it is longer than the others and is produced into a
short filament which scarcely reaches backward to the
first dorsal ray. Anterior ray longer than the spine, but
shorter than the last, which reaches backward beyond
the hypural joint ; all the rays are simple except the last,
which is divided to its base, and each branch is bifurcate.
Anal of similar form to the dorsal but lower, and com-
mencing and terminating well behind it. Upper margin
of pectoral excised, the median rays longest and reaching
backward to the vertical of the second anal ray; all but
the upper rays are bifurcate. Ventral rays coarsely
branched, not quite reaching the origin of the anal fin.
Caudal fin elongate, much longer than the head; all but
its outer rays are bifurcate.

Colour -marking. General colour greyish brown in
formalin, the upper surface closely covered with small
and indistinct lighter spots with dark margins. The
sides of the head bear a number of large brown ocelli
with light margins; these are most conspicuous upon
the lateral angle between the mouth and the preopercular
spine, but are also present upon the preorbital region
and operculum. A large, black, white-edged spot on the
operculum beneath the preopercular spine. Several in-
definite dark blotches on each side of the body below the
lateral line. First dorsal grey with a large incomplete
dark ring on the third spine, and some indefinite darker
markings. Second dorsal with numerous blackish dots
irregularly disposed between the rays. Anal dusky,
lighter basally. Caudal with black dots similar to those
of the second dorsal, and a grey stripe between the lower
rays. Ventral with a dark border.

Described and figured from a single male example,
218 mm. long.

Of the Australian species, this is nearest G.
calcaratus, from which it is readily distinguishable by its
colour-marking, longer tail, and in having the first dorsal
spine distinctly longer than the second.

Locality. This specimen is unfortunately without
data. It is registered in association with some Queens-
land fishes, but cannot be definitely recorded from that
State.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 209

CALLIONYMUS CALAUROPOMUS Richardson.

Callioiiymus calauropomus Richardson, Ichth. Erebus
and Terror, 1844, pp. iv and 10, pi. vii, figs. 4-5.
Id. McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Viet., dec. xx, 1890, pi. cxcii.
Id. McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mns. xiv, 1, 1923, p. 12
(vide synonymy).

Thirteen specimens, 60-360 mm. long, agree well with
McCoy's figures, and exhibit considerable variation. The
caudal rays are shorter than the head in some speci-
mens, and more than twice its length in others. The
colour-marking varies in intensity, but is of the same
pattern as is illustrated by McCoy. The armature of
the preopercular spine, which has only two recurved
hooks at its tip and lacks a basal antrorse barb, and the
bifurcation of the dorsal rays afford excellent specific
characters, being constant in all specimens examined.

Localities. East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

Off Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Aus-
tralia ; 19th August, 1909.

Doubtful Island Bay, south-western Australia, 20-
25 fathoms; 30th November, 1911.

CALLIONYMUS APRICUS sp. nov.
(Plate liv, fig. 2.)

D.iv/8;- A.7; P.23; V.i/5; C.10.

Depth at origin of dorsal fin (13 mm.) 6-4, breadth
before the pectorals (15) 5-6, and length of head (27) 3-1
in the length to the hypural joint (84). Eye (9-5) much
longer than the snout (6) and 2-8 in the head. Inter-
orbital space (1) very narrow. First dorsal spine (31)
2-7, median dorsal rays (24) 3-5, and median caudal rays
(37) 2-2 in the length of the hypural joint.

Head and body subcylindrical, and not much broader
than deep; the width of the head between the bases of
the preopercular spines is only a trifle greater than the
distance between the tip of the snout and the hinder
margin of the eye. Upper surface of head with a loose
transparent epidermis raised high above the bones of
the cranium; the occiput has a low conical prominence
on each side with very fine reticulating ridges radiating

210 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

from its centre. Snout obtusely conical, its upper profile
very oblique and broadly rounded when viewed from
above. Upper lip projecting well beyond the preorbital
bones when the mouth is closed and well beyond the lower
jaw. Maxillary reaching backward beyond the vertical
of the anterior margin of the eye. Interorbital space
very narrow, forming a shallow groove. Eyes very large
and rising high above the profile of the head. Preoper-
cular spine curved upwards at its distal extremity to
form a spine of the same size as two others on its upper
margin; no antrorse spine at the base below. Gill-
openings exposed on the supero-lateral surface of the
neck, and separated by a space which is much less than
that between the outer margins of the eyes; they are
much nearer the bases of the pectorals than the eyes,
and well above the level of the former. A broad band
of teeth in each jaw which is widest anteriorly and
extends farther back in the lower than in the upper;
palate with large fleshy papillae, but toothless.

Body not depressed, the caudal peduncle little
broader than deep at the middle of its length. Lateral
line crossing behind the occiput and curving downward
in advance of the pectorals; it is then arched upward
above that fin and descends again to the middle of the
side behind its tip; the usual cephalic extensions are
present, one descending towards the preopercular spine
and another to the hinder angle of the eye, but it
apparently does not cross the cheek. A small, well
developed anal papilla.

First dorsal spine inserted above the preopercular
spine and a little behind the vertical of the origin of the
ventrals; all four spines are produced into extremely
slender filaments and are longer than the base of the
second dorsal; the second is incomplete and the third
extends beyond the base of the last dorsal ray. Second
dorsal elevated, its median rays longest, but not reaching
backward to the hypural joint when adpressed; all are
bifurcate and the last is again divided to its base. Anal
rays simple, only the last divided to its base; they are
lower than those of the dorsal and increase in length
backwards. Pectorals rounded, all but the upper ray
bifurcate, the median reaching backward to beyond the
vertical of the second anal ray; the entire base of the
pectoral fin is exposed. Ventral rays branched, the

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 21t

fourth longest and reaching backward beyond the second
anal ray; the broad membrane which usually connects
the inner ray to the middle of the pectoral base in
typical species of Callionymus is almost entirely wanting,
being traceable at the base of the ray only. Caudal
elongate, its upper and lower rays simple, the others
bifurcate.

Colour-marking. Almost colourless after preserva*
tion in formalin, with traces of a few brown markings
on the upper half of the body, dorsal fins, and bases of
the pectorals and caudal, disposed as is shown iu the
accompanying figure. When first received, the head and
body were rose-pink with orange spots and bars ; the most
striking of these was one below the postero-inferior angle
of the eye, a saddle-shaped mark across the middle of
the back with a round spot before it, and several small
spots on the caudal peduncle. A yellowish-brown spot
on the upper base of the pectoral; the rest of the fin
rose-pink. Membrane of the first dorsal orange, the
spines white. A blackish-brown spot behind the first
spine, a similar one on the second spine but lower than
the first, and traces of others behind the third and fourth
spines. The second dorsal was marked with broad
oblique bars alternately orange and white, the orange
ones partly corresponding with the rays. Blackish bars
descended obliquely backward and downward from the
tips of each ray. Caudal rays white; the membrane
orange above, white below. Anal rose-pink. Ventrals
white.

Described from a unique example, 123 mm. long.

Affinities. This species is very close to CaUiouynms
pliasis Gtinther, from which it differs chiefly in its
delicate coloration. Two small specimens of that
species in the "Endeavour" collection have definite mark-
ings as figured by Gtinther, whereas those of C. apricus
are scarcely traceable on the body, being distinct only
on the dorsal fins. The dorsal spines of C. apricus are
longer than those of C, phasis, and the pectoral fins have
twenty-three instead of twenty rays, but in all other
structural characters the two species appear quite
similar.

Locality. Great Australian Bight, south from
Eucla, 350-450 fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

212 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

CALLIONYMUS PHASIS (1 iitither.

Callionymus pliasls Giinther, Challenger Zool. i. 1880,
p. 28, pi. xv, fig. c. Id. McCulloch, Kec. Austr. Mus.
xiv, 1, 1923, p. 9.

"Two specimens, 48 and 66 mm. long, exhibit some
variation in the lengths and numbers of their fin-rays
and spines. In the larger the dorsal spines are much
longer than the rays as in the holotype, but in the other
the longest spine is a little shorter than the anterior
rays. The latter has nine dorsal rays while the former
has only eight; both have seven anal rays." McCulloch
(loc. tit.).

Locality. Gippslaud coast, Victoria, 80 fathoms;
17th October, 1914. South of Cape Everard, Victoria.
200 fathoms; 7th October, 1914.

Family TRIGLID.E.
Subfamily PERISTEDIONTIN.K.

PERISTEDION PICTURATUM, sp. nor.
(Plate Ivi, figs. 1-3.)

Br. 5; D.viii/21 ; A.20; P.12/2: V.l/5; C.12. L. lat.
36; 1. tr. 4.

Head, including rostrum (56 mm.) 2-5 in the length
to the hypural joint (140) ; depth of the body (22-5) 6-2
in the same. Eye (9) a little narrower than the inter-
orbital space (10), 3-6 in the length of the snout. Snout
(33) 1-7 in the head, rostral processes (13) 1-5 in their
distance from the eye. Width of the head at the pre-
opercular angle (33) equal to the length of the snout.
Second dorsal spine (14) 4, second dorsal ray (12) 4-6,
and third anal ray (10-5) 5-3 in the head. Pectoral (20)
2-8, ventral (22) 2-5, and caudal (21-5) 2-6 in the head.

Snout with two flat, subparallel blades, which are
granular : each bears a very small spine near its base
on the upper surface. No spines on the forehead or
upper surface of the snout. A supraorbital spine above
the posterior margin of the orbit, followed by two more
on each side of the occiput; a nodular ridge is situated
a little lower down on 'each side of the head, which
terminates in a spine above the post-temporal bone.

FISHES. MCCULLOOII. 213

Occipital region flat, quadrate, and granular; interorbital
space with a deep median groove, which runs into a ridge
extending forward on the median line of the snout. A
ridge on each side from before the eye to the base of each
rostral process. A suborbital ridge forms a sharp angle
posteriorly. Operculum wth a transverse ridge pro-
jecting backward as a strong spine. Lateral margin of
the head sharp, granular, and sinuous ; a few denticles are
present on each side of the snout, which are followed by
a series of lobes ; preopercular angle forming an expanded
lobe, without a spine. Jaws toothless; maxillary not
nearly reaching the vertical of the anterior margin of
the eye. Lower lip with many simple tentacles which
are shorter than the diameter of the eye, and a long
branched process on each side which reaches the vertical
of the anterior edge of the orbit.

A single plate on the back before the dorsal tin,
which is armed with a spine at each hinder angle ; behind
this are thirty dorsal scutes each bearing a spine, of
which those on the caudal peduncle are indistinct and
the last two at the base of the tail are largely developed.
Lateral line consisting of simple pores upon thirty-six
scutes, beginning at the shoulder and curving sharply
downward to the middle line of the body; the first three
scutes are small, and form a horizontal row ; twenty-four
or twenty-five scutes are armed with a single spine, pro-
jecting backward, but about ten on the side of the tail
are provided with an anterior as well as a posterior
spine. The spines of the sub-lateral row are well
developed, but those of the ventral series are obsolete
except anteriorly. Abdomen with two pairs of large
plates, which are provided with ridges on each side; a
pair of plates meets on the median line behind the vent,
and those of a second pair just touch in advance of the
first anal ray. No extra series below the caudal
peduncle. Vent with a minute papilla.

Anterior dorsal rounded, joined by membrane to the
base of the first ray. Second dorsal highest anteriorly,
and formed entirely of simple rays. Anal commencing a
trifle behind the origin of the second dorsal, and terminat-
ing a little in advance of its last ray ; the rays are highest
anteriorly and simple. Pectoral rounded, reaching back-
ward to the level of the first anal ray; the fifth ray is
longest, and the median ones are bifurcate. The upper

214 "ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

free ray is a little longer than the fin. Ventrals reaching
a little beyond the vent; the rays are branched, and the
inner ones are broadly united with the abdomen by
membrane. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Colour-marking. Apparently pink in life, with
brown markings on the upper surfaces. Both dorsal fins
with broad black margins, the tips of the spines and rays
Avhite. Anal with a dark submarginal band posteriorly.
Pectoral with a broad black band crossing its distal half,
and some dusky blotches near its base. Caudal with a
dusky upper border.

Described and figured from the unique holotype,
159 mm. long.

Locality. East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait,
70-100 fathoms: 4th December, 1913.

The descriptions of many species of Pcristedion omit
reference to several important specific characters, and
therefore cannot be compared satisfactorily with this
new form. P. picturatum belongs to a group of species
in which the angle of the preoperculum does not project
backward as a spine, but forms either an obtuse angle
or an expanded lobe. It is apparently distinguishable
from its nearest allies as follows :

A. Dorsal and pectoral fins with dark marginal or submarginal

bands.
B. Two pairs of abdominal scutes before the vent.

C. Three pairs of scutes between vent and first anal
ray.

liorhynchus Gthr., and nierstraszi Weber.
CC. Two pairs of scutes between vent and first anal ray.

picturatum sp. nov.
BB. Three pairs of abdominal scutes before the vent.

rivers-andersoni Ale., and orientale Schleg.
AA. No black marks on dorsal or pectoral fins.

truncatum Giinther.

P. miniatum Goode, altipinnis Regan, and crustosum
Gnrman, have only 17-18 dorsal and 16-18 anal rays
instead of 21 and 20 as in picturatum. P. cataphractum
Linue, has strong spines on the snout and forehead, and
barbiger Gnrmau has a pair of hooked spines between
the nostrils, which are wanting in picturatum. In
longispatha G. and B., the rostral processes are widely
divergent instead of parallel, and gracilc G. and B., lacks
supraorbital spines. In P. imbcrbe Poey, the barbels are

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. -1 5

minute. The remaining species have a long spine pro-
jecting backward from the angle of the preoperculum :

platycephalum G. and B., murrayi Gthr., adeni
Lloyd, brevirostre Gthr., engyccros Gthr., undulatum
Weber, investigatoris Ale., serrulatum Ale., Jialei
Day, hians Gilb. and Cram., gilbert) Jordan,
untisciini Jord. and Starks, indicum Brauer, laticeps
Schlg., mollucense Bleeker, rieffeli Kaup, priono-
cephalum Dnmeril.

The description of P. roscum Ribeiro is not available
to me.

Family PSYCHROLUTID.E.

NBOPHRYNICHTHYS MARCIDUS sp. no-v.

(Plate Iv, fig. 2.)

Br. 7; D.vii/18; A.12; P. 22; V. i/3 ; C.4/9/4.

Depth at the origin of the dorsal (77 mm.) 3-1 ir
the length to the hypural joint (240) ; head (101) 2-3 in
the same. Width of the head at the preoperculum (96)
1-05 in its length. Eye (15) 1-9 in the snout (29) and
2-2 in the interocular width (33). Pectoral fin (68) 14,
ventral fin (34) 2-9 and caudal (53) 1-9 in the head.

Head, body and fins entirely covered in loose, flabby
skin, which almost entirely conceals the characters
beneath it. Head globose, with a few open pores around
the upper and lower jaws; a number of minute papillae
on the under surface of the mandible. Anterior nostril
in a short tube; posterior a simple opening in advance
of the eye. Interorbital narrow, sub-equal to the width
of the eye; its width is greatly increased by the expan-
sions of the ocular margins, which form a broad inter-
ocular space. Upper jaw projecting beyond the lower;
the maxillary is broad and somewhat rounded posteriorly
and reaches to below the vertical of the hinder margin
of the eye. Both jaws broadly rounded anteriorly and
each bearing a broad band of villiform teeth, those of
the preruaxillaries being separated at the symphysis.
Palate toothless. Tongue thick, rounded, and aduate to
the floor of the mouth. Bony stay of the cheek prominent
with three obtuse protuberances. Preopercular margin
covered with loose skin through which a broad cavernous

216 "ENDEAVOUR"' SCIENTIFIC- RESULTS.

border can be detected. Opercuhim unarmed, its superior
angle forming a pointed lobe. Gill-openings broad,
extending forward as far as the base of the pectorals and
separated by a broad, flat interspace.

Body very broad anteriorly, compressed towards the
caudal peduncle. It is highest at the origin of the dorsal
fin, behind which it decreases rapidly. The lateral line
is indicated only by a raised ridge on the shoulder region.
Vent about twice as far from the insertions of the
ventrals as from the first anal ray; it is provided with a
prominent post-anal papilla.

All the fins are so completely enveloped in thick
fleshy skin that their rays can be counted only when this
is removed. The first dorsal originates a little in advance
of the end of the opercular lobe. Its margin is rounded
and the median spines are longest, but their tips are
lost in the membrane and their length cannot be deter-
mined. A distinct dip in the margin of the fin dis-
tinguishes the first from the second dorsal. The greater
number of the dorsal rays are bifurcate and the last is
united to the caudal peduncle by membrane. The anal
commences well behind the origin of the second dorsal
and is of a similar form to that fin. Pectoral broad and
reaching beyond the vertical of the first anal ray.
Seventh ray longest and the median ones are bifurcate.
Ventrals inserted behind the anterior base of the pectoral
and reaching about two-thirds of their distance to the
vent. They consist of a single spine and three rays, all
of which are very closely united within a. thick membrane.
Caudal rounded, its rays branched.

Colour. Uniformly whitish in preservative.

Described and figured from a unique holotype, 293
mm. long.

Affinities. X. niarcidus differs from the other species
of the genus, X. latua Hector, and X. marmoratus Gill,
in lacking colour-marking. X. hit UN further has a very
different fin-formula, and both have the lower jaw
projecting beyond the upper.

Locality. This specimen is unfortunately without
data, but was certainly trawled in deep water on the
southern Australian or Tasmanian coast.

EXPLAXATTOX OF PLATE XLIII.

Dia pit u* coTuIcus Khmzinger.

Fig. 1. A specimen 138 mm. long, from the Great
Australian Bight, 350-450 fathoms.

Fig. 2. Auteroanal, posterolateral, and posteroanal
photophores of another specimen, from the Great
Australian Bight, 200-300 fathoms.

Halosaurus pectoralis, sp. nov.

Fig. 3. Holotype, 545 mm. long, from the Great
Australian Bight.

I5IOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATI: XLIII.

1

CO

\. R. McCuLi.ocH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.

K, Roulc'mu, squamilaterus Alcock.

Fig. 1. A specimen 182 mm. long without the caudal
fin, from the Great Australian Bight, 350-450
fathoms.

Euclichthys polynemus sp. nov.

Fig. 2. Holotype, 255 mm. long, from the Great Aus-
tralian Bight, south-east from Eucla, 250-300
fathoms.

. itEsn/rs -ENDEAVOUR," VOL. v.

PLATE XLIV.

- ' v

A. R. MfCrLi.ocH, del.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE XLV.

Polymetme illustris sp. iiov.

Fig. 1. Holotype, 158 min. loug, from the Great Aus-
tralian Bight.

Argyripnus iridescent* sp. nov.

Fig.. 2. Holotype, 128 mm. long, from the Great Aus-
tralian Bight.

BIOL. KESULT8 "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XLY.

A. R. McCuLLOCH, del

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.

Ccelorhynchus, Paramacrurus, mirus sp. nov.

Holotype, 230 mm. long, from east of Sydney, 150
fathoms.

13IOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V

I'LATI: XL VI.

A. R. McCuLLocH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLA T II.

Malacocephalus Icevis Lowe.

A specimen 385 (+) mm. long (tail incomplete), from
the Great Australian Bight, 350-450 fathoms.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE XLVI1.

I. MeCuu.ocH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.

Lepidorhynchus dcnticulatus Richardson.

A specimen 460 mm. long, from the Great Australian
Bight, 350-450 fathoms. A scale from near the vent
of the same specimen.

15IOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V. PLATE XLVIII.

A. R. McCuLLocH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.

Pseudochromis Pseudochromis, purpurascens De Vis.

A specimen, 64 mm. long, from Ringdove Bay, Api Island,
New Hebrides.

UIOL. KESl'LTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

I'LATK XLIX.

11^^.

rv*v *- . .

A. R. McCuLLocii, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Pseudochromis, Leptochromis, quinquedentatus, sp. nov.

Holotype, 60 min. lonj;, from off Cape Capricorn,
Queensland.

IIIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

I'LATK L.

I

A. R. McCui.i.ocii, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Pseudochromis, Leptocliromis, tapchioxonm Bleeker.

Fig. 1. A female specimen, 54-5 mm. long, from Mast-
head Island, Queensland.

Fig. 2. A male, 56 mm. long, also from Masthead
Island, Queensland.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE LI.

A. R. McCui i.ocir, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIT.

Callionymus, Calliurichthys, /w.sw/w.s- sp. nov.

Holotype, 240 mm. long, from off Cape Capricorn,
Queensland.

P.IOL. KESULTS "EXDEAA'OUK," VOL. A'.

I 'LATH LTL

A. R. McCuLLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII.

Callionymus, Calliurichthys, runirus, sp. nov.

Fig. 1. Holotype, L'10 mm. long, from oft' Cape Capricorn,
Queensland, 13 fathoms.

Fig. '2. Preopercular spine of the holotype.
Fig. 3. Dorsal fin of a female paratype.

BIOL. KESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. A T .

I'LATI: LIII.

V

A. R. McCuLLOCH and
G. P. WIUTLKY, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LTV.

Callionymus inacdonaldi Ogilby.

Fig. 1. ? Holotype, 125 mm. long, from Moretou Bay,
Queensland.

Callionymus apricus sp. nov.

Fig. 2. Holotype, 123 mm. long, from the Great
Australian Bight.

BIOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE LIV.

1

V

1

A. R. McCui.i.ocH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.

Callionymus, Calliurichthys, oceUigcna sp. nov.

Fig. 1. Holotype, 218 mm. long, supposed to have been
trawled in Queensland waters.

Neophrynichthys marcldus sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Holotype, 293 rnin. long.

P.IOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE LV.

' . . '

I

v , '/$-y

Vitf/ v

A. R. McCur.i.ocii, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.

Peristedion picturatum sp. nov.

Fig. 1. llolotype, 159 mm. long, from east of Flinders
Island, Bass Strait.

Fig. 2. Upper surface of the head of the holotype.
Fig. 3. Ventral surface of the abdomen of the holotype.

BIOL. RESULTS -ENDEAVOUR," VOL. V.

PLATE LVI.

<\ .

NV-

A. R. McCuLLOCH and
G. P. WHITLEY, del.

A Report on the Flatfishes (Heterosomata) collected by

the F.I.S. "Endeavour," with a Synopsis of the

Flatfishes of Australia and a Revision of

the Subfamily Rhombosoleinse.

BY

J. R. NORMAN.

(Figures 1-15.)

FLATFISHES. NORM AX. 219

INTRODUCTION.

THE Flatfishes collected by the F.I.S. "Endeavour"
and included in this report number about 250, and repre-
sent about 30 species, of which six are described as new to
science. Some of the specimens were obtained in the
seas of southern and south-western Australia, but the
bulk of the collection was taken off the coasts of
Queensland and northern New South Wales. In addition
to the "Endeavour" collections, I have studied all the
Australian material preserved in the collection of the
British Museum (Natural History), a number of dupli-
cate specimens provided by the Australian Museum, and
a small collection of Flatfishes from South Australia
kindly placed at my disposal by the authorities of the
South Australian Museum.

In addition to the report on the "Endeavour" speci-
mens, I have included a synopsis of all the known Hetero-
somata of Australia, with keys to the genera and species.
With the exception of two or three species known only
from the original descriptions of the older ichthyologists,
the types of which have not yet been re-examined, I have
been able to identify all the Australian species. The
synonymy and known distribution is given, and, where
necessary, a re-description has also been included.

No attempt has been made to make the synonymy
complete for every species, but I have endeavoured to
include all the more important Australian references.

Finally, I have included a complete revision of the
subfamily Rhombosoleinse, which is almost entirely con-
fined to the waters of Australia and New Zealand. 1 This
subfamily presents several particularly interesting
features, of which the following are the more important:
the form of the nasal organs, and their evolution within
the group; the evolution of many sole-like characters
within the group, which provides an interesting example

1 In connection with this revision I am greatly indebted to Mr.
G. Archey, of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, and to the
authorities of the Dominion Museum, Wellington, for New Zealand
material.

220 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

of parallelism ; and finally, the ambicoloration and
reversal of certain examples of the genus Rhombosolea,
with the associated variations towards symmetry shown
by the pelvic fins.

I take this opportunity of offering my thanks to the
late Allan R. McCulloch and the Director of the Aus-
tralian Museum for their kindness in entrusting me with
this investigation, and for providing me with an excellent
series of additional specimens, and notes and illustra-
tions of others concerning which I was in doubt; and to
Mr. E. R. Waite, for his assistance in providing me with
South Australian material, and for generously placing
in my hands the notes on this group which had been
already made by him. Finally, I have to thank Mr. C.
Tate Regan, F.R.S., for the valuable advice which he has
given me during the preparation of this report.

The scheme of classification adopted is that published
by Mr. Regan in 1910. 2

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FAMILIES AXD SUBFAMILIES OF
HETEROSOMATA REPRESENTED IN AUSTRALIA.

I. Dorsal fin not extending forward on the head, the anterior
rays spinous; each pelvic fin with a spine and five soft

rays; eyes on the right or left side 1. PSETTODID.

II. Dorsal fin extending forward on the head at least to above
eye, none of the rays spinous; pelvic fins without spine.

A. Praeoperculum with a free margin, lower jaw generally

prominent.

1. Eyes on the left side, except in reversed examples.

2. BOTHID.E

a. Pelvic fins equal, short based .... 2a. Paralichthhia'

b. Left pelvic fin median, with base much longer than

that of right 2b. Bothinte

2. Eyes on the right side, except in reversed examples.

3. PLEURONECTID^

a. Mouth symmetrical, with the jaws and dentition

nearly equally developed on both sides; anterior
rays of dorsal fin greatly prolonged. 3a. Samarincc

b. Mouth usually asymmetrical, the dentition always

more developed on the blind side; anterior dorsal
rays not greatly prolonged ... 3b. Rhombosoleintr

B. Praeopercular margin not free, hidden by the skin and

scales of the head; lower jaw never prominent.

1. Eyes on the right side 4. SOLEIDJE

2. Eyes on the left side 5. CYNOGLOSSID.B

2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, VI, 1910, p. 484.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 221

Family I. PSETTODIDvE.

1. PSETTODES.

Pscttodes, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1831, p. 147.
Sphayontorus, Cope, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., XIII, 1869,

p. 407.

Two species from West Africa and the Indo-Pacific ;
one known from Australia.

1. Psettodes erumei. [Queensland Halibut.]

Pleuronectes erumei, Bloch, Schneider, Syst, Ichth., p.
150 (1801).

Psettodes erumei, Giinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 402 (1862) ;
Bleeker, Atl. Ichth., VI, p. 4, Pleuron. pi. I, fig. 2
(1866); Day, Fish. India, p. 422, pi. XCI, fig. 4
(1877) ; Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, p. 297, pi.
XLVI, fig. 5 (1893) ; Stead, Fish. Australia, p. 181
(1906).

Halt. East Africa to the Pacific; Australia, East
Coast of Queensland.

E.2787. 4-5 miles N.W. of Gloucester Head, Queens-
land ; 19-25 fathoms.

E.2790. 4-5 miles N.W. of Gloucester Head, Queens-
land ; 19-25 fathoms.

E.6640. 4-5 miles N.W. of Gloucester Head, Queens-
land ; 19-25 fathoms.

E.2536. 7 miles N.N.E. of Bowen, Queensland; 16
fathoms.

E.6637-8. 7 miles N.N.E. of Bowen, Queensland ; 16
fathoms.

This species has sometimes been united with
P. bclcheri, Bennett, from West Africa, but an examina-
tion of specimens from both localities shows that the
two are distinct. The principal differences are as
f olloAvs :

I. Depth of body 2J to 2 in the length, length of head 3i to
3; lower jaw 3j to 4 in length of body; 24 to 28 scales in
a transverse series between lateral line and middle of
back, 34 to 38 round caudal peduncle; caudal fin without

dark spots 1. erumei.

II. Depth of body 2 to 2 in the length, length of head 3i to 3|;
lower jaw 4 to 5 in length of body; 21 to 22 scales in a
transverse series between lateral line and middle of back,
29 to 30 round caudal peduncle; caudal fin with vertical
rows of large dark spots 2. belcheri

222 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Family II. BOTHID^E.

Synopsis of Australian Genera.

I. Pelvic fins equal, short-based. (Paralichthinw). Pelvic fins
subsymmetrical; mouth moderate or large; teeth uniserial;
eyes separated by a ridge 1. PSEUDORHOMBUS

II. Left pelvic fin median, with base much longer than that of
right. (Bothince.)

A. Lateral line not developed on blind side of body.

1. Eyes separated by a bony ridge or a concave space of

moderate width; interorbital region similar in both
sexes; gill-opening extending upwards to or nearly to
commencement of lateral line; rostral spines generally
absent, but if developed they are present in both sexes.

a. Rostral spines absent; anterior rays of dorsal fin

sometimes moderately prolonged in the males ....
2. ARXOGLOSSUS

b. Rostral spines present; anterior rays of dorsal fin

prolonged in both sexes, filamentous in the males

3. LOPHONECTES

2. Interorbital region concave, generally very broad in the

males; gill-opening extending upwards to commence-
ment of lateral line; rostral and ocular spines

developed only in the males; scales large

4. ENGYPROSOPON

3. Interorbital region concave, generally very broad in the

males; gill-opening ending a short distance above
pectoral fin; membrane connecting operculum with
shoulder scaleless; rostral and ocular spines developed
only in the males ; scales small 5. BOTHUS

B. Lateral line developed on both sides of body; interorbital

region rather narrow, concave, similar in both sexes;
gill-opening ending midway between pectoral fin and
lateral line; scales small 6. GRAMMATOBOTHUS

I have been unable to identify Neorhombus unicolor,
Castelnau [Kesearches Fish. Austral., p. 45 (1875)] from
Fremantle, a genus and species which has not been recog-
nised since first described. This may be a species of
Pseudorhombus.

Kevision of the Australian Species of Pseudorhombu*.

1. PSEUDORHOMBUS.

Pseudorhombus, Bleeker, C. E. Akad. Sci. Amsterdam,
XIII, 1862, p. 5; Gtinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 423

(1862).

Eyes on the left side, separated by a ridge. Mouth
moderate or rather large; teeth in jaws conical, pointed,
uniserial; palate toothless. Dorsal fin originating in
front of or above anterior part of upper eye, the rays
nearly all simple and more or less scaly on both sides.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN.

Anal tin similar to dorsal. Pectoral tin of ocular side
more strongly developed than that of blind side. Scales
small or of moderate size, ctenoid or cycloid. Lateral
line developed on both sides of body, with a strong
curve anteriorly.

Several species from the Indo-Pacific ; nine known
from Australia.

Synopsis of Australian Species.

I. Origin of dorsal well in front of both nostrils of blind side;
a line connecting base of first dorsal ray with posterior
nostril, if continued, passes above hinder end of maxillary;
dorsal profile of head markedly convex; gill-rakers
"palmate" 1- spinosus

II. Origin of dorsal behind, above, or a little in front of nostrils
of blind side; a line connecting base of first dorsal ray
with posterior nostril, if continued, crosses the maxillary;
dorsal profile of head straight or notched in front of eyes.

A. Scales of ocular side cycloid; no anterior canine teeth;

gill-rakers longer than broad 2. tenuirastrum

B. Scales of ocular side ctenoid.

I.Gill-rakers "palmate"; 3 or more double ocelli on body.

a. Depth 2 to 2| in the length; maxillary extending

almost to below posterior border of eye or beyond,
length 2 to 2i in head; anterior teeth of both jaws
forming strong canines, 4 to 8 teeth on blind side
of lower jaw 3. diplospilus

b. Depth 2V, to 2 in the length; maxillary extending

to below middle of eye or beyond, length 2J to 2|
in head; anterior teeth of jaws not greatly
enlarged, 13 to 22 teeth on blind side of lower
jaw 4. dupliciocellatus

2. Gill-rakers pointed, longer than broad; no conspicuous
double ocelli.

a. Origin of dorsal above or a little in front of nostrils

of blind side, and well in advance of eye.

* Anterior teeth of both jaws enlarged and canine-

like; 72-79 dorsal rays 5. arsius

** Anterior teeth scarcely enlarged; 68-72 dorsal
rays 6. elevatus

b. Origin of dorsal just behind posterior nostril of blind

side, and above or very slightly in advance of
anterior part of eye.

* 14-16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch 7. argus

** 7-10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.
t Gill-rakers rather short and stout; 67-75 scales

in a longitudinal series .... 8. multimaculatus
tt Gill-rakers rather long and slender; 84 scales

in a longitudinal series 9. anomalus

224 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

1. Pseudorhombus spinosus.

Pseudorhombus spinosus, McCulloch, Biol. Res.
"Endeavour," II, p. 129, pi. XXV (1914).

Depth of body 2^ to 2^ in the length, length of head
3f to 3*. Dorsal profile of head evenly convex, not
notched in front of eyes. Snout longer than eye, diameter
of which is 4| to 5 in length of head ; lower eye scarcely
in advance of upper, which is separated from upper
edge of head by a space equal to f its diameter. Maxillary
extending to below posterior ^ or \ of eye, or not quite
as far, length about twice in head; lower jaw not pro-
jecting, a knob at the syinphysis, length If to 1| in head.
Teeth of upper jaw rather small laterally, not close-set,
enlarged anteriorly ; teeth of lower jaw stronger, a single
pair of enlarged teeth anteriorly. Gill-rakers "palmate"
(short, broad, the distal margins spinulate) ; 10 on lower
part of anterior arch. 3 Scales of ocular side cycloid or
weakly ctenoid, often more or less embedded in the skin ;
those of blind side cycloid; 78-86 scales in a longitudinal
series, 4 26-30 between lateral line and highest point of
dorsal profile. Height of arch of lateral line 2| to 3 in
length of same; a short accessory branch, not reaching
base of dorsal fin. Dorsal 72-75 (76) ; commencing well
in front of both nostrils of blind side, and at a distance
in front of eye equal to or greater than its diameter; a
line connecting base of first ray with posterior nostril,
if continued, passes above hinder end of maxillary. Anal
57; tip of first interhsemal spine generally projecting
through the skin on median line, below vent and imme-
diately in front of first anal ray. Left pectoral with 10
to 12 rays (7 to 9 branched), base almost horizontal,
length If to 2 in head. Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle
rays longest, li to 1^ in length of head. Length of
caudal peduncle 2^ to 2| in its depth, which is 2f to 2f
in length of head. Light broAvnish or greyish, with
darker spots and annular markings, and with 3 large
conspicuous ocelli arranged thus .: ; fins generally
spotted and blotched with brown.

Uab. Western Australia; southern Queensland.

Described from 11 specimens, 95 to 245 mm. in total
length.

:; Counted on blind side of head.

4 Counted from upper angle of gill-opening across arch or
lateral line, and from thence above the straight portion.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 225

E.1958-1960. (6) 25 miles off Bustard Head Light,
Queensland; 20 fathoms.

E.2858. Platypus Bay, Queensland; 7-9 fathoms.

E.6672-3. (3) 37 miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
land ; 9-11 fathoms.

E.2613. 3-7 miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queensland ;
9-11 fathoms.

2. Pseudorhombus tenuirastrum.

[Deep-water Flounder; Slender Flounder.]

Paralichthys tenuirastrwm, Waite, Mem. Austral. Mus.
IV, 1899, p. 121, pi. XXVIII, text-fig. 10.

Pxeudorliombus tenuirastrum, Ogilby, Mem. Queensland
Mus., I, 1912, pp. 43, 45; McCulloch, Biol. Res.
"Endeavour," II, p. 130 (1914) ; McCulloch, Austral.
Zool., II, 1921, p. 45; Lord, Papers Proc. Roy. Soc.
Tasmania (1922), 1923, p. 65.

Depth of body 2-J to 2^ in the length, length of head
4 to 4^. Dorsal profile of head notched in front of eyes.
Snout shorter than eye, diameter of which is 4 to 4| in
length of head ; upper eye generally a little in advance
of lower, and close to upper edge of head. Maxillary
extending about to below middle of eye, length 2| to 3
in head; lower jaw a little projecting, a small knob at
the symphysis, length 2 to 2^ in head. Teeth all small,
rather close-set, scarcely enlarged anteriorly. Gill-
rakers rather slender, 4-6 times as long as broad, their
inner edges feebly spinulate; 11-13 on lower part of
anterior arch. Scales of both sides of body cycloid, those
of the ocular side frequently with a rough or spiny patch
well within the hinder margin of the scale; (73) 75-82
scales in a longitudinal series, 27 to 33 between lateral
line and highest point of dorsal profile. Height of arch
of lateral line 2^ to 2f in length of same; an accessory
branch generally well-developed, reaching base of eighth
or ninth ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal (73) 74-80; commenc-
ing just behind level of posterior nostril of blind side,
and above or a little in front of anterior edge of eye.
Anal 58-61 (63) ; no visible spine. Left pectoral with 11
to 13 rays (6 to 8 branched), base oblique, length 1^ to If
in head. Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays longest,
equal to or greater than length of head. Length of caudal
peduncle more than twice in its depth, which is about

226 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

twice iii length of head. Brownish, with a number of
darker spots and markings, of which 6 ocelli arranged
thus ;j: and a series of 5 or 6 smaller ones at edges of
body are generally most prominent; fins with numerous
dark brown spots and markings; the dorsal and anal
each with a series of 7 to 9 more prominent spots near
basal parts of fins; a pair of dark blotches at base of
caudal fin.

Hub. New South Wales and southern Queensland;
Flinders Island, Bass Strait: Tasmania. Common in
deeper water.

Described from 25 specimens, 150 to 265 mm. in total
length.

1.10946. 25 miles S.E. of Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 33 fathoms.

1.11069-11071. (6) Northern New South Wales.

E.1486. 25 miles S.E. of Double Island Point,
Queensland; 33 fathoms.

E.1738-1740. (6) Northern New South Wales.

E.1775-1779. (10) 8 miles E. of Sandon Bluff. New
South Wales; 35-40 fathoms.

E.1588. Locality unknown.

3. Pscudorhomltus diplospttus, sp. n.

[Twin-spot Flounder.]

(Fig. 1.)

Pseudorhombus sp., Ogilby, Mem. Queensland Mus., I
1912, p. 44.

Depth of body 2f to 2f in the length, length of head
3f to 3f. Dorsal profile of head strongly notched in
front of eyes. Snout a little longer than eye in adults;
diameter of eye 4| (young) to 5f in length of head;
upper eye a little in advance of lower, and separated
from upper edge of head by a space equal to ^ or | its
diameter. Maxillary extending to below posterior border
of eye or beyond in adults, length 2 to 2^ in head; lower
jaw prominent but scarcely projecting, a strong knob at
the symphysis, length If to If in head. Teeth of
upper jaw small and rather close set laterally, one or
two pairs of strong canines anteriorly, which are clearly
visible when the mouth is closed; lateral teeth of lower

FLATFISHES. NORMAN.

Fig. l.Pseudorhombus (liplospilus sp. nov. Holotype (E. 6678)
from 3-7 miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queensland. About
nat. size. W. P. C. Tenison del.

"ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

much stronger and wider apart than those of upper
jaw, 4 to 8 teeth on blind side of jaw; one or two pairs
of strong canines anteriorly. Gill-rakers "palmate"
(short, broad, the distal margins spinulate) ; 8 to 10 on
lower part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular side mostly
ctenoid, some of those on posterior part of body with-
out marginal spinules ; those of blind side cycloid ; 92 to
98 scales in a longitudinal series, 29 to 33 between lateral
line and highest point of dorsal profile. Height of arch
of lateral line 2 to 3 in length of same; accessory
branch reaching base of ninth or tenth ray of dorsal fin.
Dorsal 7579; commencing just behind level of posterior
nostril of blind side, and at a distance in front of eye
equal to $ or ^ its diameter. Anal 61-64; no visible spine.
Left pectoral Avith 12 rays (6 to 8 branched), base almost
horizontal, length about twice in head. Caudal with
2/13/2 rays, middle rays longest, 1^ to 1^ in length of
head. Length of caudal peduncle 2| to 2f in its depth,
which is 2 to 2| in length of head. Brownish, with some
faint darker spots and markings, and with 4 large con-
spicuous double ocelli arranged thus ; ; ; fins with small
brown spots; a series of annular markings on dorsal
and anal.

Hal). East coast of Queensland.

Described from 7 specimens, 122-265 mm. in total
length.

E.6677-9. (3) 3-7 miles X.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
laud ; 9-11 fathoms.

E.2698. 12 miles X.E. of Bowen, Queensland; 19-
25 fathoms.

E.2785. 4-20 miles X.E. of Gloucester Head, Queens-
land ; 19-35 fathoms.

E.2852. (2) 11-14 miles X.W. of Pine Peak, Queens-
land ; 24-26 fathoms.

Xo. E.6678 is selected as the holotype.

Allied to P. dupliciocellatus, Regan, differing chiefly
in the larger mouth, stronger teeth, and smaller scales.

4. Pseudorhombus dupliciocellatux.
(Fig. 2.)

Pseudorhombu* duplicioccllatuft, Regan, Ann. Mag. Xat.
Hist, Ser. 7, XV, 1905, p. 25.

FLATFISHES. NORM AN.

SL'9

Pig. 2. Pseuclorhombus clupliciocellatus Regan. A specimen
(E. 1589) from an unknown locality in Australian waters.
About nat. size. W. P. C. Tenison del.

230 "ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Plato phrys pal ad, Evermann and Seale, Bull. Bur. Fish.,
XXVI (1906), 1907, p. 105, fig. 21.

Pseudorhombus cartwrighti, Ogilby, Mem. Queensland
Mus., I, 1912, p. 47.

Depth of body 2V 10 to 2f in the length, length of
head 3^ to 4. Dorsal profile of head more or less strongly
notched in front of eyes. Snout equal to or a little
longer than eye, diameter of which is 4-| to 6A in the
length of head; upper eye generally a little in advance
of lower, and separated from upper edge of head by a
space equal to ^ or | its diameter. Maxillary extending
to below middle of eye or beyond, length 2^ to 2^ in
head; lower jaw not projecting, a rather obtuse knob
at the symphysis, length If to 2 in head. Teeth of upper
jaw small and rather close-set laterally, somewhat
larger and wider apart anteriorly; those of lower jaw
stronger, 13 to 22 teeth in blind side of jaw. Gill-rakers
"palmate 1 ' (short, broad, the distal margins spinulate) ;
8 or 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular
side ctenoid, those of blind side cycloid ; 78 to 85 in a
longitudinal series, 26 to 31 between lateral line and
highest point of dorsal profile. Height of arch of lateral
line 1\ to 2f in length of same; an accessory branch
generally well developed, reaching base of eighth or ninth
ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal 74-78; commencing above or
immediately behind level of posterior nostril of blind
side, and at a distance in front of eye equal to ^ its
diameter. Anal 56-63 ; no visible spine. Left pectoral
with 10 to 12 rays (6 to 8 branched), base oblique, length
If to 2i in head. Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays
longest, 1^ to 1^ in length of head. Length of caudal
peduncle 1\ to 2| in its depth, which is 2f to 2f in length
of head. Brownish, with a number of darker spots and
annular markings, and 3 or 4 large double ocelli
arranged thus j ; or . : , which are not usually so
prominent as those of P. diplospilus; fins with small
broAvn spots; generally a series of annular markings on
dorsal and anal, and sometimes a pair at base of caudal.

Hab. Inland Sea of Japan; Philippine Islands;
Indo-Australian Archipelago: Australia; east coast of
Australia southwards to northern New South AVales.

Described from numerous examples, 150-325 mm. in
total length, including the type of the species.

FLATFISHES. NORM AN. 231

E.1483-4. 25 miles S.E. from Double Island Point,
Queensland; 33 fathoms.

E.1587. Locality unknown.

E.1589-90. (3) Locality unknown.

E.1720. Locality unknown.

E.1741-4. (8) Northern New South Wales.

E.2752. 11-14 miles N.W. of Pine Peak, Queensland ;
24-26 fathoms.

E.6650. 11-14 miles N.W. of Pine Peak, Queensland ;
24-26 fathoms.

E.6699. (3) 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland;
19-25 fathoms.

1.10944-5. 25 miles S.E. from Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 33 fathoms.

1.10993. Wide Bay, South Queensland.

1.11005-6. 22 miles S. W. of Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 29 fathoms.

1.11072-4. (6) Northern New South Wales.

5. Pseudorhombus arsius.
[Large-toothed Flounder.]

Pleuronectes arsius, Hamilton (Buchanan), Fish. Ganges,
p. 128 (1822).

Platessa russellii, Gray, Illust. Indian Zool., II, pi. 94,
fig. 2 (1833-4).

Pseudorhombus ru-ssellii, Giinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 424
(1862) ; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, II,
1878, p. 362; Castelnau, Ibid, III, 1879, p. 391;
Khmzinger, Sitzber. K. Ak. Wiss., LXXX, Abt. 1,
1880, p. 406; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
VI, 1882, p. 124 ; Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S. Wales, p. 31
(1887) ; Rendahl, Nyt. Mag. Naturv. Kristiania, LX,
1922, p. 190.

Pseudorhombus arsius, Giinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 426
(1862); Waite, Rep. Fish. "Thetis," p. 45 (1898);
McCulloch, Austral. Zool., II, 1921, p. 45, pi. XIII.

? Pseudorhombus polyspilus, Kluuziuger, Sitzber. K. Ak.
Wiss., LXXX, Abt. 1, 1880, p. 406.

Teratorhombus excisiceps, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.
S. Wales, VI, 1882, p. 126.

Pleuronectes mortonicnsis, De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, VII, 1883, p. 370.

232 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Paralichthys arsius, Waite, Mem. Austral. Mus., IV,

1899, p. 120, fig. 8; Stead, Fish. Australia, p. 178

(1906); Stead, Edible Fish. N. S. Wales, p. 103

(1908).

Depth of body If to 2| in the length, length of head
3^ to 3f. Dorsal profile of head straight or a little
notched in front of eyes. Snout much longer than eye
in adults; diameter of eye 4f to 7f in length of head;
upper eye generally slightly in advance of lower, and
separated from upper edge of head by a space equal to
i to f its diameter. Maxillary extending to below
posterior half of eye or beyond in adults, length 2^ to
2f in head ; lower jaw scarcely projecting, a knob at
the symphysis, length If to 2 in head. Teeth of upper
jaw small and moderately close-set laterally, two to four
pairs of moderate canines anteriorly; lateral teeth of
lower jaw much stronger and wider apart than those of
upper jaw, one or two pairs of strong canines anteriorly,
6 to 11 on blind side of jaw. Gill-rakers of moderate
length or rather short, their inner edges spinulate ; 9 to 15
on lower part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular side
ctenoid, those of blind side cycloid ; 70 to 80 in a longi-
tudinal series, 24 to 30 between lateral line and highest
point of dorsal profile. Height of arch of lateral line
2^ to 2| in length of same; accessory branch reaching
base of seventh to twelfth ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal 72-79 ;
commencing above or a little in advance of nostrils of
blind side, and at a distance in front of eye equal to f or
| its diameter. Anal 54-62; no visible spine. Left
pectoral with 11 to 13 rays (6 to 9 branched), base nearly
horizontal, length 1J to*2 in head. Caudal with 2/13/2
rays, middle rays longest, equal to or longer than length
of head. Length of caudal peduncle 2^ to 2| in the
depth, which is 2 to 2| in length of head. Brownish,
with or without some indistinct dusky spots and annular
markings; usually an indefinite dark blotch at the
junction of the straight and curved portions of the
lateral line, and another on the middle of the straight
portion ; fins with small brown spots.

Hob. East Africa to the Pacific ; Australia ; north-
west Australia (Rendahl) ; Northern Territory; Queens-
land; New South Wales; South Australia.

Described from numerous examples, 130-325 mm. in
total length.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN.

233

E.2615. 3-7 miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queensland,
Fairway Bnoy; 9-11 fathoms.

E.2867. (2) 3-7 miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
land, Fairway Buoy ; 9-11 fathoms.

E.2616. Off Point Inskip, Great Sandy Strait,
Queensland; 10-12 fathoms.

E.2786. 4-20 miles N.E. of Gloucester Head, Queens-
land ; 19-35 fathoms.

E.6642-5. 1-20 miles N.E. of Gloucester Head,
Queensland ; 19-35 fathoms.

1.11032. Mouth of Wide Bay, Queensland.

1.11068. Northern New South Wales.

Five of the examples of this species obtained by the
"Endeavour" (group A in table below) differ from the
rest of the Australian specimens which I have studied
(group B) in having generally a somewhat larger eye,
and fewer and shorter gill-rakers. Examination of
typical examples of P. arsius from East African and
Indian Seas (group C) shows that the number of gill-
rakers ranges from 8 to 13, and that the size of the
eye is variable, as in most Flatfishes.

The specimens forming group A were taken in some-
what deeper water (19 to 35 fathoms) than those of
group B. They do not seem to present sufficient
differences to warrant their separation as a distinct
species or subspecies, and may be regarded as a race of
P. arsius.

GROUP A.

GROUP B.

GROUP C.

E.6642-5
E.2786

15 examples

20 examples

Diameter of
eye in length
of head ....

4| to 5

5J to 7J

41 to 6

Number of
gill-rakers . .

9-10

11-15

8-13

Teratorliombus excisiceps, Macleay, proves to be an
abnormal (ambicolorate) example of Pseudorhombus
arsius. Mr. McCulloch informed me that in this
specimen, and in another ambicolorate example preserved

234 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

in the Australian Museum, the scales of both sides of the
body are ctenoid (see page 279).

Pseudorhombus polyspilus, Bleeker, is closely
related to P. arsius, but Dr. L. F. de Beaufort informs
me that the two species are, in his opinion, distinct.

6. Pseudorhombus elevatus.

[Deep Flounder.]
(Fig. 3.)

Pseudorlwmbus elevatus, Ogilby, Mem. Queensland Mus.,
I, 1912, p. 45.

Depth of body 1 to twice in the length, length of
head 3 to 3-f. Dorsal profile of head more or less
notched in front of eyes. Snout equal to or a little
longer than eye, diameter of which is 4 to 4f in length of
head ; lower eye very slightly in advance of upper, which
is separated from upper edge of head by a space equal
to or ^ its diameter. Maxillary extending to below
middle of eye or not quite as far, length 2^ to 2| in head ;
lower jaw scarcely projecting, a knob at the symphysis,
length about If in head. Teeth all very small and rather
close-set, scarcely enlarged anteriorly. Gill-rakers
slender, about 5 times as long as broad, their inner edges
feebly spinulate ; 13 to 16 on lower part of anterior arch.
Scales of ocular side ctenoid, those of blind side cycloid ;
67 to 71 in a longitudinal series, 25 to 28 between lateral
line and highest point of dorsal profile. Height of arch
of lateral line about 2| in length of same; accessory
branch reaching base of eighth to tenth ray of dorsal
fin. Dorsal 68-72 ; commencing above or a little in front
of level of anterior nostril of blind side, and at a distance
in front of eye equal to about its diameter. Anal (54)
55-58; end of first interhaemal spine projecting through
the skin on the blind side behind vent and above first or
second anal ray. Left pectoral with 11 or 12 rays (6 to
8 branched), base oblique, length about 1^ in head.
Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays longest, 1 in
length of head. Length of caudal peduncle 2^ to 3 in
its depth, which is 2f to 3 in length of head. Pale
brownish, with an indefinite dark blotch at the junction
of the straight and curved oortions of the lateral line,
and a small dark rtpoi, oeiimd middle of straight portion ;
five series of inconspicuous annular markings; fins with
brown spots and markings.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN.

oo r

Fig. S.Pseudorhombus clevatus Ogilby. A specimen (E. 6658)
from 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland. Almost nat. size.
W. P. C. Tenison del.

236 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Hal). East coast of Queensland.

Described from 15 specimens, 70-164 mm. in total
length.

E.2611. 3-7 miles X.W. of Hervey Bay, Queensland,
Fairway Buoy; 9-11 fathoms.

E.2709. 12 miles X.E. of Bowen, Queensland; 19-
25 fathoms.

E.6653. 3 7 miles X.W. of Hervey Bay, Queensland,
Fairway Buoy; 9-11 fathoms.

E.6654-5. (4) 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland;
19-25 fathoms.

E.6658-9. (4) 12 miles N.E. of Boweu, Queensland;
19 25 fathoms.

E.6662. (2) 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland;
19 25 fathoms.

1.10994. (2) Wide Bay, South Queensland.

7. Pseudorhonibus argus.

Pscudorhombus argus, Weber, Fische der Siboga
Expedition, Siboga Exped., Monogr. 57, p. 425, pi.
XI, tig. 6 (1913).

Depth of body about twice in the length, length of
head 3 to 3f. Dorsal profile of head notched in front
of eyes. Snout a little shorter than eye, diameter of
which is 4i to 4-| in length of head; anterior margins of
eyes level, the upper separated from upper edge of head
by a space equal to i its diameter. Maxillary extending
to a little beyond middle of eye, length 2 to 2f in head ;
lower jaw scarcely projecting, an obtuse knob at the
symphysis, length 1 to 2 in head. Teeth all very
small and rather close-set, scarcely enlarged anteriorly.
Gill-rakers slender, about 5 times as long as broad, their
inner edges spinulate; (12) 14-16 on lower part of
anterior arch. Scales of ocular side ctenoid, those of
blind side cycloid; (68) 73 to 78 in a longitudinal series,
28 to 33 between lateral line and highest point of dorsal
profile. Height of arch of lateral line about 2^ in length
of same; accessory branch extending towards base of
seventh to ninth ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal 68-69; com-
mencing just behind level of posterior nostril of blind
side, and immediately in front of eye or above its anterior

FLATFISHES. XOUMAX. 237

edge. Anal 51-54; no visible spine. Left pectoral with
10 or 11 rays (6 to 8 branched), base oblique, length If
to 1| in head. Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays
longest, about i length of head. Caudal peduncle about
3 times as deep as long, depth 2 to 2i in length of head.
Brownish, with darker spots and markings, of which 5
large, conspicuous ocelli arranged thus '.'. are most
prominent; fins with brown spots, a series of annular
markings on dorsal and anal fins.

Halt. Aru Islands; Southern Queensland. Not
recorded previously from Australia.

Described from 3 specimens, 160-180 mm. in total
length.

E.2610. ?> 7 miles X.W. of Hervey Bay, Queensland,
Fairway Buoy ; 9-11 fathoms.

E.6675-6. 3-7 miles X.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
land, Fairway Buoy; 9 11 fathoms.

This species is close to P. occllifer, Regan, from
Japan, and to /-*. pentophthalmus, Giinther, from China,
differing chiefly in the shorter head, smaller mouth, more
posterior origin of dorsal fin, and deeper caudal peduncle.

8. Pseudo-rhombus multimaculatus.
[Small-toothed Flounder.]

Platessa ?, Jenyns, Zoology "Beagle," III, p. 138,

1842. 5

Pseud orhombus multimaculatus, Giinther, Cat. Fish., IV,
p. 427 (1862) ; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales,
VI, 1882, p. 125; Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S. Wales, p.
32 (1887) ; Ogilby, Edible Fish. Crust. X. S. Wales,
p. 157, pi. XXXVIII (1893) ; Waite, Rep. Fish.
"Thetis," p. 46 (1898) ; McCulloch, Biol. Res.
"Endeavour," II, p, 131, pi. XXIV (1914) ; Austral.
Zool., II, 1921, p. 45; Lord, Papers Proc. Roy. Soc.
Tasmania, 1922, p. 65.

? Pseudorhombus inoorei, Thominot, Bull. Soc. Philom.,
Ser. 7, IV, 1880, p. 175.

Pseudorhombus multiradiatus (lapsus calami), Macleay,
Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales, VII, 1883, p. 18.

" I have examined the specimen collected by the "Beagle" in
King George's Sound, and described by Jenyns as Platessa sp. This
is a dried skin, and appears to belong to this species.

x *

238 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Paralichthijs novce-cambrice, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.
S. Wales, XXIII, 1898, p. 296 ; Waite. Mem. Austral.
Mus., IV, 1899, p. 120, fig. 9; Stead, Fish. Australia,
p. 179, fig. 65 (1906) : Stead, Edible Fish. N. S.
Wales, p. 103 (1908).

Pseudorkombus novce-cambrias, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensland, XXI, 1908, p. 25; Mem. Queensland
Mus., I, 1912, pp. 43, 45.

Depth of body If to twice in the length, length of
head 3 to 4. Dorsal profile of head generally more or
less notched in front of eyes. Snout equal to or a little
longer than eye, diameter of which is 4^ to 7 in length of
head ; upper eye slightly in advance of lower, and
separated from upper edge of head by a space equal to
^ or i its diameter. Maxillary extending to just beyond
middle of eye or as far as its posterior margin, length
2|- to 2^ in head; lower jaw not or scarcely projecting,
a very inconspicuous knob at the symphysis, length If
to 2 in head. Teeth of upper jaw small and moder-
ately close-set laterally, becoming somewhat larger and
wider apart anteriorly; teeth of lower jaw a little
stronger; no prominent canines in either jaw. Gill-
rakers somewhat variable in form, generally rather
short and broad, less than twice as long as broad, their
inner edges spinulate; 7 to 9 on lower part of anterior
arch. Scales of ocular side ctenoid, those of blind side
cycloid ; 64 to 74 in a longitudinal series, 26 to 30 between
lateral line and highest point of dorsal profile. Height
of arch of lateral line 2 to 2f in length of same; acces-
sory branch well developed, extending to base of sixth
to ninth ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal 67-71 ; commencing
just behind level of posterior nostril of blind side, and
above or a little in front of anterior margin of upper
eye. Anal 50-56; no visible spine. Left pectoral with
11 or 12 rays (6 to 8 branched), base oblique, length 1^
to If in head. Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays
longest, equal to or a little shorter than head. Caudal
peduncle about 3 times as deep as long, depth If to 2
in length of head. Brownish or greyish, with darker
spots, blotches and markings, of which 5 ocelli arranged
thus \\> are generally most prominent; fins with brown
spots, a series of larger and more distinct dark spots
on basal parts of dorsal and anal fins.

FLATFISHES. NORMAX. 239

Hab. Coasts of Australia, from Fremantle, Western
Australia, to Bustard Head, Southern Queensland. 6

Described from 18 examples, 122-350 mm. in total
length, including the types of the species.

E.1979. 20 miles off Bustard Head Light, Queens-
land; 20 fathoms.

E.2608-9. 3-7 miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
land, Fairway Buoy; 9-11 fathoms.

E.6649. 3-7 miles X.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
land, Fairway Buoy; 9 11 fathoms.

E.6680-1. 3-7 'miles N.W. of Hervey Bay, Queens-
land, Fairway Buoy; 9-11 fathoms.

Pseudorhombus moorei, Thominot, from Melbourne,
probably belongs to this species, but has somewhat fewer
dorsal and anal rays. Dr. Pellegriu, of the Paris
Museum, informs me that unfortunately the type of
this species cannot be found.

I have carefully compared a number of examples
representing Ogilby's P. novcc-cambrice with the types of
P. multimaculatus, and consider the two species identical.

9. Pseudorhombus anotnalus.
[Ocellated Flounder.]

Pseudorhombus anomalus, Ogilby, Mem. Queensland

Mus., I, 1912, p. 48.

Very near P. multimaculatus. Gill-rakers rather
long and slender, mostly smooth ; 10 on lower part of
anterior arch. 84 scales in a longitudinal series above
lateral line. Dorsal 64. Anal 53. Chocolate-brown;
body with a number of irregularly disposed oval or round
annular markings, variable in size, each containing a
more or less central black spot; head with a few black
spots, but without annular markings; vertical tins
flecked and speckled with black.

Hab. Moreton Bay, Queensland.

Known only from the type (142 mm.) in the Queens-
land Museum. 7

6 Two examples from St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia
examined by me do not differ in any way from specimens taken on
the East Coast of Australia. Steindachner's (Sitzber. K. Ak. Wiss.,
Ivi, Abt. 1, 1867, p. 318) record of this species from Cape York is
probably incorrect.

7 1 am indebted to the Director of the Queensland Museum for
an illustration of the type specimen.

240 "ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

2. ARNOGLOSSUS.

ArnoflloKNHs, Bleeker, Versl. Med. K. Akad. Wet. Amster-
dam, XIII, 1862, p. 427.

Atiticitharus, Gunther, Shore Fishes "Challenger," p. 47
(1880).

Several species from the Eastern Atlantic, Mediter-
ranean, and Indo-Pacific ; six known from Australia.

Synopsis of Australian Species.
I. Eyes separated by a ridge.

A. 48 to 56 scales in a longitudinal series.

1. About 50 scales in a longitudinal series; eye 3J to 31

in head; 6 to 8 gill-rakers; pectoral fin with 12 rays.

a. Dorsal profile of head arched, distinctly notched in

front of eyes; anal with 68 to 74 rays ... 1. bleekeri

b. Dorsal profile of head not greatly arched, slightly

notched in front of eyes; anal with 77 to 82 rays
2. waitei

2. 52 to 56 scales in a longitudinal series, eye 4 to 5 in

head; 9 or 10 gill-rakers; pectoral fin with 8 or 9
rays 3. fisoni

B. 70 to 92 scales in a longitudinal series.

1. 70 to 73 scales in a longitudinal series; dorsal profile of

head somewhat notched in front of eyes; dorsal with
90 to 97 rays 4. muelleri

2. 87 to 92 scales in a longitudinal series; dorsal profile of

head convex and evenly curved; dorsal with 98 to 99

rays 5. bassensis

II. Interorbital region concave, its width i or 5 diameter of eye;
43 to 46 scales in a longitudinal series; gill-rakers
"palmate" 6. intermedius

1. Arnoglossus bleekeri.

Arnoylossus bleckeri, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.

Wales, VI, 1882. p. 124 ; McCulloch and Whitley, Kec.

Austral. Mus., XIV, 1925, p. 346, fig. 2.

The following young examples, which are in bad
condition, appear to belong to this species.

Depth of body 2 to 2i in the length, length of head
4 to 4|. 7 or 8 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior
arch. Scales ciliated on ocular side, cycloid on blind
side; about 50 in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 90-93.
Anal 68-74.

Hab. East coast of Queensland.

E.6700-2. (6) 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland;
19-25 fathoms.

FLATFISHES. NORM AX. 241

2. Arnoglossus icaitei, sp. n.

(Fig. 4.)

Depth of body 2 to 2^ in the length, length of head
4| to 4^. Dorsal profile of head not greatly arched, a
little notched in front of eyes. Snout about equal to eye,
diameter of which is 3^ to 3f in head ; lower eye a little
in advance of upper, which is close to upper edge of head ; .
eyes separated by a narrow bony ridge. Maxillary
extending to below anterior edge of eye, length 3 to 3^
in head; lower jaw a little projecting, an inconspicuous
knob at the syinphysis, length 2i in head. Teeth all small,
rather close-set, not enlarged anteriorly. Gill-rakers of
moderate length, slender, 7 or 8 on lower part of anterior
arch. Scales of both sides of body cycloid, about 50 in a
longitudinal series. Dorsal 94-103 ; commencing above
anterior nostril of blind side, and well in front of eyes;
all the rays simple, more or less scaly, at least on ocular
side. Anal 77-82. Left pectoral with 12 simple rays,
length 1-J to If in head ; right pectoral much smaller.
Anterior ray of left pelvic inserted just behind level of
posterior margin of lower eye; first ray of right
pelvic opposite third or fourth of left. Caudal with
2-3/11-13/2-3 rays, middle rays longest, nearly as long as
head. Caudal peduncle very short, depth about twice in
length of head. Pale brownish, with traces of darker
markings on body; dorsal and anal fins with some
blackish spots and blotches; a pair of dark blotches on
caudal fin.

Hab. East coast of Queensland.

Described from four specimens, 90-110 mm. in total
length.

E.2853. (2) 11-14 miles N.W. of Pine Peak, Queens-
land ; 24-26 fathoms.

E.2959. (2) Great Sandy Strait, 3-7 miles N.W. of
Hervey Bay, Queensland ; 9-11 fathoms.

No. E.2959 (a) is selected as the holotype.

Near A. aspilos, Bleeker, and A. profundus, Weber,
differing from the former chiefly in the smaller scales
and greater number of dorsal and anal rays, and from
the latter mainly in the deeper body, shorter head, and
deciduous scales.

242

..

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Fig. 4. Arnoglossus waitei sp. nov. Holotype (E. 2959o) from
Great Sandy Strait, Queensland. li times nat. size.
W. P. C. Tenison del.

FLATFISHES. NORM AN. 243

3. Arnoglossus fisoni.

(Fig. 5.)

Arnoglossus fisoni, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales,
XXIII, 1898, p. 295^

Depth of body If to 2V 10 in length, length of head
4 to 4^. Dorsal profile of head notched in front of eyes.
Snout a little longer than eye, diameter of which is
4| to 5 in length of head ; lower eye very little in advance
of upper, which is separated from upper edge of head by
a space equal to f or f its diameter ; eyes separated by a
low narrow bony ridge. Maxillary extending to below
anterior edge of eye, length 2f to 3 in head; lower jaw
scarcely projecting, a small knob at the syrnphysis,
length a little more than twice in head. Teeth all small,
moderately close-set, uniserial in both jaws; those of
ocular side of lower jaw a little larger and wider apart;
no canines. Gill-rakers of moderate length, slender,
their inner edges feebly spinulate; 9 or 10 on lower part
of anterior arch. Scales of both sides of body cycloid,
52 to 56 in a longitudinal series. Height of arch of
lateral line about twice in length of same; no accessory
branch. Dorsal 96-101; commencing on blind side of
head immediately above anterior nostril, and at a distance
in front of eye almost equal to its diameter ; all the rays
simple, naked. Anal (74) 77-80. Left pectoral with 8 or
9 simple rays, the two upper rays a little produced in the
male, length 1^ to 1-J in head ; right pectoral smaller.
Left pelvic subcontinuous with anal, anterior ray in-
serted below posterior part of lower eye; first ray of
right pelvic opposite fifth of left. Caudal with
3-5/8-12/3-5 rays, middle rays longest, about length
of head. Caudal peduncle very short, bases of last dorsal
and anal rays almost in contact with upper and lower
rays of caudal fin ; depth of peduncle 2 to 2^ in length
of head. Brownish, with or without some irregular
dusky markings; a narrow, yellowish band at upper
and lower edges of body, parallel with the profile; fins
with small brown spots.

Hal). Coast of southern Queensland.

Described from four specimens, 115-132 nim. in total
length.

E.2859. 11-13 miles X.E. of Boomerang Hill, Frazer
Island, Queensland; 25 fathoms.

244

ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Fig. 5. Arnoglossus fisonl Ogilby. A specimen (E. 6694) from
7-10 miles N.W. of Hummocky Island, Queensland. Slightly
enlarged. W. P. C. Tenison del.

FLATFISHES. XORMAX. 245

E.1407. About 20 miles N. 78 to N. 69 E. of
Bustard Head Light, Queensland; 20-21 fathoms.

E.6694. (2) 7-10 miles N.W. of Hummocky Island,
Queensland, 14-16 fathoms.

The specimens described above agree closely with
Ogilby's original description of this species, the types of
which are apparently lost.

4. Arnoglossus niiicllrri.

Pseudorhombus muelleri, Klunzinger, Archiv. Xatur-
gesch., 1872, p. 40; Sitzber. K. Ak. Wiss., LXXX,
Abt. 1, 1880, p. 407, pi. IX, fig. 2; Waite, Mem.
Austral. Mus., IV, 1899, p. 123; Kec. Austral. Mus.,
VI, 1905, p. 73.

Depth of body 2^ to 2^ in the length, length of head
4 to 4|. Dorsal profile of head somewhat notched in
front of eyes. Snout a little longer than eye, diameter
of which is 4 to 5 in length of head. Lower eye very
little in advance of upper, which is separated from upper
edge of head by a space equal to about ^ its diameter;
eyes separated by a narrow bony ridge. Maxillary
extending to below anterior edge or anterior | of eye,
length 2f to 3 in head ; lower jaw not projecting, an
inconspicuous knob at the symphysis, length about twice
in head. Teeth rather small and moderately close-set
laterally, becoming larger anteriorly; fewer and wider
apart on ocular side of lower jaw. Gill-rakers rather
short, pointed, their inner edges spinulate; 8 to 10 on
lower part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular side weakly
ctenoid, those of blind side cycloid ; 68 to 73 scales in
lateral line. Height of arch of lateral line about 2
in length of same. Dorsal 90-97; commencing above
anterior nostril of blind side, and well in front of eyes;
all the rays simple, more or less scaly on ocular side.
Anal 72-75. Left pectoral with 10 simple rays, length
1^ to If in head ; right pectoral smaller. Anterior ray
of left pelvic inserted behind level of posterior margin
of lower eye; first ray of right pelvic opposite fourth
of left. Caudal with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays longest,
1| in length of head. Caudal peduncle very short, depth
2^ to 2| in length of head. Uniform brownish ; all the
fins with a number of small brown spots.

//&. Southern Australia.

246 "ENDEAVOUR'' SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Described from seven specimens, 78 to 180 mm. in
total length, including the type of the species. 8

1.10405. 42 miles S. of St. Francis Island, South
Australia; 35 fathoms.

E.989. 42 miles S. of St. Francis Island, South
Australia ; 35 fathoms.

E.511. East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

E.2375. Great Australian Bight, west from
meridian of Eucla; 70-120 fathoms.

E.2325. (2) Doubtful Island Bay, east from Albany,
Western Australia; 20-25 fathoms.

5. Arnoglossus bassensis, sp. n.
(Fig. 6.)

Depth of body 2^ to 2-J in the length, length of head
44 to 4f. Dorsal profile of head evenly curved, scarcely
notched in front of eyes. Snout a little longer than eye,
diameter of which is 5 to 5^ in head; lower eye a little
in advance of upper, which is separated from upper edge
of head by a space equal to ^ or f its diameter; eyes
separated by a low, narrow bony ridge. Maxillary
extending to below anterior ^ or ^ of eye, length 2f to
2| in head; lower jaw scarcely projecting, an incon-
spicuous knob at the syinphysis, length about twice in
head. Teeth uniserial, rather small laterally, becoming
larger anteriorly, not close-set, some of those on ocular
side of lower jaw movable. Gill-rakers rather short and
blunt, their inner edges spinulate; 7 to 9 on lower part
of anterior arch. Scales of both sides of body cycloid,
87 to 92 in lateral line. Height of arch of lateral line
2f to 3 in length of same; no accessory branch. Dorsal
98-99; commencing above or a little in front of anterior
nostril of blind side, and well in front of eyes; all the
rays simple, more or less scaly on both sides. Anal 77-78.
Left pectoral with 10 simple rays, length If to 2^ in head ;
right pectoral smaller. Anterior ray of left pelvic in-
serted behind level of posterior margin of lower eye;
first ray of right pelvic opposite third of left. Caudal
with 2/13/2 rays, middle rays longest, li in head. Caudal
peduncle very short, depth nearly \ length of head.

8 The type is preserved in the Wiirttembergische Naturalien-
sammlung, Stuttgart, and I am greatly indebted to Dr. M. Rauther for
his kindness in lending me this specimen for examination.

FLATFISHES. NORM AX.

247

Fig. 6. Arnoglossus bassensis sp. nov. Holotype (E. 389) from
the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. About | nat.
size. W. P. C. Tenison del.

248 "KXDKAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Greyish-brown, with some irregular dark blotches and
spots on body, of which a pair of large black blotches
on lateral line are most prominent.

Hah. Bass Strait, South-eastern Australia.

Described from two specimens, 190-245 mm. in total
length.

E.389. (Holotype) East coast of Flinders Island,
Bass Strait.

E.2196. North Coast of Tasmania; 25 fathoms.

The following young example may also belong to
this species:

E.2420. Investigator Strait and south of Kangaroo
Island.

Close to A. mucUcrl, differing chiefly in the form of
the head, the somewhat greater number of dorsal and
anal rays, and the smaller scales.

6. Arnoglossus intermedius.

Platophrys (Arnoglossus) intermedius, Bleeker, Ned.
Tijdsehr. Dierk., Ill, 1866, p. 47; Atl. Ichth., VI, p.
14, Pleuron. pi. I, tig. 1 (1866).

Depth of body 2i to 2f in the length, length of head
about 3. Dorsal profile of head a little notched in front
of eyes. Snout longer than eye, diameter of which is 44
to 5 in head ; lower eye a little in advance of upper ;
width of concave interorbital space $ to ^ diameter of
eye. Generally a small, fleshy tentacle on each eye.
Maxillary extending to below anterior edge of eye or a
little beyond, length about 24 in head ; lower jaw*a little
projecting, a slight knob at the symphysis, length If to
If in head. Teeth of upper jaw very small and close-set
laterally, becoming larger and wider apart anteriorly;
those of lower jaw somewhat stronger and wider apart.
Gill-rakers "palmate" (short, broad, the distal margins
spinulate) ; 8 or 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Scales
of ocular side ciliated, those of blind side cycloid; 43 to
46 in a longitudinal series, 8 or 9 between arch of lateral
line and dorsal profile. Lateral line without accessory
branch. Dorsal 77-82; commencing above or a little in
front of level of anterior nostril of blind side, and well
in front of eyes; first ray expanded and somewhat pro-
longed, remainder all simple. Anal 57-62. Left pectoral

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 249

with 9 to 11 simple rays, length about twice in head.
Anterior ray of left pelvic inserted below or just behind
level of posterior edge of lower eye; first ray of right
pelvic opposite space between third and fourth of left.
Caudal with 2-3/12-13/2-3 rays, middle rays longest, f to
length of head. Caudal peduncle very short, depth
about 2f in length of head. Light brownish; a number
of dark brown blotches and annular markings on body, of
which a series near the upper and lower edges of the
body, a pair situated above and below commencement of
straight part of lateral line, and another pair on the
straight part, are generally most conspicuous; all the
fins with numerous dark brown spots; a row of larger
blotches on basal parts of dorsal and anal.

Hab. Seychelle Islands, through the Indian Ocean
and Archipelago to Australia; Australia, coast of
southern Queensland. Not recorded previously from
Australia.

Described from eight specimens, 57-108 mm. in total
length.

E.6691-3. (6) Off Hervey Bay, Queensland.
E.2855. (2) Off Hervey Bay, Queensland.

3. LOPHONECTES.

Lophonectes, Giinther, Shore Fishes "Challenger," p. 29

(1880).

Two species from Australia and New Zealand; one
known from Australia.

1. Lophonectes gallus.
[Crested Flounder.]

Lophonectes gallus, Giinther, Shore Fishes "Challenger,"
p. 29, pi. XV, fig. B (1880) ; Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S.
Wales, p. 32 (1887) ; Waite, Rep. Fish. "Thetis,"
p. 46 (1898) ; Mem. Austral. Mus., IV, 1899, p. 124;
Ogilby, Mem. Queensland Mus., I, 1912, p. 49;
McCulloch, Biol. Kes. "Endeavour," II, p. 128
(1914); Austral. Zool., II, 1921, p. 45, pi. XIII;
Waite, Rec. S. Austral. Mus., II, 1921, p. 156, fig.
256; Lord, Papers Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1922,
p. 65.

250 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

LcEOps parviceps (part), Giinther, Shore Fishes
"Challenger," p. 29 (1880).

Lophorhombus cristatus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. 8.
Wales, VII, 1883, p. 14 ; iUd, IX, 1884, p. 52.

Hab. South-eastern Australia, from off the mouth
of the Murray River, S. Australia, to southern Queens-
land ; Flinders Island ; Tasmania.

E.1787. (3) 8 miles E. of Sandon Bluffs, X. S.
Wales; 35-40 fathoms.

1.11086. (2) 8 miles E. of Sandon Bluffs, X. S.
Wales ; 35-40 fathoms.

E.3056-7. (4) East from Kent group, Bass Strait;
60-80 fathoms.

The bony tubercles on the snout, and that at the
symphysis of the lower jaw are developed in both sexes,
but are smaller and blunter in the females. In the males
the second to fifth or eighth rays of dorsal fin are greatly
produced ; in the females only the third to fourth or fifth
are moderately prolonged. Arnoglossus mongonuiensis,
Regan, from Xew Zealand, belongs to this genus. It is
very close to the above, but the anterior dorsal rays
appear to be longer.

Two specimens taken by the "Challenger" off Two-
fold Bay, Xew South Wales, 120 fathoms, and identified
by Giinther as L&ops parviceps., prove to be young
examples of this species.

4. ENGYPROSOPON.

Engyprosopon, Giinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 431 (1862).

Scceops, Jordan and Starks, Bull. IT. S. Fish. Comm.,
XXII (1902), 1904, p. 627.

Several species from the Indo-Pacific; one known
from Australia.

1. Engyprosopon grandi squama.

Rhombus grandi squama, Schlegel, Fauna Japon., Pisces,
p. 183, pi. XCII, figs. 3-4 (1846).

Rhombus poec Hunts, Bleeker, Xat. Tijdschr. Xed. Ind.,
Ill, 1852, p. 293.

Platophrys (Arnoglossus) pcecllurus, Bleeker, Atl. Ichth.,
VI, p. 14, Pleuron, pi. V, fig. 1 (1866).

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 251

Rhomboidichthys spilurus, Giiuther, Shore Fishes
"Challenger," pp. 47, 53, pi. XXI, fig. A (1880).

Rhomboidichthys spiniceps, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.
S. Wales, VI, 1882, p. 127; Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S.
Wales, p. 32 (1887).

Scceops grand is quama, Jordan and Starks, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1906, p. 168, fig. 1.

Platophrys spiniceps, McCulloch, Austral. Zool., II, 1921,
p. 46.

Engyprosopon (Scteops] grandi squama, McCulloch and
Whitley, Rec. Austral. Mus., XIV, 1925, p. 343, fig. 1.

Depth of body If to twice in the length, length of
head 3f to 4^. Anterior profile of head almost vertical,
with a concavity above the snout. Snout shorter than
eye, diameter of which is 3 to 3^ in head; anterior edge
of upper eye above middle or posterior part of lower;
width of interorbital space 1 to If times diameter of
e J e (^)> or I to 1 (?). Males with a strong spine
on snout, a smaller one above anterior part of lower
eye, and usually another below front part of upper eye;
in the females the rostral spine is small and blunt, the
orbital spines absent. Maxillary extending to below
anterior edge of eye or a little beyond, length 3 to 3J
in head ; lower jaw not projecting, a small knob at the
symphysis, length 2^ to 2^ in head. Teeth of upper jaw
biserial, an inner row of small closely set teeth, and an
outer row of larger ones which are wider apart; a single
series of small teeth in lower jaw. Gill-rakers short, 5
or 6 on lower part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular side
feebly ciliated, those of blind side cycloid; 39 to 43 in a
longitudinal series. Dorsal 82-87; commencing some-
what on blind side of head, and above anterior nostril;
all the rays simple. Anal 60-66. Left pectoral with 10
to 12 simple rays, none of which are produced in the
males, length equal to or less than that of head; right
pectoral much smaller. Anterior ray of left pelvic
inserted below lower eye; first ray of right pelvic
opposite fourth or fifth of left. Caudal with 3/11/3 rays;
rounded. Depth of caudal peduncle about twice in
length of head. Brownish; vertical fins generally with
some small scattered brown spots; a pair of larger
blackish spots situated in the middle of the upper and
lower margins of caudal fin.

252 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Hob. Maldive Islands; Indo-Australian Archi-
pelago; Australia, eastern Queensland and northern
New South Wales.

Described from numerous specimens (245, 16$),
75-140 mm. in total length.

E.1733-6. (8) Northern New South Wales.

E.2687. (5) 7-10 miles N.W. of Hummocky Island,
Queensland ; 14-16 fathoms.

E.2704. (4) 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland;
19-25 fathoms.

E.2854. (7) 20 miles N.N.E. of Double Island Point,
Queensland; 29-30 fathoms.

E.2856. 25 miles S.E. of Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 33 fathoms.

E.2857. (5) Platypus Bay, Queensland; 7-9 fathoms.

E.2871. Off Gladstone, Queensland.

E.2861. No data.

- . (7) No data.

Dr. L. F. de Beaufort has kindly compared two of the
specimens from Queensland with typical examples of
E. pcecilurus from the Indo-Australian Archipelago, and
informs me that they are identical. I am unable to detect
any important differences between this species and E.
grandisquama, Schlegel, from Japan. Schlegel's figures
do not show the characteristic black spots on the caudal
fin, but in describing the coloration of the Japanese
species he remarks that "les teintes sont en grande partie
effacees."

5. BOTHUS.

Bothus (Kafinesque, 1810), Kyle, Rep. Danish Ocean.
Exped., II, A I, p. 94 (1913).

Platophrys, Swainson, Nat. Hist, II, p. 302 (1839).

Rhomboidichthys, Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Ned., I,
1856, Manado, etc., p. 67.

Several species from the Mediterranean, tropical
Atlantic, and Indo-Pacific; one known from Australia.

1. Bothus panther-inns.

Rhombus pantherinus, Ruppell, Fische rothen Meers,
p. 121, pi. xxxi, fig. 1 (1828).

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 253

Platophrys panther inus, Bleeker, Atl. Ichth., VI, p. 11,
Pleuron. pi. II, fig. 3 (1866); Ogilby, Mem. Queens-
land Mus., II, 1913, p. 90; McCulloch, iUd, VII, 1922,
p. 244.

Hub. East Africa to the Pacific; Australia, Darn-
ley Island, Torres Strait (Ogilby) ; Murray Island,
Torres Strait, and near Cape Flattery, North Queens-
land (McCulloch).

6. GRAMMATOROTHUS, gen. nov.

Eyes on the left side; interorbital region rather
narrow, concave, similar in both sexes. Mouth small ;
teeth small, pointed, uniserial in both jaws; palate tooth-
less. Gill-membranes united ; upper angle of gill-opening
midway between pectoral fin and commencement of
lateral line; scaling of head and body more or less con-
tinuous below lateral line. Dorsal fin commencing in
advance of eyes; all the rays simple, scaly. Left pelvic
fin median, with rather long base; right lateral, base
shorter. Scales small, ciliated on ocular side, cycloid
on blind side. Lateral line developed on both sides, with
a strong curve anteriorly.

Type. Platophrys polyophthalmus, Bleeker.
Two species known from Australia.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Depth about 1 in the length; dorsal with 80-86 rays, second
to fifth or sixth rays prolonged, anal with 64-67

rays 1. polyophthalmus

II. Depth 1| to twice in the length; dorsal with 88-91 rays, the
third or third and fourth rays prolonged and pinniform;
anal with 72-76 rays 2. pennata

1. Grammatobothus polyophthalmus.

Platophrys polyophthalmus, Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr.
Dierk., Ill, 1866, p. 46; Atl. Ichth., VI, p. 12,
Pleuron. pi. Ill, fig. 3 (1866); McCulloch, Mem.
Queensland Mus., VII, 1922, p. 244.

Rhoniboidichthys angustifrons, Giinther, Shore Fishes
"Challenger," p. 46, pi. XXI, fig. B (1880).

Depth of body about If in the length, length of head
3^ to 4. Dorsal profile of head more or less deeply
notched in front of eyes. Snout longer than eye, diameter

254 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

of which is 3^ to 3f in head ; lower eye in advance of
upper, which is separated from upper edge of head by a
space equal to f to f its diameter ; width of interorbital
space about | diameter of eye. Usually one or two blunt
bony knobs in front of lower eye, and two more above
the maxillary. Maxillary extending to below anterior
edge of eye or a little beyond, length 3^ to 3^ in head;
lower jaw not projecting, an inconspicuous knob at the
symphysis, length 2 to 2^ in head. Teeth scarcely
enlarged anteriorly. Gill-rakers short, rather stout, 8 or
9 on lower part of anterior arch. 78 to 79 scales in a
longitudinal series, 21 to 23 between lateral line and
highest point of dorsal profile. A short, bifid accessory
branch of lateral line on both sides, not reaching bases
of dorsal fin-rays. Dorsal 80-86; commencing on blind
side of head immediately above the nostrils; some of
the anterior rays (second to fifth or sixth) moderately
prolonged. Anal 64-67. Left pectoral with 13 to 15
simple rays, the upper frequently prolonged to below
posterior half of dorsal (males?) ; length without upper
ray 1^ to If in head ; right pectoral smaller. Anterior
ray of ' left pelvic inserted below middle of lower eye;
first ray of right pelvic opposite third of left. Caudal
with 2/12-13/2 rays, middle rays longest, almost as long
as head. Caudal peduncle very short, depth 2^ to 2|
in length of head. Pale brownish, with 3 large, con-
spicuous black blotches or ocelli forming a triangle, the
two anterior ones above and below the pectoral, the third
on the middle of straight portion of lateral line; head
and body with a number of smaller and fainter spots and
markings arranged in more or less regular series;
generally a blackish bar above upper eye; vertical fins
with obscure dusky spots and blotches; pectoral fin
with broad darker and lighter cross-bands.

Hob. Indo - Australian Archipelago; Australia,
eastern Queensland.

Described from six specimens, 130-140 mm. in
total length, including the type of Rhomboidichthys
angustifrons.

E.2851. 11-14 miles N.W. of Pine Peak, Queensland;
24-26 fathoms.

E. 6685-6. (4) 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland;
19-25 fathoms.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 255

2. Granunatobothus pennatus.
(Fig. 7.)

Platoplirys pennata, Ogilby, Mem. Queensland Mus., II,
1913, p. 83.

Closely related to the preceding species, but depth
of body If to twice in the length; dorsal profile of head
less convex, the notch in front of the eyes less marked;
gill-rakers rather more slender, 8 to 10 on lower part of
anterior arch ; 79 to 83 scales in a longitudinal series ;
dorsal 88-91 ; the third ray prolonged, more or less
expanded and pinuiform ; the fourth ray is also pro-
longed in one or two examples; anal 72-76; upper ray of
left pectoral sometimes moderately prolonged; the black
blotch on straight portion of lateral line darker and more
prominent.

Hah. Eastern Queensland.

Described from seven specimens, 140-195 mm. in total
length.

E.1488. 25 miles S.E. of Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 33 fathoms.

E.1586. Locality unknown.

E.2707. 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland ; 19-25
fathoms.

E.6682-4. 12 miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland ; 19-25
fathoms.

1.11004. 22 miles S.W. of Double Island Point,
Queensland ; 29 fathoms.

Family III. PLEUBONECTID^E.

Subfamily SAMAKIN.E.

1. Samaris.

Samaris, Gray, Zool. Miscell., p. 4 (1831).
1. Samaris cacatuce.

Arnoglossus cacatuce, Ogilby, New Fish Queensland
Coast, p. 130 (1910).

Samaris cacatuce, McCulloch and Whitley, Rec. Austral.
Mus., XIV, 1925, p. 348, pi. XLIX.

Known only from a single example (171 mm.), which
was trawled by the ''Endeavour" 20 miles N.E. of
Gloucester Head, Queensland ; 35 fathoms. It is perhaps

256 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Fig. 7. Grammato'botJius pennatus Ogilby. A specimen (I. 11004)
from 22 miles S.W. of Double Island Point, Queensland.
About i nat. size. W. P. C. Tenison del.

FLATFISHES. XOKMAN. 257

identical with 8. cristatus Gray, but has somewhat fewer
scales in a longitudinal series, and a greater number
of dorsal and anal rays. In the type of 8. cristatus (161
mm.) the scales of the blind side are more or less ctenoid,
but in 8. cacatuw they are described as cycloid.

REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY RHOMBOSOLEIN.E.

Regan's diagnosis of this subfamily (i.e., p. 495),
the members of which appear to form a natural and
w r ell-marked group, must be modified somewhat to in-
clude certain more primitive genera which seem to belong
to it. Unfortunately the material at my disposal is
insufficient to enable me to investigate the osteological
characters of these genera.

In Pelotretis, one of the most generalised forms, the
anterior end of the dorsal fin is situated immediately
behind the nasal organ of the blind side as in the Pleu-
ronectinae; in Azygopus the first ray lies above the
posterior nostril ; in the remaining genera the fin extends
forward on the snout above the nasal organ.

The jaws are almost symmetrical in Pelotretis and
Azygopus, and rather more strongly developed on the
ocular side in Psammodiscus ; in the other genera the
mouth is markedly asymmetrical, the jaws on the blind
side being strongly curved. The dentition is always more
strongly developed on the blind side, and the jaws of the
ocular side are devoid of teeth in all the more specialised
genera.

The form and position of the nasal organs is of some
interest, since this character is considered to be of some
importance in the classification of the Heterosomata. In
the Pleuronectid subfamilies Pleuronectinae and
Samarinae, and throughout the family Bothidae, the nasal
organ of the blind side has accompanied or followed the
eye in its migration, and is situated nearly on the edge of
the head; whereas, in the Soleidae and Cynoglossidae the
two nasal organs are symmetrical in position. In the
subfamily Rhombosoleinae, we find the left nasal organ
nearly on the edge of the head in Pelotretis, and some-
what nearer to the edge of the head than is that of the
ocular side in Azygopus and Rhomltosolea; but in the
remaining genera the nasal organs are almost symmet-
rical. All those genera with symmetrical nasal organs
also agree in possessing comparatively small eyes, and

258

'ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

in this respect resemble the Soleidse and Cynoglossidae.
The symmetrical position of the nasal organs in these
flatfishes appears to be correlated with the size of the
eyes, since the migration of a small eye would occasion
much less disturbance of the anterior region of the
head than would that of a larger eye.

7

F G

Fig. 8. Arrangement of olfactory laminae in nasal organ of:

(A) Pelotretis flavilatus. (B) Azygopus pinnifasciatus.

(C) Colistium nudipinnis. (D) Ammotretis tudori.

(E) Ammotretis rostratus. (F) Rhombosolea plebeia.

(G) PeltorhampJius novce-zeelandia;.

In the dextral Pleuronectinae and in the Samarinae
the olfactory laminae rim parallel to one another, and
there is no median rachis. This arrangement is quite
different from that exhibited by the Paralichthodidae,
the Bothidae and the Soleoidea, in which the olfactory
laminae are arranged transversely to or radiating from
a median rachis. Among the Khombosoleiuae, Ammo-

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 259

trctis (Fig. 8 D, 8 E), Peltorhamplms (Fig. 8 G),
and Rhombosolea (Fig. 8 F), exhibit the typical
Pleuronectine arrangement, but in Psammodiscus,
Pclotrctis (Fig. 8 A), and Azygopus (Fig. 8 B),
the laminae are arranged in pinnate form, with an elon-
gate central rachis. In both the species of Colistium the
laminae are arranged in pinnate form, but radiate from
a very short rachis (Fig. 8 C) ; this condition appears
to be intermediate between the two types mentioned
above.

The conclusion is that the median rachis has been
lost within the group Rhonibosoleinae, and that those
genera which exhibit the Pleuronectine arrangement are
not on that account to be regarded as related to the
Pleurouectinae.

The family Paralichthodidse was erected by Regan 9
for ParaUchthodes algoensis from South Africa, which
differs from the Bothidae in having the eyes on the right
side, and from the PleurouectidaB in the arrangement
of the olfactory laminae, which radiate from a median
rachis. This character appears to be of less importance
than it was thought to be, and perhaps Paraliclithodes
should be included in the subfamily Pleurouectinae.

The more specialised genera of the subfamily
Rhombosoleiuae, i.e. Ammotretis, Peltorhamphus and
Colistium, exhibit a certain general resemblance to the
members of the family Soleidae. This resemblance, which
is most marked in the last genus, is shown in the general
form of the body, the shape of the head, particularly its
praeorbital part, the small eyes, the symmetrical nasal
organs, the strongly curved jaws of the blind side, the
absence of teeth in those of the ocular side, and the
extension of the dorsal fin to the end of the snout. The
development of membraneous folds on the blind side of
the vertical fin-rays, the modification of many of the
scales on the blind side of the head to form filamentous
processes, and the fringed lower lip, are other Soleid
features. These Sole-like characters have evidently
evolved within the subfamily, and do not indicate
relationship to the Soleidae. The small eyes and barbel-
like processes on the head are probably related to
nocturnal habits; the shape of the anterior region of the

"Ann. Durban Mus., II, 1920, p. 213.

260

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

head, and the form of the vertical fin-rays are
undoubtedly connected with the habit of burrowing in
the sand and mud.

B

\

E F G H

Fig. 9. Lower pharyngeals of (A) Pelotretis flavilatus, (B)
Azygopus pinnifasciatus, (C) Ammotretis rostratus, (D)
Rhombosolea leporina, (E) Colistium nudipinnis, (F) Peltor-
hamphus nov<c-zealandia\ (G) Rhombosolea plebeia, (H)
Rhombosolea tapirina.

Subfamily Rhombosolcince. Eyes on the right side,
except in reversed examples. Dorsal fin extending for-
ward on snout above nasal organ of blind side, or begin-
ning behind it; pelvic fins asymmetrical, that of the
ocular side median, elongate, extending forward to the
urohyal, supported by a cartilaginous plate in advance of
the cleithra, that of the blind side, if present, small, short-
based. No pectoral radials, the rays inserted on the
hypocoracoid ; hypocoracoids narrowed forward below.
Parapophyses of praecaudal vertebrae not united. Den-
tition more developed on blind side. Gill-membranes
united. Lateral line developed on both sides of body.
No pyloric appendages.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 261

Six genera from Australia and New Zealand, and
one (Oncopterus) from Patagonia. Psammodiscus
(habitat unknown) also belongs to this subfamily.

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Two pelvic fins.

A. Right pelvic free from anal.

1. Lateral line with a strong curve anteriorly; right pelvic

with six rays.

a. Lateral line with several transverse accessory

branches; no anal spine 1. Oncopterus

b. Lateral line with a single accessory branch; anal fin

preceded by a spine 2. Psammodiscus

2. Lateral line with a slight curve anteriorly; right pelvic

with 10 or 11 rays 3. Azygopus

B. Right pelvic joined to anal.

1. Dorsal commencing above eyes; snout not produced

4. Pelotretis

2. Dorsal commencing in front of eyes; snout produced

into a fleshy hook.

a. Mouth visible on ocular side; none of the rays of right

pectoral produced.

* Olfactory laminae parallel, without rachis; dorsal
and anal rays scaly, without basal sheath

5. Ammotretis

** Olfactory laminae arranged in pinnate form, with
short rachis; dorsal and anal rays naked, a low
scaly sheath at base on ocular side . . 6. Colistium

b. Mouth not visible on ocular side; upper ray of right

pectoral filamentous 7. Peltorhamphus

II. One pelvic fin 8. Rhombosolea

3. AZYGOPUS, gen. nov.

Eyes narrowly separated, the upper rather close to
the dorsal profile. No rostral hook. Nasal organ of
blind side nearer median line of head than that of ocular
side, and below origin of dorsal fin; olfactory laminae
arranged in pinnate form, with a fairly long median
rachis which is parallel to the main axis of the body.
Mouth rather small, subsymmetrical ; teeth small,
movable, pointed, in bands in the jaws; almost entirely
confined to blind side. Lower pharyngeals moderately
broad, curved, in contact anteriorly, each with three or
four irregular series of teeth. Upper angle of gill-
opening just above base of pectoral fin; gill-rakers in
moderate number, short. Dorsal fin commencing just in
front of eyes and above nasal organ of blind side; none
of the rays scaly ; a low scaly sheath covering basal parts
of fin on ocular side. Anal fin similar to dorsal; no

262 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

spine. Pectoral fin more developed on ocular side. Two
pelvic fins; right with 10 or 11 rays, free from anal;
left with 5 or 6 rays. Caudal fin convex ; caudal peduncle
very short. Scales rather small, imbricated, ctenoid on
both sides of body, extending over the dorsal surface of
eyeballs. Lateral line with a slight curve anteriorly;
no accessory branches. Intestinal tract short.
A single species from southern Australia.

1. Azy go-pus pinnifasciatus, sp. u.

(Fig. 10.)

Depth of body 2| to 2f in the length, length of head
4| to 4f. Dorsal profile of head straight or a little
convex. Snout shorter than eye, diameter of which is
3^ to 4 in length of head ; anterior margins of eyes level
or lower a little in advance, inner margins almost con-
tiguous. Maxillary extending to below anterior ^ or | of
eye ; length of lower jaw of ocular side 2-| to 2 in head ;
a small bony knob below the symphysis. Teeth acute,
rather close-set; bands in jaws narrowing posteriorly.
Lower pharyngeals about 4 times as long as broad, in
contact for anterior $ of their length; teeth cylindrical,
with a narrow, pointed terminal cusp. Gill-rakers
bluntly conical, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior arch.
Scales of ocular side somewhat more strongly denticu-
lated than those of blind side. 88 to 95 scales in a longi-
tudinal series just above lateral line, 27 to 32 between
lateral line and highest point of dorsal profile. Dorsal
104-115; origin almost on median line; first ray entirely
free and much longer than those immediately behind
it, its length 2 to 2-| in head ; rest of fin rather low, rays
simple or bifid at their tips. Anal 84-92. Right pectoral
with 10 to 11 rays (6 to 8 branched), scaly only at base,
length 2| to 3 in head; left pectoral much shorter.
Anterior ray of right pelvic inserted at some distance
behind level of maxillary of blind side, none of its rays
scaly, the posterior rays twisted a little on to eyed side
of median line; first ray of left pelvic opposite sixth or
seventh of right. Caudal with 2-3/12-14/2-3 rays ; a little
rounded or doubly truncate; scales extending on to both
sides. Caudal peduncle about 6 times as deep as long,
depth 2 to 2i in length of head. Length of intestinal
tract about f that of fish; a large coil followed by one
or two small loops. Ocular side brownish, with irregular

FLATFISHES. NORMAN.

263

Fig. 10. Azygopus pinnifasciatus sp. nov. Holotype (E. 3600)
from the Great Australian Bight. Slightly reduced.
W. C. P. Tenison del.

264 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

blackish patches ; a series of short blackish bars on dorsal
and anal fins; some black spots or blotches on caudal
fin ; blind side whitish.

Hob. Southern Australia, in deep water.

Described from ten specimens, 85-198 mm. in total
length.

E.3600. (Holotype) Great Australian Bight, long.
126 30' E., S.W. from Eucla; 100 fathoms.

E.3587. (2) Great Australian Bight, long. 126 45$'
E., S.W. from Eucla; 190-320 fathoms.

E.3560. Great Australian Bight, S. from Eucla;
350-450 fathoms.

E.4293. Great Australian Bight, long. 127 8' E.,
S. from Eucla ; 160-200 fathoms.

E.3007. Eastern Edge, Bass Strait, from Gabo to
Babel Islands ; 60-100 fathoms.

E.5508 (2) S.S.E. of Genoa Peak; 200 fathoms.
E.5509. (2) S.S.E. of Gabo Island; 176-200 fathoms.

4. PELOTRETIS.

PrJotrctis, Waite, Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst., 1910,
pt. ii, p, 50.

Eyes separated by a low ridge, the upper very close
to the dorsal profile. No rostral hook. Nasal organ of
blind side almost on median line of head, and just in
front of origin of dorsal fin; olfactory laminae arranged
in pinnate form, with a long median rachis which is
parallel to the main axis of the body. Mouth small,
subsyinmetrical ; teeth small, movable, pointed, in bands
in the jaws of the blind side. Lower pharyngeals narrow,
evenly curved, in contact anteriorly, each with three
irregular series of conical teeth. Upper angle of gill-
opening just above base of pectoral fin ; gill-rakers few,
short. Dorsal fin commencing at level of anterior part of
upper eye and just behind posterior nostril of blind side ;
most of the rays bifid, scaly on both sides; a low scaly
sheath covering basal part of fin on ocular side. Anal
fin similar to dorsal; no spine. Pectoral fin more
developed on ocular side. Two pelvic fins; right with
7 rays, joined to the anal ; left with 5 or 6 rays. Caudal
fin convex; caudal peduncle short. Scales moderate,

FLATFISHES. XORMAX. 265

imbricated, ctenoid on both sides of body; a patch of
small scales on dorsal surface of each eyeball. Lateral
line with a slight curve anteriorly ; no accessory branches.
Intestinal tract rather elongate.

A single species from New Zealand.

1. Pelotretis flarilatus.
[Lemon Sole.]

Pelotretis flavilatus, Waite, Proc. New Zealand Inst.,
1910, pt. ii, p. 50; Kec. Canterbury Mus., I, 1911, p.
212, pi. XLI.

Depth of body If to 2| in the length, length of head
about 5. Dorsal profile of head distinctly concave. Snout
shorter than eye, diameter of which is 4 to 4^ in length
of head ; lower eye a little in advance of upper ; inter-
orbital space scaly, its width 2f to 3| in diameter of eye ;
a bony knob in front of lower eye. Maxillary extend-
ing to below anterior edge of eye or not quite as far;
length of lower jaw of ocular side 2f to 3 in head; no
symphysial knob. Teeth acute, close-set, band in lower
jaw a little broader than that in upper. Lower pharyn-
geals 5 to 6 times as long as broad, in contact for
anterior ^ of their length. Gill-rakers conical or with
two or three points distally, 7 to 9 on lower part of
anterior arch. Scales of ocular side more strongly den-
ticulated than those of blind side, some of which may be
quite smooth. 77 to 85 scales in a longitudinal series
just above lateral line, 28 to 30 between lateral line and
highest point of dorsal profile. Dorsal 83-91 ; origin a
little on blind side of head ; none of the rays entirely free ;
longest rays 2 to 2^ in length of head. Anal 70-75. Right
pectoral with 11 to 13 rays (10 to 11 branched), scaly,
length If to If in head ; left pectoral shorter, scaly
only at base. Anterior ray of right pelvic inserted just
behind level of maxillary of blind side, all rays scaly,
at least on ocular side; first ray of left pelvic opposite
sixth or seventh of right. Caudal with 2/14/2 rays;
rounded ; scales extending on to both sides. Caudal
peduncle 4 to 6 times as deep as long, depth 1^ to 1^ in
length of head. Length of intestinal tract a little more
than that of fish ; a large coil followed by a series of
irregular loops. Ocular side greyish or brownish, some-
times with irregular darker patches; blind side whitish.

266 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Hah. New Zealand; Chatham Islands.

Described from three specimens, 225-330 mm. in total
length.

5. AMMOTRETIS.
Ammotretis, Gtinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 458 (1862).

Eyes separated by a flattish scaly space, the upper
at some distance from the dorsal profile. Snout longer
than eye and produced into a fleshy hook which hangs
freely in front of the mouth. Nasal organs nearly
symmetrical, that of the blind side being at some distance
from median line of head ; olfactory laminae parallel to
one another and to the main axis of the body, no central
rachis. Mouth small, very asymmetrical, jaws of blind
side strongly curved ; lower lip of eyed side fringed ; teeth
small, movable, acutely pointed, in bands in the jaws of
the blind side. Lower pharyngeals moderately broad,
expanded posteriorly, more or less in contact for the
greater part of their length; teeth pointed, in several
irregular series, smaller and more numerous posteriorly.
Upper angle of gill-opening just above base of pectoral
fin ; gill-rakers few or in moderate number, tubercular.
Dorsal fin with 69 to 90 rays; commencing at extremity
of rostral hook ; anterior rays simple, more or less free,
their upper edges bluntly serrated distally; remaining
rays mostly bifid ; nearly all the rays scaly on both sides ;
no basal sheath. Anal with 47 to 59 rays; similar to
dorsal ; no spine. Pectoral fins equally developed on
both sides of body, or that of ocular side larger. Two
pelvic fins ; right with 7 to 13 rays, joined to the anal ;
left with 3 to 6 rays. Caudal fin convex, scales extending
on to both sides; caudal peduncle short. Scales moder-
ate or small, imbricated, ctenoid or cycloid; none on the
eyeballs. Lateral line rising slightly or with a slight
curve anteriorly; a short temporal branch sometimes
developed. Intestinal tract moderate or rather elongate.

Five species from southern Australia.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Right pelvic fin with 7 rays.

A. Pectoral fins subequal, that of left side pointed

1. rostratus

B. Left pectoral much shorter than right, rounded; a fleshy

tubercle at tip of first ray 2. brevipinnis

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 267

II. Right pelvic fin with 16 to 13 rays.

A. Depth of body 1 to 2 in the length; a fleshy tubercle at

tip of first ray of left pectoral.

1. Maxillary not reaching anterior edge of eye; 78 scales

in a longitudinal series 3. tudori

2. Maxillary extending beyond anterior edge of eye; 66

scales in a longitudinal series 4. macrolepis

B. Depth of body 2J to 2^ in the length; left pectoral normal

5. elongatus

1. Ammotretis rostratus.
[Long-snouted Flounder.]

Ammotretis rostratus, Gtinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 458
(1862) ; Steindachner, Sitzber. K. Ak. Wiss., LXXX,
Abt. 1, 1880, p. 171 ; Klunzinger, i.e., p. 407 ; Macleay,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, VI, 1882, p. 128 ; Waite,
Mem. Austral. Mus., IV, 1899, p. 123 ; Stead, Edible
Fish. N. S. Wales, p. 103, pi. LXX (1908) ;
McCulloch, Biol. Kes. "Endeavour," II, 1914, p. 121 ;
Waite, Rec. S. Austral. Mus., II, 1921, p. 158, fig.
259; McCulloch, Austral. Zool., II, 1921, p. 46, pi.
XIII; Waite, Fishes S. Austral., p. 182, fig. (1923).

Rhombosolea tapir ina (part), Gtinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p.
459 (1862).

Ammotretis rostratus vel adspersus, Kner, Reise
"Novara," Zool. I, 5, Fische, p. 286, pi. XIII, fig. 4
(1869).

RJwmbosolea basseiisis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vic-
toria, I, 1872, p. 167 ; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, VI, 1882, p. 132.

8olea uncinata, Klunzinger, Sitzber, K. Ak. Wiss.,
LXXX, Abt. 1, 1880, p. 408.

Ammotretis zonatus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, VII, 1883, p. 367.

Ammotretis macleayi, Ogilby, ibid, X, 1886, p. 122.

Ammotretis adspersus, Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S. Wales, p.
32 (1887).

Peltorliamphus bassensis, Waite, Rec. Austral. Mus., VI,
1906, p. 198, pi. XXXIV.
Depth of body 1| to 1* in the length, length of head

3^ to 4. Rostral hook extending downwards almost to

level of posterior end of maxillary of ocular side. Lower

eye a little in advance of upper, diameter of which is

268 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

more than twice the interorbital width and 5 to 5 in
length of head. Maxillary not reaching anterior edge
of eye; length of lower jaw of ocular side 3J to 3| in
head ; a few simple tentacles forming a fringe on lower
lip of ocular side. Gill-rakers rather large, 10 to 12 on
lower part of anterior arch. Scales ctenoid, those of
ocular side more strongly denticulated than those of
blind side. 78 to 88 scales in a longitudinal series just
above lateral line, 34 to 39 between lateral line and
highest point of dorsal profile. Lateral line with a slight
curve anteriorly; a short accessory branch, not reaching
base of dorsal fin. Dorsal (75) 78-86; longest rays If
to 2 in length of head. Anal (50) 52-56. Right pectoral
with 10 to 13 rays (9 to 10 branched), basal part scaly,
length If to 2 in head ; left pectoral of equal length or a
little shorter, pointed. Right pelvic with 7 rays, extend-
ing forward almost to rostral hook, its anterior ray in-
serted below middle of jaws of blind side, distal parts of
anterior rays serrated, posterior rays scaly on ocular
side; left pelvic with 3 to 4 (6) rays, the first ray
opposite sixth of right pelvic. Caudal with 3/12-13/3
rays; rounded or subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 2^ to 3
times as deep as long, depth If to 2A in length of head.
Intestinal tract elongate ; a large coil followed by a series
of irregular loops. Ocular side varying from blackish
to light brown, with or without small dark dots; right
pectoral sometimes blackish; blind side whitish.

Nab. Southern Western Australia; South Aus-
tralia; Victoria; New South Wales, northwards to Port
Jackson ; Tasmania.

Described from eight specimens, 100-240 mm. in total
length, including the type of the species and two of the
types of Rkombosolea tapirina.

2. Ammotretis brevipinnis, sp. n.
(Fig. 11.)

Depth of body twice in the length, length of head
3|. Rostral hook extending downwards to level of
posterior end of maxillary of ocular side. Lower eye a
little in advance of upper, diameter of which is about
5 times interorbital width and 5 in length of head.
Maxillary not reaching anterior edge of eye; length of
lower jaw of ocular side 3^ in head; a few simple ten-
tacles forming a fringe on lower lip of ocular side. Gill-

FLATFISHES. NORMAN.

269

Fig. 11. Ammotretis brevipinnis sp. nov. Holotype, in the
collection of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), from St.
Vincent Gulf, South Australia. About Ij nat. size. W. C. P.
Tenison del.

270 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

rakers of moderate size, 9 on lower part of anterior
arch. Scales ctenoid on ocular side, the denticulations
well-developed; those of blind side cycloid anteriorly,
ctenoid posteriorly. 84 scales in a longitudinal series
just above lateral line, 30 between lateral line and highest
point of dorsal profile. Lateral line with a slight curve
anteriorly; a short, indistinct accessory branch, not
reaching base of dorsal fin. Dorsal 69 ; longest rays about
^ length of head. Anal 47. Eight pectoral with 10 rays
(7 branched), length about twice in head; left pectoral
much shorter, rounded, the first ray with a fleshy
tubercle at the tip. Pelvic fins as in A. rostratus. Caudal
with 3/12/3 rays; rounded. Caudal peduncle 3 times
as deep as long, depth 2^ in length of head. Ocular side
brownish, with traces of small blackish dots; blind side
whitish.

Hab. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia.

Described from a single specimen, 87 mm. in total
length. Holotype in British Museum (Natural History).

3. Ammotretis tudori.

? Solea liturata, Eichardson, Trans. Zool. Soc., Ill, 1849,
p. 156.

Ammotretis tudori, McCulloch, Biol. Ees. "Endeavour,"
II, 1914, p. 124, pi. XXVI; Waite, Eec. S. Austral.
Mus., II, 1921, p. 159, fig. 261 ; Fishes S. Austral., p.
183, fig. (1923).

Depth of body 1| in the length, length of head 4.
Rostral hook rather broad and flattened, extending down-
wards to below level of posterior end of maxillary of
ocular side. Lower eye level with upper, diameter of
which is a little more than twice interorbital width and
6i in length of head. Maxillary not reaching anterior
edge of eye ; length of lower jaw of ocular side 3f in head ;
a row of fringed tentacles on lower lip of ocular side.
Gill-rakers reduced to 2 or 3 minute tubercles on lower
part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular side mostly
ctenoid, more strongly denticulated on posterior part of
body; those of blind side nearly all cycloid. 78 scales
in a longitudinal series just above lateral line, 33 between
lateral line and highest point of dorsal profile. Lateral
line rising slightly anteriorly; a short accessory branch
reaching base of twelfth fin ray of dorsal. Dorsal 77
(82) ; longest rays about \ length of head. Anal 54 (58).

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 271

Right pectoral with (10) 11 rays (7 branched), not scaly,
length twice in head ; left pectoral much shorter, rounded,
the first ray with a fleshy tubercle at the tip. Right
pelvic with 10 rays, extending forward to meet tip of
rostral hook, its anterior ray inserted below anterior
part of jaws of blind side, distal parts of anterior rays
serrated, posterior rays scaly on ocular side; left pelvic
with 6 rays, the first ray opposite ninth of right pelvic.
Caudal with 3/12/3 rays; rounded. Caudal peduncle
about 3 times as deep as long, depth twice in head.
Intestinal tract of moderate length ; a large coil followed
by some small, irregular loops. Ocular side greyish-
brown, with a number of small black spots on head, body,
and fins; blind side whitish.

Hah. South Australia; Victoria; Tasmania.

Described from a single specimen, 180 mm. in total
length.

Reference to Richardson's description of Solea
liturata leaves little doubt that this is an Ammotretis,
and, judging from the number of rays in the pelvic fins,
is probably this species.

4. Ammotretis macrolepls.

Ammotretis macrolepis, McCulloch, Biol. Res.
"Endeavour," II, 1914, p. 125, fig. 9.

Perhaps not distinct from A. tudori. Maxillary
extending beyond anterior edge of lower eye ; a few small
tubercles on lower lip of ocular side. Scales ctenoid;
those of ocular side more strongly denticulated than
those of blind side. 66 scales along the lateral line, 24
between lateral line and highest point of dorsal profile.
Dorsal 90. Anal 59. Right pelvic with 12 rays, left
with 5. Ocular side pinkish, with numerous dark grey
ocelli on head and body; fins dotted with dark grey.

Total length 98 mm.

Hab. Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

5. Ammotretis clongatus.

Ammotretis elongatus, McCulloch, Biol. Res.
"Endeavour," II, 1914, p. 123, pi. XXVII; Waite,
Rec. S. Austral. Mus., II, 1921, p. 159, fig. 260;
Fishes S. Australia, p. 183, fig. (1923).

272 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Depth of body 2 to 2| in the length, length of head
4 to 4f. Kostral hook not extending downwards as far
as level of posterior end of maxillary of ocular side.
Lower eye a little in advance of upper, diameter of which
is about 4 times interorbital width and 4^ to 5 in length
of head. Maxillary not reaching anterior edge of eye;
length of lower jaw of ocular side 3 to 3 in head ; a few
simple tentacles forming a fringe on lower lip of ocular
side. Teeth much smaller than in A. rostratus or A.
tudori. Gill-rakers rather small, about 10 on lower part
of anterior arch. Scales of ocular side ctenoid or
cycloid, denticulations, when present, large, but few in
number ; scales of blind side nearly all ctenoid, denticula-
tions weaker than those of ocular side; 88 to 92 scales
in a longitudinal series just above lateral line, 33 to 39
between lateral line and highest point of dorsal profile.
Lateral line with a slight curve anteriorly; no accessory
branch. Dorsal 74-75; longest rays about If in length
of head. Anal 50-51. Eight pectoral with 8 to 10 rays
(5 to 8 branched), equal to that of left side and If to 2
in length of head. Eight pelvic with 13 rays, extending
forward to meet tip of rostral hook, its anterior ray
inserted below anterior part of jaws of blind side,
posterior rays scaly on ocular side ; left pelvic with 3 to 4
rays, the first ray opposite space between eleventh and
twelfth of right pelvic. Caudal with 3/12/3 rays;
rounded. Caudal peduncle very short, the last rays of
the dorsal and anal fins being almost contiguous 'with
bases of outer caudal rays; depth 1^ to If in head.
Ocular side light brownish, with minute black dots
scattered over head, body, and fins ; blind side whitish.

Hab. South Australia.

Described from three specimens, 90-125 mm. in total
length.

6. COLISTIUM, gen. nov.

Close to Ammotretis, but olfactory laminae arranged
in pinnate form, radiating from a very short median
rachis. Gill-rakers numerous, small and rather stout.
Eays of dorsal and anal fins naked; a scaly sheath
covering basal parts of fin on ocular side.

Two species from New Zealand.

FLATFISHES. XORMAX. 273

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Rostral hook long, extending downwards below level of
posterior end of maxillary of ocular side; right pelvic

with 7 rays 1. nudipinnis

II. Rostral hook short, not reaching level of posterior end of
maxillary of ocular side; right pelvic with 10 to 11
rays 2. guntheri

1. Colistinm nudipinnis.
[Turbot.]

Ammotretis restrains (non Giinther), Hutton, Trans.
Proc. N. Zealand Inst, VIII, 1876, p. 215.

Ammotretis nudipinnis, Waite, Trans. Proc. N. Zealand
Inst, 1910, pt. ii, p. 50 ; Rec. Canterbury Mus., 1, 1911,
p. 209, pi. XXXIX.

Depth of body nearly twice in the length, length of
head 3f. Rostral hook long, extending downwards below
level of posterior end of maxillary of ocular side. Lower
eye level with upper, diameter of which is less than inter-
orbital width and 11-J in length of head ; interorbital
space more or less scaly anteriorly and posteriorly,
naked in the middle. Maxillary not reaching anterior
edge of eye; length of lower jaw of ocular side about
3^ in head; about 12 broad tentacles forming a fringe
on lower lip of ocular side. Band of teeth in lower jaw
about 3 times as long as broad, that in upper jaw about
7 times. Lower pharyngeals rather narrow, scarcely
expanded posteriorly, about 4 times as long as broad,
more or less in contact for anterior | of their length;
teeth narrow, pointed, mostly curved, those on outer
edges somewhat smaller than the remainder. 32 gill-
rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Scales of ocular
side ctenoid, the denticulations strongly developed ; those
of blind side cycloid; most of the scales on blind side
of head forming membranous processes. 85 scales in
a longitudinal series just above lateral line, 34 between
lateral line and highest point of dorsal profile. Lateral
line with a slight curve anteriorly; a short accessory
branch reaching base of twelfth dorsal ray. Dorsal 80
(85); free parts of anterior rays not serrated; longest
rays 2^ in length of head; well developed membranous
folds, with their free edges directed posteriorly, on blind
side of all rays, the folds on anterior rays short, and
with projecting processes. Anal 58 (60) ; similar to

274 ''ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

dorsal. Right pectoral with (11) 12 rays (9 branched),
not scaly, length 2^ in head ; left pectoral a little shorter.
Right pelvic with 7 rays, the first inserted below middle
of jaws of blind side; left pelvic with 4 rays, the first
behind last ray of right pelvic. Caudal with 3/12/3 rays;
rounded. Caudal peduncle much deeper than long, depth
2^ in length of head. Length of intestinal tract 1^ times
length of fish ; a large coil followed by 3 or 4 large loops.
Ocular side greyish, with traces of some irregular darker
blotches; an indistinct dark spot edged with lighter
below and a little behind pectoral fin ; blind side whitish,
head, body and fins irregularly blotched and spotted
with grey.

Hal). New Zealand.

Described from a single specimen, 460 mm. in total
length.

2. CoUstitim guntlieri.
[Brill.]

A mm ot ret is yuntheri, Huttou, Trans. Proc. X. Zealand
Inst, V, 1873, p. 267, pi. XI, fig. 82a ; Waite, Rec.
Canterbury Mus., I, 1911, p. 211, pi. XL.

Depth of body If to 2i in the length, length of head
5 to 5^. Rostral hook short, not extending downwards
to level of posterior end of maxillary of ocular side.
Lower eye a little in advance of upper, diameter of which
is about twice interorbital width and 8^ to 9J in length
of head ; interorbital space almost entirely scaly. Maxil-
lary not reaching anterior edge of eye; length of lower
jaw of ocular side 3 in head; 10 to 13 broad tentacles
forming a fringe on lower lip of ocular side. Band of
teeth in lower jaw 2^ times as long as broad, that in
upper jaw about 4 times. Lower pharyngeals as in C.
nudipinnis. 38 to 41 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior
arch. Scales of ocular side ctenoid, the denticulations
strongly developed ; those of blind side cycloid ; some of
the scales on blind side of head forming membranous
processes. 84 to 89 scales in a longitudinal series just
above lateral line, 28 to 31 between lateral line and
highest point of dorsal profile. Lateral line with a
slight curve anteriorly; accessory branch feebly
developed or absent. Dorsal 90-92 ; free parts of anterior
rays not serrated, longest rays 2^ in length of head;
membranous folds on blind side of rays well developed,

FLATFISHES. NORMAX. 275

those of anterior rays short and with projecting processes
with irregular or crenulated edges. Anal 66-69; similar
to dorsal. Right pectoral with (11) 12 rays (10
branched), not scaly, length If to If in head; left
pectoral shorter. Right pelvic with 10 or 11 rays, the
first inserted below anterior part of jaws of blind side;
left pelvic with 4 or 5 rays, the first opposite last ray
of right pelvic. Caudal with 2-3/12-14/2-3 rays ; rounded.
Caudal peduncle much deeper than long, depth If to If
in length of head. Length of intestinal tract nearly twice
that of fish ; a large coil followed by a series of small
irregular loops. Ocular side greyish, with numerous
blackish spots, which are arranged in irregular groups
or form broken longitudinal bands; distal parts of
dorsal and anal fins blackish, with a narrow light margin ;
blind side whitish.

Hab. New Zealand.

Described from 2 specimens, 335-390 mm. in total
length.

7. PELTORHAMPHUS.
Peltorhamphus, Gtinther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 460 (1862).

Close to A.mmotretis and CoJistium. Rostral hook
somewhat flattened and connected with the head by a
membranous flap, which almost or quite conceals the
mouth on the ocular side. Nasal organs nearly sym-
metrical; olfactory laminae parallel to one another and
to the main axis of the body; no central rachis. Lower
lip of ocular side not fringed. Teeth slender, pointed,
in 3 or 4 series in blind side of each jaw. Lower pharyu-
geals rather narrow, scarcely expanded posteriorly, in
contact anteriorly, each with several series of pointed
teeth. Gill-rakers in moderate number, small, conical.
Dorsal with 94 to 104 rays ; the anterior rays partly free
but not serrated, remainder bifid and naked; a low scaly
sheath covering basal parts of fin on eyed side. Anal
with 60 to 70 rays; similar to dorsal; no spine. Second
upper ray of right pectoral prolonged into a filament.
Right pelvic with 6 rays, left with 4 or 5 rays. Caudal
peduncle very short. Scales of ocular side ctenoid, those
of blind side ctenoid or cycloid. Lateral line with a
slight curve anteriorly; no accessory branches. Intes-
tinal tract elongate.

A single species from New Zealand.

276 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

1. Peltorhamphus novw-zeelandm.

[Sole.]

Peltorhamphus novce-zeelwndice, Giintlier, Cat. Fish., IV,
p. 461 (1862) ; Hutton, Cat. Fish. N. Zealand, p. 52;
Hector, i.e. p. 117, pi. IX (1872) ; Waite, Rec. Canter-
bury Mus., I, 1911, p^213, pi. XLII.
Depth of body 2 to 1\ in the length, length of head
3^ to 4^. Rostral hook extending downwards well
beyond level of posterior end of maxillary of ocular side.
Lower eye level with upper, diameter of which is equal
to or greater than interorbital width and 5 to 8 in length
of head; interorbital space flat, scaly. Outer series of
teeth in both jaws a little enlarged. Lower pharyn-
geals nearly 5 times as long as broad, in contact for
anterior \ of their length ; teeth of inner series enlarged.
8 to 15 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Scales
of blind side nearly all cycloid in adults, ctenoid on both
sides of body in young; 75 to 85 in a longitudinal series
just above lateral line, 25 to 34 between lateral line and
highest point of dorsal profile. Lateral line opening by
a series of large pores on blind side of head. Dorsal 94-
104; longest rays 2| to 2f in length of head; membran-
ous folds on blind side of rays moderately developed.
Anal 60-70. Right pectoral with 10 or 11 rays (5 to 7
branched), scaly, length of second upper ray \ to f depth
of body; left pectoral smaller, naked, none of the rays
produced. Anterior ray of right pelvic inserted below
front part of jaws of blind side, and immediately behind
tip of rostral hook ; first ray of left pelvic behind last ray
of right. Caudal with 2-3/10-12/2-3 rays; rounded.
Caudal peduncle very short, depth 2f to 2 in length of
head. Length of intestinal tract more than \\ times that
of fish ; a large coil followed by a series of irregular coils
and loops. Young examples with the ocular side
brownish, often marbled with darker brown and dotted
with black; two black blotches frequently present on
lateral line; some of the dorsal and anal rays blackish;
these markings tend to disappear in the adults which are
more or less uniformly dark or light brownish ; blind side
whitish.

Hob. NCAV Zealand; Norfolk Island; Chatham
Islands.

Described from nineteen specimens, 65-445 mm. in
total length, including the types of the species. A skeleton
has 36 (9 + 27) vertebrae.

FLATFISHES. XORMAX. 277

8. KHOMBOSOLEA.
Rhombosolea, Gunther, Cat. Fish., IV, p. 458 (1862).

Bowenia, Haast, Trans. Proc. N. Zealand Inst., V, 1873,
p. 277.

Apsetta, Kyle, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1900, p. 986.

Eyes separated by a low ridge, the lower a little in
advance of upper; interorbital space naked. Snout
normal or produced into a short fleshy process projecting
freely above mouth. Nasal organ of blind side nearer
median line of head than that of ocular side and below
anterior rays of dorsal fin; olfactory laminae parallel to
one another and to the main axis of the body; no central
rachis. Mouth moderate, asymmetrical, jaws of the blind
side curved ; upper jaw notched to receive symphysis of
loAver jaws; teeth small, pointed, in bands in the jaws of
the blind side. Lower pharyngeals moderate or rather
broad, in contact anteriorly. Upper angle of gill-
opening level with base of pectoral fin; gill-rakers in
moderate number, slender, rather long. Dorsal fin com-
mencing near extremity of snout and well in front of
nasal organ of blind side; none of the rays scaly; no
basal sheath. Anal fin similar to dorsal; no spine.
Pectoral fin more developed on ocular side. The right
pelvic fin only normally developed, with 6 rays, joined to
the anal. Caudal fin convex, scales extending on to both
sides; caudal peduncle moderate or rather short. Scales
small or moderate, rather irregularly arranged, nearly
all cycloid on both sides of body. Lateral line rising
slightly or with a very low curve anteriorly; a short
accessory branch. Intestinal tract elongate; forming a
series of irregular loops and coils.

Four species from southern Australia and New
Zealand.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Gill-rakers 16 to 19; body more or less coloured on blind
side 1. retiaria

II. Gill-rakers 9 to 14; blind side of body colourless.

A. Shape of body rhomboidal; vertical fins elevated, longest

dorsal rays 1| to 21 in head 2. plebeia

B. Shape of body ovate; longest dorsal rays 2 to 2| in head.

1. Snout normal; diameter of eye 6J to 71 in length of

head 3. leporina

2. Snout produced into a fleshy process; diameter of eye

4f to 6 in length of head 4. tapirina

278 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The genus Bowenia, Haast, was based on three speci-
mens from Lake Ellesmere, and is said to differ from
Rhombosolea principally in having two pelvic fins of
equal size. In the type specimen of B. novce-zealandice
the pelvic fins are described as being joined together
posteriorly, and connected with the anal fin by a com-
plete membrane; in the other examples only the right
pelvic is joined to the anal, the left pelvic being quite
free. Mr. G. Archey, of the Canterbury Museum, informs
me that the types are no longer preserved in that institu-
tion and must be regarded as lost.

Haast describes two of the specimens as having the
upper eye nearly on top of the head, and the dorsal fin
commencing on a fleshy hook projecting forward above
the eye; he concludes that they are both monstrosities,
and states that according to the local fishermen such
examples are far from uncommon. This condition of the
eye and dorsal fin is characteristic of completely ambi-
colorate Flatfishes, and the two examples described by
Haast were almost certainly pigmented on the blind side.
The type, the colour of which is described as "uniform
light brownish olive," may also have been ambicolorate,
but without exhibiting the delayed migration of the eye.

Apart from the form of the pelvic fins, Boivenia
novcB-zealandice appears to be very similar to Rhombosolea
leporina and R. plebcia. Waite (Kec. Canterbury Mus.,
I, 1911, p. 203) places it in the synonymy of the latter
species, but Haast's description is insufficient to enable
its position to be definitely settled.

I am indebted to Mr. Archey for kindly sending me
a description and figure of another ambicolorate Rhom
~bosolea, which was found in the Canterbury Museum in
a jar labelled R. plebeia. This specimen has the charac-
teristic fleshy hook above the eye, and two equal pelvic
fins, neither of which appears to have been connected
with the anal. In other respects it agrees very closely
with typical examples of R. plebeia.

Among a collection of South Australian Flatfishes
sent to me by Mr. Waite is an almost completely ambi-
colorate Rhombosolea, with the fleshy hook well
developed. In this specimen, which in other characters
agrees closely with R. tapirina, the two equal pelvic fins

FLATFISHES. XORMAX. 279

are united posteriorly as in Boivenia, but are not con-
nected with the anal fin. On 'account of the abnormal
development of the upper part of the head, the rostral
process characteristic of R. tapirina is wanting in this
example.

The phenomenon of ambicoloration in Flatfishes is
particularly interesting on account of the other varia-
tions towards symmetry which accompany complete (or
almost complete) pigmentation of the blind side. 10

The assumption by the scales of the blind side of the
structure of those of the ocular side is a characteristic
variation of this nature. In the European Dab (Pleu-
ronectes limanda), which normally has ctenoid scales on
the ocular side and cycloid scales on the blind side, the
scales are more or less ctenoid on both sides of the body
in ambicolorate examples. In the Turbot (Rhombus
maximus] bony tubercles are normally developed only on
the ocular side, but in ambicolorate examples they are
also strongly developed on the blind side. Another cor-
related variation is the delayed or arrested migration of
the eye, which interferes with the growth forward of the
dorsal fin and leads to the development of the charac-
teristic fleshy hook. Examination of a series of examples
shows that this feature is only present where the ambi-
coloration is almost complete, and pigmentation extends
over the greater part of the body on the blind side, and
frequently also over a portion of the head. Where the
pigmentation of the blind side is confined to the hinder
half of the body, the structure of the scales may be
affected to some extent in the pigmeuted area, but the
form of the head remains quite normal. The tendency
for ambicoloration in Flatfishes to affect the head last of
all may be noted; this is the region where asymmetry
is most marked.

The development of the pelvic fin of the blind side
in the above mentioned examples of Rhombosolea is of
considerable interest, and there is little doubt that this
is another variation towards symmetry associated with
ambicoloration.

10 Schnakenbeck (Wiss. Meeresunters., N.F., XV, Abt. Helgo-
land, Heft 1, No. 10, 1923, 22 pp., 1 pi.) has recently investigated the
general problem of abnormal coloration in the Pleuronectidae, but
has not dealt with these correlated variations.

280 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Apsetta thompsoni, Kyle, 11 differs from all the known
species of Rhombosolea in having the eyes on the left
side, and in the presence of two equally developed pelvic
fins. In all other characters it appears to be identical
with 7?. plebeia, and probably represents a reversed
example of that species; according to Hutton (Trans.
N.Z. Inst, VIII, 1876, p. 215) such examples are not
uncommon. In the specimen of Apsetta the reversal
appears to have been accompanied by the development of
two equal pelvics, but there may have been some degree
of ambicoloration, for Hutton (iUd, VI, 1874, p. 106, pi.
XIX) has described a reversed example with a single
pelvic fin joined to the anal as in normal specimens of
Rhombosolea.

Among the specimens of R. tapirina in the collection
of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) is a reversed example
from Dunedin. In this specimen the left pelvic is median
and is joined to the anal as in Apsetta ; the right pelvic
is also present but is lateral, short-based, and is com-
posed of only 4 rays, the first of which is inserted
opposite the space between the fifth and sixth rays of the
left pelvic.

The researches of Parker 12 on the optic chiasma of
Flatfishes have shown that in the suborder Pleuronec-
toidea the nerve of the migrating eye (i.e. the left eye
in Rhombosolea) is always dorsal to that of the other
eye, except hi reversed examples, in which that nerve is
dorsal which is normally dorsal in the genus. Thus, as
far as the optic nerves are concerned, a reversed example
is not an exact mirror-image of a normal one, and the
tendency to reproduce partially or completely the right
pelvic fin (i.e. that which is normally developed) in
reversed examples of Rhombosolea appears to be a similar
phenomenon.

To summarize the above; of the seven known
examples of Rhombosolea with two pelvic fins, six at
least are definitely abnormal in other respects, four being
ambicolorate and two reversed. The development of two
pelvic fins in ambicolorate examples is to be regarded

11 The type of this species is said to have been deposited in the
Natural History Department, University College, Dundee. Prof. J.
F. Gemmill, F.R.S., has kindly made a thorough search for the
specimen, but has failed to find it among the collections.

'-'Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XL, 1903, pp. 219-242.

FLATFISHES. NORMAN. 281

as a variation towards symmetry. In reversed examples
the right pelvic fin may or may not be